UNICCO SERVICE CO
S-4/A, 1998-02-03
TO DWELLINGS & OTHER BUILDINGS
Previous: GRIFFIN INDUSTRIES INC, N-54A, 1998-02-03
Next: 1 800 CONTACTS INC, S-1/A, 1998-02-03



<PAGE>   1
 
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 3, 1998
    
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-42407
    
================================================================================
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
    
 
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
           MASSACHUSETTS                            734                             04-287-2501
  (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF       (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL              (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
   INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)       CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)            IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                               FOUR COPLEY PLACE
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02116
                                 (617) 859-9100
    (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                  OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                      SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
                            ------------------------
 
                                GEORGE A. KECHES
                     CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND TREASURER
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
                               FOUR COPLEY PLACE
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02116
                                 (617) 859-9100
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                        COPIES OF ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO:
 
                           MICHAEL L. ANDRESINO, ESQ.
                      POSTERNAK, BLANKSTEIN & LUND, L.L.P.
                            100 CHARLES RIVER PLAZA
                        BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02114-2723
                                 (617) 973-6100
                            ------------------------
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
 
    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
 
    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
   
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SUCH
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
    
 
                       TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                STATE OR OTHER    PRIMARY STANDARD
                                                                               JURISDICTION OF       INDUSTRIAL
                                                                               INCORPORATION OR    CLASSIFICATION
            EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER                 ORGANIZATION       CODE NUMBER
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------   ----------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                <C>
UNICCO Finance Corp. (Co-Issuer).............................................   Delaware                 999
USC, Inc. (Guarantor)........................................................   Massachusetts            734
UNICCO Government Services, Inc. (Guarantor).................................   Delaware                 734
UNICCO Security Services, Inc. (Guarantor)...................................   Delaware                 734
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
    of the additional Registrants' principal executive offices is Four Copley
    Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, (617) 859-9100.
================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 3, 1998
    
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
 
                           [UNICCO SERVICE CO. LOGO]
 
                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                             UP TO $105,000,000 OF
              9 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007, SERIES B
                       FOR ANY AND ALL OF THE OUTSTANDING
                   9 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
                                       OF
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
                                      AND
                              UNICCO FINANCE CORP.
 
           THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY
                  TIME, ON __________, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
   
    UNICCO Service Company, a Massachusetts business trust, and UNICCO Finance
Corp., a Delaware corporation (together, the "Issuers"), hereby offer, upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the
accompanying letter of transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal" and, together
with this Prospectus, the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange an aggregate of up to
$105,000,000 principal amount of 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007,
Series B (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for an identical face amount of
the issued and outstanding 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (referred
to individually as the "144A Notes," "IAI Notes" and "Reg S Notes"; collectively
as the "Series A Notes"; and, together with the Exchange Notes, the "Notes") of
the Issuers from the Holders (as defined herein) thereof in integral multiples
of $1,000 principal amount. As of the date of this Prospectus, there are
$105,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes outstanding.
The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to the
Series A Notes, except that the Exchange Notes have been registered under the
Securities Act, and therefore will not bear legends restricting their transfer
described in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), the
provisions of which generally will terminate as to all of the Notes upon the
consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will be obligations of
the Issuers evidencing the same indebtedness as the Series A Notes, and will be
entitled to the benefits of the same Indenture (as defined herein). UNICCO
Finance Corp. will not have any substantial operations or assets and will not
have any revenues. As a result, prospective participants in the Exchange Offer
should not expect UNICCO Finance Corp. to participate in servicing the interest
and principal obligations under the Exchange Notes. See "The Exchange Offer."
    
 
    Interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on
April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 1998. The Exchange
Notes will mature on October 15, 2007. The Exchange Notes are redeemable at any
time on or after April 1, 2002 at the option of the Issuers, in whole or in
part, at the redemption prices set forth herein, together with accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. Upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control (as defined herein), each holder of the Exchange Notes may
require the Issuers to purchase all or a portion of such holder's Exchange Notes
at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See "Description
of the Exchange Notes -- Repurchase at the Option of the Holders."
 
   
    The Exchange Notes will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the
Issuers and, as such, will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing
and future senior indebtedness of the Issuers. The Exchange Notes will rank
equal in right of payment with all other existing and future senior subordinated
indebtedness, if any, of the Issuers, and senior in right of payment to all
existing and future subordinated indebtedness, if any, of the Issuers. The
Exchange Notes will be guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior
subordinated basis (the "Guarantees") by USC, Inc., UNICCO Government Services,
Inc. and UNICCO Security Services, Inc., each of which is a direct or indirect
wholly owned subsidiary of UNICCO Service Company (the "Guarantors" and,
together with the Issuers, the "Company"). The Guarantees will be unsecured
senior subordinated obligations of the Guarantors and will be subordinated to
all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Guarantors. See "Description
of the Exchange Notes -- Subsidiary Guarantees." As of September 28, 1997, on a
pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions (as defined herein), the
Company and the Guarantors would have had approximately $3.4 million in
aggregate principal amount of Senior Debt (as defined herein) outstanding,
consisting of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility (as defined
herein). In addition, the Company and the Guarantors would have had $41.6
million of additional senior borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility, and
$5.0 million of indebtedness ranking equal in right of payment with the Notes.
    
 
   
      SEE "RISK FACTORS," BEGINNING ON PAGE 13 FOR A DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL
RISKS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PARTICIPANTS IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
    
                            ------------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
   UNTIL             , 1998 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
  DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
  PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
    
 
   
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS             , 1998.
    
<PAGE>   3
 
     The Company will accept for exchange any and all validly tendered Series A
Notes on or prior to the Expiration Date (as defined herein). Tenders of Series
A Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date; otherwise such tenders are irrevocable. The Exchange Offer
is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Series A Notes being
tendered for exchange. For certain conditions to the Exchange Offer, see "The
Exchange Offer -- Conditions."
 
     The Series A Notes were offered and sold on October 17, 1997 in a
transaction not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an
exemption from the registration requirements thereof. In general, the Series A
Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act,
except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act.
 
   
     The Exchange Notes are being offered hereby in order to satisfy certain
obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement. The
Company has agreed to pay the expenses of the Exchange Offer. Based on
interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") set forth in no-action letters issued to Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (available May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc.,
(available June 5, 1991), the Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Series A Notes may be offered for
resale, resold or otherwise transferred by any person in whose name Series A
Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any other person who has
obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder (a "Holder")
thereof (other than any such Holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company within
the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) without compliance
with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such
Holder's business and such Holder does not intend to participate and has no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution
of such Exchange Notes. Holders who tender in the Exchange Offer with the
intention to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes may not rely
upon the Commission's no-action letters referred to above. In some cases,
certain broker-dealers may be required to deliver a prospectus in connection
with the resale of Exchange Notes.
    
 
   
     Any beneficial owner of Series A Notes whose Series A Notes are registered
in the name of a broker, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who
wishes to participate in the Exchange Offer should contact such registered
Holder promptly and instruct such Holder to tender the Series A Notes on such
beneficial owner's behalf. See "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
    
 
   
     This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes
received in exchange for such Series A Notes where such Series A Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer for its own account as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities (other than Series A Notes acquired
directly from the Company). The Company has agreed that, if requested, it will
supplement or amend this Prospectus as necessary in order to make this
Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such
resale for a period of one year from the date hereof.
    
 
     Prior to this Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the
Notes. If a market for the Exchange Notes should develop, the Exchange Notes
could trade at a discount from their principal amount. The Company does not
intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange nor does the
Company intend to apply for quotation of the Exchange Notes on the NASDAQ
National Market or other quotation system. The Initial Purchaser (as defined
herein) has indicated to the Company that it intends to make a market in the
Notes, but is not obligated to do so and such market-making activities may be
discontinued at any time. As a result, no assurance can be given that an active
trading market for the Exchange Notes will develop.
 
     The Exchange Notes issued pursuant to this Exchange Offer will be issued in
the form of a Global Exchange Note (as defined herein), which will be deposited
with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company (the "Depository" or "DTC")
and registered in its name or in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee. Beneficial
interests in the Global Exchange Note representing the Exchange Notes will be
shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected through, records maintained by
DTC and its participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Series A Notes held in
certificated form will be exchanged solely for Certificated Exchange
 
                                        i
<PAGE>   4
 
Notes (as defined herein). After the initial issuance of the Global Exchange
Note, Certificated Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for the Global
Exchange Note only on the terms set forth in the Indenture. See "Description of
the Exchange Notes -- Book-Entry, Delivery and Form."
 
   
     All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included in this
Prospectus, including without limitation the statements under "Prospectus
Summary," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business," are, or may be, forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section
21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").
Without limiting the foregoing, the words "believes," "anticipates," "intends,"
"plans," "expects," and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. Various economic and competitive factors could cause
actual results or events to differ materially from those discussed in such
forward-looking statements, including without limitation, the Company's degree
of leverage, the integration of recent or future acquisitions, the Company's
dependence on key personnel, competition, potential environmental or other
liabilities, the short-term nature of the Company's contracts and the other
factors discussed in this Prospectus with respect to the Company's business,
including those set forth under "Risk Factors." Accordingly, such
forward-looking statements do not purport to be predictions of future events or
circumstances and may not be realized.
    
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-4 (the "Registration Statement," which term shall include all amendments,
exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) pursuant to the Securities Act, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, covering the Exchange Notes being
offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth
in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the Commission and to which reference is
hereby made. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete.
With respect to each such contract, agreement or other document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a
more complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement shall
be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.
    
 
   
     For further information with respect to the Company and the Notes,
reference is made to the Registration Statement. A copy of the Registration
Statement can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Regional Officers of the Commission at
7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern
Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661-2511. Copies of such materials can be obtained from the public reference
facilities of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549
at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains an Internet web site that contains
reports and other information regarding registrants that file electronically
with the Commission. The address of such site is http://www.sec.gov.
    
 
   
     While any Series A Notes remain outstanding, the Company will make
available, upon request, to any Holder and any prospective purchaser of Series A
Notes the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities
Act during any period in which the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Exchange Act. Any such request should be directed to the Company at Four
Copley Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, Attention: Chief Financial Officer
(telephone number (617) 859-9100).
    
 
   
     Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, the Company will become subject to
the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith,
will file reports and other information with the Commission.
    
 
   
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER COVERED BY THIS
    
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>   5
 
   
PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE EXCHANGE
NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO
MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN
THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
    
 
   
     UNTIL             , 1998 (90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
    
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                       iii
<PAGE>   6
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The following is a summary of certain information contained elsewhere in
this Prospectus. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more
detailed information, including "Risk Factors" and the Combined Financial
Statements and notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless the
context otherwise requires, references herein to "UNICCO" or the "Company" are
to UNICCO Service Company and its subsidiaries after giving effect to the
Refinancing (as defined). Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in
the section "Description of the Exchange Notes -- Certain Definitions."
References herein to a fiscal year of the Company are to the 52- or 53-week
period ended or ending on the last Sunday in June of such year.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     Founded in 1949, UNICCO is a leading provider of integrated facilities
services to a broad base of industrial, commercial and institutional clients
throughout the United States and Canada. The Company offers an extensive array
of commercial, operational and administrative services to its customers,
providing a single source solution for those services that can be more
cost-effectively and efficiently outsourced. Services offered by the Company
include industrial and mechanical engineering, plant operations, custodial and
maintenance services, security services and administrative services. UNICCO has
developed a reputation for quality through nearly 50 years of service to its
customers. The Company has achieved a significant market presence and a leading
market share in many of its operating regions through a combination of internal
growth and strategic acquisitions. The Company believes that the breadth of its
services, its reputation for quality and its significant market presence
position it to provide a single source facilities management solution to local,
multi-location and national customers. The Company has over 19,000 employees
servicing approximately 900 customers, including 29 of the Fortune 100
companies, at approximately 3,000 customer locations. Throughout its history,
the Company has generated a record of growth and consistent profitability. For
the fiscal year ended June 29, 1997, the Company's net income, revenues and
EBITDA (as defined below) were $1.2 million, $533.9 million and $22.2 million,
respectively. For the three month period ended September 28, 1997, such amounts
were $578,000, $134.7 million and $5.5 million, respectively.
    
 
   
     EBITDA is defined for purposes of this Prospectus as earnings before
provision for income taxes, interest expense, interest income and depreciation
and amortization. EBITDA as presented herein may not be comparable to similarly
titled measures used by other companies, depending upon the non-cash charges
included. When evaluating EBITDA, investors should consider that EBITDA (i)
should not be considered in isolation but together with other factors which may
influence operating and investing activities, such as changes in operating
assets and liabilities and purchases of property and equipment; (ii) is not a
measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; (iii) should not be construed as an alternative or
substitute for income from operations, net income or cash flows from operating
activities in analyzing the Company's operating performance, financial position
or cash flows; and (iv) should not be used as an indicator of the Company's
operating performance or as a measure of its liquidity. For the fiscal year
ended June 29, 1997 and the three months ended September 28, 1997, the Company's
cash flows from operating activities were $(35.8) million and $163,000,
respectively, cash flows from investing activities were $(2.5) million and
$(219,000), respectively, and cash flows from financing activities were $42.1
million and $(1.8) million, respectively.
    
<PAGE>   7
 
     UNICCO analyzes the unique needs of each customer to develop a flexible,
integrated facilities services solution, comprised of a combination of the
following services:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                OPERATIONS &                          COMMERCIAL
ENGINEERING                     MAINTENANCE                           SERVICES
 
<S>                             <C>                                   <C>
- - Mechanical Engineering        - Facility Management/Repair          - Janitorial/Housekeeping
- - Planning/Scheduling           - Production Equipment                - Recycling
- - Power Generation              Maintenance/Repair                    - Snow Removal
  Management                    - Warehouse Services and              - Window Washing
- - Plant Engineering             Inventory Control                     - Pest Control
- - Energy Management             - Utility Program Management          - Specialty Cleaning
- - Space Planning                - Shipping/Receiving Services         - Clean Rooms/
- - CAD Services                  - Construction Project Management     High Tech
- - CMMS Programs                 - Waste Treatment                     - Sterile Environment
- - Environmental                 - Elevator/Escalator Maintenance      - Landscaping/Grounds
                                - Fleet Maintenance                   Maintenance
                                - Roof Repair
                                - Telecommunications
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         SECURITY                  ADMINISTRATION
<S>                                <C>
- - Uniformed Guard Services         - Subcontract Administration
- - Security/Protection Services     - Materials Procurement
- - Access Control                   - Reprographics/Copy Center
- - Security Audits                  - Mail Distribution
- - Fire/Safety Administration       - Audio/Visual Services
- - Document Control                 - Secretarial/Clerical Services
- - Telecommunications               - Service Call Desk
- - Safety Training Programs         - Switchboard/Reception
</TABLE>
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   8
 
     UNICCO has recently organized its operations around four Strategic Business
Units ("SBUs") to more effectively focus the Company's technical, sales and
marketing resources on the differing needs of its customers. The following table
provides an overview of the Company's four SBUs:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               EDUCATION/
                                               HEALTHCARE/
     COMMERCIAL       INDUSTRIAL               GOVERNMENT                SECURITY
<S>                   <C>                      <C>                       <C>
Fiscal 1997 Revenues:
$214 Million          $149 Million             $110 Million              $61 Million
 
Fiscal 1998 First Quarter Revenues:
$56 Million           $35 Million              $29 Million               $15 Million
 
Types of Customer:
 
- - Commercial          - Automotive             - Schools                 - Industrial
  Real Estate         - Tire and Rubber        - Universities            - Commercial
- - Banking             - Chemical               - Hospitals               - Education
- - Insurance           - Pharmaceuticals        - Healthcare              - Healthcare
- - Retail              - Aerospace/Defense      Facilities                - Government
                      - High Technology        - Government Agencies
                      - Consumer Products
 
Major Customers(1):
 
- - Beacon              - Chrysler               - Harvard University      - BASF Corp.
  Properties/         Corporation              - University of Miami     - Bell Atlantic
  Equity Office       - Ford Motor Company     - Henry Ford Health       - Computer
  Properties          - Caterpillar            System                    Associates
- - Hines Interests     - Bridgestone/Firestone  - U.S. Department of      - Hartford Insurance
- - Trammell Crow       - American Home          Housing and               - Northeastern
- - BankBoston          Products                 Urban Development         University
- - CIGNA               - Bristol-Myers          - U.S. General            - Philadelphia
- - The Travelers       Squibb                   Services                  Museum of Art
- - MITRE               - Lockheed Martin        Administration            - United Nations
                      - Gillette                                         Plaza
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) The Company has a diverse customer base, and the major customers listed
    above are not necessarily representative of all customers.
    
 
     The Company believes that opportunities for growth exist in each SBU,
particularly in the Industrial and Education/Healthcare/Government sectors, as a
result of the trend toward outsourcing non-core business functions to a single
source provider. Outsourcing frees the customer from the considerable
administrative and overhead burdens of hiring, training, compensating and
supervising a large, often unionized, labor force that is performing non-core
functions. UNICCO has responded to its customers' outsourcing strategies by
providing an expanded array of services that has evolved from traditional
custodial and building maintenance to higher value added services.
 
   
     The Company has a customer base of approximately 900 accounts, with no
single customer accounting for more than 3% of revenues during fiscal 1997. The
Company's customer retention rate historically has been high. Forty-five
customers, representing approximately 75% of the Company's fiscal 1997 revenues,
have been UNICCO customers for an average of more than six years (excluding
revenues and customers resulting from the Ogden Allied Acquisition (as defined)
in June 1996). On a combined basis, the Company and Ogden (as defined) have
serviced their 20 largest customers, including the former Ogden customers, for
an average of 10 years. In addition, the Company has successfully retained over
90% of the customers acquired in the Ogden Allied Acquisition. UNICCO believes
that its strong reputation and long-term relationships with these customers is a
result of a high level of customer satisfaction. The Company also believes that
these established relationships enhance the Company's knowledge of its
customers' needs and place UNICCO in a strong competitive position to bid on and
win new business opportunities with these customers.
    
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   9
 
                               BUSINESS STRENGTHS
 
     UNICCO's revenues have increased through a combination of internal growth
and strategic acquisitions. The Company's growth, and its emergence as a leader
in the facilities services market in the United States and Canada, are
attributable to a number of factors, including the following:
 
     High Customer Retention.  The Company benefits from a large, stable base of
customers, including 29 of the Fortune 100 companies, 60 of the Fortune 500
companies and some of the country's most prestigious educational institutions.
The Company's customer base, together with its high customer retention rate,
have provided stable, recurring revenues and have contributed to the Company's
record of consistent profitability.
 
   
     Established Reputation.  The Company has established a reputation for
quality through almost 50 years of experience in providing dependable facilities
services solutions in a changing business environment. The Company believes that
its established reputation and the breadth of its services have allowed it to
further penetrate its existing customer base as well as attract new business.
The Company plans to enhance its reputation for dependability and technical
expertise by pursuing the highest levels of industry accreditation.
    
 
     Singular Focus on Facilities Services.  The Company is focused exclusively
on providing facilities services solutions to its customers, unlike many of its
larger competitors for whom facilities management is an adjunct to their primary
business or one of many other unrelated lines of business. The Company believes
that this exclusive focus gives it a competitive advantage in delivering
dependable, high quality services.
 
     Established North American Presence.  The Company provides services
throughout the United States and Canada from 16 regional offices to customers in
over 40 states and each of the Canadian provinces. The Company believes that it
can leverage this infrastructure to support the marketing and delivery of
services to new customers in strategic geographic areas and to obtain additional
business from major companies that seek to utilize a single source provider
nationwide.
 
     Effective Human Resources and Labor Relations Management.  UNICCO
successfully manages a large and diverse work force of over 19,000 full and
part-time employees. The Company places a major emphasis on attracting,
training, managing, motivating and retaining the human resources necessary to
meet its existing and future business needs. The Company's extensive industry
experience and sophisticated computer-based costing models allow it to
accurately assess the labor requirements of new contracts. UNICCO seeks to
efficiently integrate its customers' existing workforce, thereby minimizing the
transitional issues typically associated with contract inception. In addition,
the Company believes that its experience in managing both union and non-union
work forces has enhanced its ability to grow its business.
 
   
     Experienced Management Team.  The Company's senior management team has an
average of 17 years of experience in the facilities services industry. The
Company benefits from the quality and depth of its management personnel, who are
dedicated to building customer relationships and delivering quality services to
meet and exceed its customers' needs. Additionally, management has developed
sophisticated databases and costing systems to forecast expenses for individual
customers' service requirements across a variety of service lines. These
proprietary databases enhance UNICCO's ability to effectively price and compete
for customers and contracts.
    
 
     Successful Acquisition History.  Throughout its 50-year history, UNICCO has
benefited from several successful strategic acquisitions. The Company has
completed three acquisitions since 1990, incorporating operations with revenues
of approximately $20 million, $5 million and $389 million in 1990, 1992 and
1996, respectively. The Company believes that its successful integration of
these acquisitions has positioned it to take advantage of opportunities for
further consolidation within the facilities services industry.
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   10
 
                             THE COMPANY'S STRATEGY
 
     The Company's objective is to enhance its position as a leading provider of
facilities services solutions. The Company's strategy to meet this objective
includes the following initiatives:
 
     Providing Integrated Facilities Solutions.  UNICCO believes that an
attractive opportunity exists to expand the scope of work performed for existing
customers. Cross-selling new services to existing customers represents a
cost-effective method for the Company to achieve revenue growth. The Company
seeks to create partnerships with its customers that enable it to capitalize on
the trend toward outsourcing to single source providers. As part of this
strategy, the Company intends to focus its efforts on increasing the proportion
of its business devoted to delivering higher value added services to its
customers.
 
     Leveraging its National Presence.  UNICCO has established a significant
presence throughout the United States and Canada. The Company believes that it
can substantially increase the number of multi-location and national accounts it
serves by leveraging its existing infrastructure to support the marketing and
delivery of bundled services to new customers that operate multiple locations.
 
     Capitalizing on Outsourcing Initiatives.  The Company believes that it is
well positioned to capitalize on favorable trends in a growing number of
industries toward outsourcing of non-core business functions. Many companies
have increased the volume and types of services they outsource in order to free
their human and capital resources to better focus on their strategic business
initiatives. The Company believes that its established reputation and the
breadth of its services enhance its ability to attract this potential business.
 
     Strategic Business Development.  Through its recent organization into the
four SBUs, the Company is focused on developing specific operating and marketing
strategies targeted to the unique needs of its customers in diverse market
segments. Because of the diversity of UNICCO's existing and potential customer
base, the Company believes that it can position itself to attract higher value
added business by continuing to anticipate its customers' differing needs. The
Company believes that the SBU initiatives it has implemented will enable it to
more effectively leverage its resources to generate new clients and additional
contracts with existing clients.
 
   
     Growing through Selective Acquisitions.  UNICCO has successfully expanded
its business through internal growth and strategic acquisitions, including the
successful integration of the Ogden Allied Acquisition (as defined below), and
intends to seek additional opportunities to grow through selective acquisitions.
The Company may pursue acquisitions that add additional services and technical
capabilities to market to its existing customer base, or that facilitate
strategic expansion of the Company's customer base or complement its existing
geographic coverage.
    
 
   
                          THE OGDEN ALLIED ACQUISITION
    
 
   
     On June 28, 1996, the Company consummated the strategic acquisition (the
"Ogden Allied Acquisition") of the Allied Facilities Services Business of Ogden
Corporation ("Ogden"). The Ogden Allied Acquisition expanded the Company's
geographic range to cover most of the United States and Canada. The purchase
price for the Ogden Allied Acquisition was $62 million, of which $50 million was
paid in cash and $12 million was paid in the form of a subordinated promissory
note (the "Ogden Note"). The Ogden Note was repurchased from Ogden for $11
million with a portion of the net proceeds of the Series A Notes. See "Use of
Proceeds" and "Business -- History of the Company; the Ogden Allied
Acquisition."
    
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   11
 
                                 UNICCO FINANCE
 
   
     UNICCO Finance is a wholly-owned subsidiary of UNICCO that was incorporated
in Delaware in October 1997 in order to facilitate the Offering of the Series A
Notes by serving as a co-issuer of the Series A Notes. The Company believed that
certain prospective purchasers of the Series A Notes may have been restricted in
their ability to purchase debt securities of a Massachusetts business trust,
such as UNICCO, unless such debt securities were jointly issued by a
corporation. UNICCO Finance will not have any substantial operations or assets
and will not have any revenues. As a result, prospective participants in the
Exchange Offer should not expect UNICCO Finance to participate in servicing the
interest and principal obligations under the Exchange Notes. See "Description of
the Exchange Notes -- General."
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
The Series A Notes.........  The Series A Notes were sold by the Company to the
                             Initial Purchaser on October 14, 1997 (the
                             "Offering"), and were subsequently resold to (i)
                             Qualified Institutional Buyers (as defined herein)
                             pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act,
                             (ii) other institutional "accredited investors" (as
                             defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under
                             the Securities Act) that executed and delivered a
                             letter containing certain representations and
                             agreements or, (iii) outside the United States in
                             reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act
                             in a manner exempt from registration under the
                             Securities Act.
 
Registration Rights
Agreement..................  In connection with the Offering, the Company
                             entered into the Registration Rights Agreement,
                             which grants Holders of the Series A Notes certain
                             exchange and registration rights. The Exchange
                             Offer is intended to satisfy such exchange and
                             registration rights, which generally terminate upon
                             the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Securities Offered.........  $105,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of
                             9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007, Series
                             B.
 
The Exchange Offer.........  $1,000 principal amount of the Exchange Notes in
                             exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of Series
                             A Notes. As of the date hereof, $105,000,000 in
                             aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes is
                             outstanding. The Company will issue the Exchange
                             Notes to Holders on or promptly after the
                             Expiration Date. The terms of the Exchange Notes
                             are substantially identical in all material
                             respects (including principal amount, interest rate
                             and maturity) to the terms of the Series A Notes
                             for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the
                             Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are
                             freely transferable by holders thereof (other than
                             as provided herein), and are not subject to any
                             covenant regarding registration under the
                             Securities Act. See "The Exchange Offer." Other
                             than compliance with applicable federal and state
                             securities laws, including the requirement that the
                             Registration Statement be declared effective by the
                             Commission, there are no material federal or state
                             regulatory requirements to be complied with in
                             connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
Interest Payments..........  The Exchange Notes will bear interest from October
                             17, 1997, the date of consummation of the issuance
                             of the Series A Notes, or the most recent interest
                             payment date to which interest on such Series A
                             Notes has been paid, whichever is later.
                             Accordingly, Holders of Series A
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   12
 
                             Notes that are accepted for exchange will not
                             receive interest on such Series A Notes that is
                             accrued but unpaid at the time of tender, but such
                             interest will be payable on the first interest
                             payment date after the Expiration Date.
 
Minimum Condition..........  The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any
                             minimum aggregate principal amount of Series A
                             Notes being tendered for exchange.
 
Expiration Date............  5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             ,
                             1998 unless the Exchange Offer is extended, in
                             which case the term "Expiration Date" means the
                             latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is
                             extended.
 
Exchange Date..............  The date of acceptance for exchange of the Series A
                             Notes will be the first business day following the
                             Expiration Date.
 
   
Withdrawal Rights..........  Tenders may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00
                             p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date by
                             providing the Exchange Agent (as defined) with a
                             written or facsimile transmission of a notice of
                             withdrawal. See "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal
                             of Tenders." The Company will determine if a
                             withdrawal is effective. Any Series A Notes
                             withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly
                             tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer.
                             Properly withdrawn Series A Notes may be
                             retendered. See "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures
                             for Tendering."
    
 
   
Acceptance Of Series A
Notes And Delivery Of
  Exchange Notes...........  The Company will accept for exchange any and all
                             Series A Notes that are properly tendered in the
                             Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
                             time, on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Notes
                             issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
                             delivered promptly following the Expiration Date.
                             See "The Exchange Offer -- Terms of the Exchange
                             Offer."
    
 
Conditions To The Exchange
  Offer....................  The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary
                             conditions, which may be waived by the Company. See
                             "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions."
 
Procedures For Tendering
  Series A Notes...........  To tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a Holder
                             must complete, sign and date the accompanying
                             Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have
                             the signatures therein guaranteed if required by
                             instruction 4 of the Letter of Transmittal and mail
                             or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or
                             such facsimile, together with the Series A Notes
                             and any other required documentation to the
                             Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein
                             prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
                             Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
                             Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" and "Plan of
                             Distribution." By executing the Letter of
                             Transmittal, each Holder will represent to the
                             Company that, among other things, the Holder or the
                             person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or
                             not such person is the Holder, is acquiring the
                             Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business
                             and that neither the Holder nor any such other
                             person intends to participate or has any
                             arrangement or understanding with any person to
                             participate in the distribution of such Exchange
                             Notes. In lieu of physical delivery of the
                             certificates representing Series A Notes, tendering
                             Holders may transfer Series A Notes pursuant to the
                             procedure for
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   13
 
                             book-entry transfer as set forth under "The
                             Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
 
Special Procedures For
Beneficial Owners..........  Any beneficial owner whose Series A Notes are
                             registered in the name of a broker, commercial
                             bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
                             to tender in the Exchange Offer should contact such
                             registered holder promptly and instruct such
                             registered holder to tender on such beneficial
                             owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to
                             tender on such beneficial owner's own behalf, such
                             beneficial owner must, prior to completing and
                             executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering
                             the Series A Notes, either make appropriate
                             arrangements to register ownership of the Series A
                             Notes in such beneficial owner's name or obtain a
                             properly completed bond power from the registered
                             holder. The transfer of registered ownership may
                             take considerable time. See "The Exchange
                             Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
 
Guaranteed Delivery
  Procedures...............  Holders of Series A Notes who wish to tender their
                             Series A Notes and whose Series A Notes are not
                             immediately available or who cannot deliver their
                             Series A Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any
                             other documents required by the Letter of
                             Transmittal to the Exchange Agent (or comply with
                             the requirements for book-entry transfer) prior to
                             the Expiration Date must tender their Series A
                             Notes according to the guaranteed delivery
                             procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer --
                             Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
 
   
Federal Income Tax
  Consequences.............  The issuance of the Exchange Notes to Holders
                             pursuant to the terms set forth in this Prospectus
                             will not constitute an exchange for federal income
                             tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss would
                             be recognized by Holders upon receipt of the
                             Exchange Notes. See "The Exchange Offer -- Material
                             Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange
                             Offer."
    
 
   
Consequences of Failure to
  Exchange.................  Any Series A Notes that are not properly tendered
                             will, following the consummation of the Exchange
                             Offer, continue to be subject to the existing
                             restrictions upon transfer thereof, and, upon
                             consummation of the Exchange Offer, the
                             registration rights under the Registration Rights
                             Agreement generally will terminate. Following the
                             Exchange Offer, the trading market, if any, for
                             Series A Notes may be adversely affected.
    
 
Use Of Proceeds............  There will be no proceeds to the Company from the
                             exchange of Series A Notes pursuant to the Exchange
                             Offer.
 
   
Exchange Agent.............  State Street Bank and Trust Company is serving as
                             exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent") in connection
                             with the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange
                             Offer -- Exchange Agent and Information Agent."
    
 
                     SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
 
     The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the Series A Notes (which they replace) except that (i) the Exchange Notes
have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof, and (ii) the holders of Exchange Notes
generally will not be entitled to further registration rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement, which
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   14
 
rights generally will be satisfied when the Exchange Offer is consummated. The
Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Series A Notes and will be
entitled to the benefits of the indenture pursuant to which the Series A Notes
were issued (the "Indenture"). See "Description of the Exchange Notes."
 
Issuers....................  UNICCO Service Company, a Massachusetts business
                             trust, and UNICCO Finance Corp., a Delaware
                             corporation.
 
Securities Offered.........  $105 million in aggregate principal amount of
                             9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007, Series
                             B.
 
Maturity...................  October 15, 2007.
 
Interest...................  The Exchange Notes will bear interest at the rate
                             of 9 7/8% per annum, payable semi-annually in
                             arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year,
                             commencing on April 15, 1998.
 
Guarantees.................  The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by all of the
                             Company's existing Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries
                             (the "Guarantors"), and all Domestic Restricted
                             Subsidiaries created or acquired by the Company in
                             the future.
 
Ranking....................  The Exchange Notes will be general unsecured
                             obligations of the Issuers and will be subordinated
                             in right of payment to all existing and future
                             Senior Debt of the Issuers. As of September 28,
                             1997, after giving pro forma effect to the
                             Transactions, the Issuers would have had
                             approximately $3.4 million of Senior Debt
                             outstanding, consisting of outstanding borrowings
                             under the Credit Facility. In addition, the Issuers
                             would have had $41.6 million of additional
                             borrowings available under the Credit Facility. See
                             "Use of Proceeds" and "Unaudited Pro Forma
                             Financial Data."
 
Optional Redemption........  Except as set forth below, the Exchange Notes will
                             not be redeemable at the option of the Issuers
                             prior to October 15, 2002. Thereafter, the Exchange
                             Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at
                             the option of the Issuers, in whole or in part, at
                             the redemption prices set forth herein, plus
                             accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,
                             if any, thereon to the redemption date. In
                             addition, at any time prior to October 15, 2000,
                             the Issuers may redeem up to an aggregate of $33.0
                             million in principal amount of Exchange Notes at a
                             redemption price equal to 109.875% of the principal
                             amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest
                             and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
                             redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of an
                             initial public offering of common equity of the
                             Company, provided that at least $72.0 million in
                             principal amount of Exchange Notes remains
                             outstanding immediately after the occurrence of
                             such redemption.
 
Change of Control..........  In the event of a Change of Control, the Issuers
                             will be required to make an offer to each holder of
                             Exchange Notes to repurchase all or any part of
                             such holder's Exchange Notes at a repurchase price
                             equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus
                             accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,
                             if any, thereon to the repurchase date.
 
Covenants..................  The Indenture contains certain covenants that,
                             among other things, limit the ability of the
                             Issuers and the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries
                             (as defined) to incur additional Indebtedness (as
                             defined), pay dividends, repurchase Equity
                             Interests (as defined) or make other Restricted
                             Payments (as defined), create Liens (as defined),
                             enter into transactions
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   15
 
                             with Affiliates (as defined), sell assets or enter
                             into certain mergers and consolidations. See
                             "Description of the Exchange Notes."
 
   
Registration Rights........  The Registration Rights Agreement provides that if
                             (i) the Issuers are not required to file the
                             Exchange Offer Registration Statement or permitted
                             to consummate the Exchange Offer because the
                             Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law
                             or Commission policy or (ii) in certain
                             circumstances, a Holder notifies the Company prior
                             to the 20th day following consummation of the
                             Exchange Offer (a) that it is prohibited by law or
                             Commission policy from participating in the
                             Exchange Offer, (b) it may not resell the Exchange
                             Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the
                             public without delivering a prospectus and the
                             prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
                             Registration Statement is not appropriate or
                             available for such resales or (c) it is a
                             broker-dealer and owns Series A Notes acquired
                             directly from the Issuers or an affiliate of the
                             Issuers, the Issuers will file with the Commission
                             a shelf registration statement (the "Shelf
                             Registration Statement") to cover resales of the
                             Series A Notes by the Holders thereof who satisfy
                             certain conditions relating to the provision of
                             information in connection with the Shelf
                             Registration Statement.
    
 
                             The interest rate on the Notes is subject to
                             increase under certain circumstances if the Company
                             is not in compliance with its obligations under the
                             Registration Rights Agreement. See "Description of
                             the Exchange Notes -- Registration Rights;
                             Liquidated Damages."
 
   
Lack Of Prior Market For
The Exchange Notes.........  The Exchange Notes will be new securities for which
                             there is currently no established trading market.
                             The Company does not intend to apply for listing of
                             the Exchange Notes on any national securities
                             exchange or for quotation of the Exchange Notes on
                             any automated dealer quotation system. The Company
                             has been advised by the Initial Purchasers that
                             they presently intend to make a market in the
                             Exchange Notes, although they are under no
                             obligation to do so and may discontinue any market-
                             making activities at any time without notice.
                             Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the
                             liquidity of the trading market for the Exchange
                             Notes or that an active public market for the
                             Exchange Notes will develop. If an active trading
                             market for the Exchange Notes does not develop, the
                             market price and liquidity of the Exchange Notes
                             may be adversely affected. If the Exchange Notes
                             are traded, they may trade at a discount from their
                             initial offering price, depending on prevailing
                             interest rates, the market for similar securities,
                             the performance of the Company and certain other
                             factors. See "Risk Factors -- Absence of Public
                             Market for the Exchange Notes -- Lack of
                             Liquidity."
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Holders of the Series A Notes should carefully consider the matters set
forth under "Risk Factors," as well as the other information and financial
statements and data included in this Prospectus prior to deciding to tender
Series A Notes in the Exchange Offer.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   16
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The following summary financial data as of and for each of the three years
in the period ended June 29, 1997 and as of September 28, 1997 and for the three
month periods ended September 28, 1997 and September 29, 1996 have been derived
from, and are qualified by reference to, the Combined Financial Statements of
the Company included elsewhere in this Offering Memorandum. The pro forma data
as of and for the year ended June 29, 1997 give effect to the Transactions (as
defined) as if they had occurred as of July 1, 1996, in the case of the
statement of operations and other financial data, and as of June 29, 1997, in
the case of the balance sheet data. The pro forma data as of and for the
three-month period ended September 28, 1997 give effect to the Offering (as
defined) as if it had occurred as of July 1, 1996, in the case of the statement
of operations data and as of September 28, 1997 in the case of the balance sheet
data. The pro forma data do not purport to be indicative of the results that
actually would have been obtained had the Transactions been completed as of such
dates and are not intended to be a projection of the Company's future results of
operations or financial position. The following information should be read in
conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization," "Selected Financial Data,"
"Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Combined Financial
Statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in
this Offering Memorandum.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      FOR THE YEARS ENDED                            FOR THE THREE MONTH          PRO FORMA
                                  ----------------------------    PRO FORMA             PERIOD ENDED             THREE-MONTH
                                   JUNE      JUNE                 YEAR ENDED    -----------------------------   PERIOD ENDED
                                    25,       30,     JUNE 29,     JUNE 29,     SEPTEMBER 29,   SEPTEMBER 28,   SEPTEMBER 28,
                                   1995     1996(1)     1997         1997           1996            1997            1997
                                  -------   -------   --------   ------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)               (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues......................... $88,095   $98,315   $533,882     $533,882       $ 128,310       $ 134,717       $ 134,717
Cost of revenues.................  74,695    84,244    482,526      482,526         115,929         121,147         121,147
                                  -------   -------   --------     --------       ---------       ---------       ---------
  Gross profit...................  13,400    14,071     51,356       51,356          12,381          13,570          13,570
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses........  10,204    11,491     31,660       31,660           6,565           8,606           8,606
Amortization of intangible
  assets.........................     535       551      4,749        4,749           1,191           1,191           1,191
                                  -------   -------   --------     --------       ---------       ---------       ---------
  Income from operations.........   2,661     2,029     14,947       14,947           4,625           3,773           3,773
Interest income..................     107        85         67           67               1               1               1
Interest expense.................     (80)     (178)   (11,492)     (11,651)(7)      (2,459)         (3,007)         (3,326)(7)
                                  -------   -------   --------     --------       ---------       ---------       ---------
  Income before provision for
    income taxes.................   2,688     1,936      3,522        3,363           2,167             767             448
Provision for income taxes(2)....     214       189      2,339        2,069             940             189             153
                                  -------   -------   --------     --------       ---------       ---------       ---------
  Net income..................... $ 2,474   $ 1,747   $  1,183     $  1,294       $   1,227       $     578       $     295
                                  =======   =======   ========     ========       =========       =========       =========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(3)........................ $ 3,863   $ 3,399   $ 22,209     $ 22,209       $   6,357       $   5,551       $   5,551
EBITDA margin(4).................    4.4%      3.5%       4.2%         4.2%            5.0%            4.1%            4.1%
Cash Flow:
  Operating activities...........   1,018     5,643    (35,841)                     (41,537)            163
  Investing activities...........  (1,190)  (52,399)    (2,529)                        (355)           (219)
  Financing activities...........     172    46,792     42,140                       41,883          (1,766)
Depreciation and amortization.... $ 1,202   $ 1,370   $  7,262     $  7,262       $   1,732       $   1,777       $   1,777
Capital expenditures.............     949     1,227      2,578        2,578             355             249             249
Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest
  expense(5).....................                                      2.0x                                            1.9x
Ratio of net debt to EBITDA(6)...                                      4.9x                                            5.0x
Ratio of earnings to fixed
  charges(8).....................    7.5x      4.6x       1.3x                          1.7x           1.2x
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        AS OF
                                                            AS OF JUNE 29, 1997   SEPTEMBER 28, 1997       PRO FORMA
                                                            -------------------   ------------------         AS OF
                                                                HISTORICAL           (UNAUDITED)       SEPTEMBER 28, 1997
                                                            -------------------   ------------------   ------------------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>                   <C>                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash......................................................       $   3,928             $  2,106             $  2,106
Working capital...........................................          45,050               45,291               53,476
Total assets..............................................         161,087              156,433              158,734
Total long-term debt (including current maturities).......         107,147              106,263              112,922
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   17
 
- ---------------
(1) Fiscal 1996 was a 53-week year. As a result, the Company's results of
    operations for fiscal 1996 include approximately $1.0 million of payroll and
    payroll-related expenses attributable to the additional week of operations
    that were not billed in the period to customers with fixed price contracts.
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
    of Operations."
 
   
(2) For the years ended June 25, 1995 and June 30, 1996, the Company was not
    subject to federal and certain state income taxes as it had elected to be
    treated as a subchapter S corporation. For the year ended June 29, 1997,
    certain entities of the Company were taxed as C corporations through
    December 31, 1996, at which time they elected to be treated as subchapter S
    corporations. See Note 7 of Notes to the Company's Combined Financial
    Statements.
    
 
(3) EBITDA is defined as earnings before provision for income taxes, interest
    expense, interest income and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is
    presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a leveraged
    company's ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and because
    management believes that EBITDA is a relevant measure of the Company's
    ability to generate cash without regard to the Company's capital structure
    or working capital needs. EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to
    similarly titled measures used by other companies, depending upon the
    non-cash charges included. When evaluating EBITDA, investors should consider
    that EBITDA (i) should not be considered in isolation but together with
    other factors which may influence operating and investing activities, such
    as changes in operating assets and liabilities and purchases of property and
    equipment; (ii) is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance
    with generally accepted accounting principles; (iii) should not be construed
    as an alternative or substitute for income from operations, net income or
    cash flows from operating activities in analyzing the Company's operating
    performance, financial position or cash flows; and (iv) should not be used
    as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or as a measure of
    its liquidity.
 
(4) EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of revenues.
 
(5) Cash interest expense is defined as interest expense excluding amortization
    of deferred financing costs.
 
(6) Net debt is defined as total long-term debt minus cash as of the end of the
    period presented. EBITDA for the first quarter of fiscal 1998 has been
    annualized for the purposes of calculating this ratio.
 
(7) Pro forma interest expense reflects (i) $438,500 of amortization of deferred
    debt issuance costs related to the offering of the Series A Notes, (ii)
    $49,350 of amortization of original issue discount related to the Series A
    Notes, (iii) interest expense related to the Series A Notes and (iv)
    interest expense related to pro forma borrowings under the Credit Facility
    at an assumed interest rate of 7.63%, which is the interest rate that would
    have been applicable under the Credit Facility for the year ended June 29,
    1997. Pro forma interest expense for the three month period ended September
    28, 1997 was calculated in a similar fashion.
 
(8) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    consist of income before provision for income taxes, plus fixed charges.
    Fixed charges consist of interest, amortization of deferred financing costs,
    amortization of debt discount and that portion of rental payments on
    operating leases deemed representative of the interest factor.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   18
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In addition to the other information set forth and incorporated by
reference herein, Holders of Series A Notes should carefully consider the
following information in evaluating the Company and its business before deciding
to tender the Series A Notes in the Exchange Offer. The information contained
and incorporated by reference herein contains forward-looking statements that
involve a number of risks and uncertainties. A number of factors, including
those discussed below, could cause results to differ materially from those
anticipated by such forward-looking statements. In addition, such
forward-looking statements are necessarily dependent upon assumptions, estimates
and data that may be incorrect or imprecise. Accordingly, any forward-looking
statements included or incorporated by reference herein do not purport to be
predictions of future events or circumstances and may not be realized.
 
   
RISK FROM SIGNIFICANT LEVERAGE
    
 
     The Company is highly leveraged. As of September 28, 1997, after giving pro
forma effect to the Transactions, the Company would have had total consolidated
indebtedness of approximately $112.9 million and a ratio of long-term debt to
total capitalization of approximately 94.8%. See "Capitalization" and "Unaudited
Pro Forma Financial Data." The Company may incur additional indebtedness in the
future, including through available borrowings under the Credit Facility,
subject to the satisfaction of certain financial tests. See "Description of
Other Indebtedness -- Credit Facility" and "Description of the Exchange Notes --
Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock."
 
   
     The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have important
consequences to the holders of the Exchange Notes, including the following: (i)
the Company's ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be limited or
impaired; (ii) the Company's flexibility with respect to certain matters will be
limited by covenants contained in the Indenture and the Credit Facility which
will limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional
indebtedness, grant liens, pay dividends, redeem capital stock, prepay certain
subordinated indebtedness and enter into mergers and other similar transactions;
and (iii) the Company's degree of leverage may make it more vulnerable to
economic downturns, limit its ability to pursue other business opportunities and
reduce its flexibility in responding to changing business and economic
conditions. Any such consequence could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
    
 
     The Company's ability to generate cash for the repayment of debt, including
the Exchange Notes, will be dependent upon the future performance of the
Company's business, which will in turn be subject to financial, competitive,
economic and other factors affecting the operations of the Company, including
certain factors beyond its control.
 
   
SUBORDINATION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES TO OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
    
 
   
     The Exchange Notes will be unsecured obligations of the Issuers and will be
subordinated in right of payment to all current and future Senior Debt of the
Issuers, including all indebtedness of the Issuers under the Credit Facility. In
addition, the guarantees of the Exchange Notes will be subordinated to all
current and future Senior Debt of the Guarantors, including the Guarantors'
obligations under the Credit Facility. See "Description of the Exchange
Notes -- Subordination." As of September 28, 1997, after giving pro forma effect
to the Transactions, the Issuers would have had approximately $3.4 million of
Senior Debt outstanding, consisting of outstanding borrowings under the Credit
Facility. In addition, the Issuers would have had $41.6 million of additional
borrowings available under the Credit Facility. As a result of the subordination
provisions of the Indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency
involving the Company, holders of the Exchange Notes may recover less ratably
than creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior Debt, which may have a
material adverse effect on the value of the Exchange Notes. The Indenture will
permit the Company to incur additional Senior Debt, subject to certain financial
tests. See "Description of the Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   19
 
   
EFFECT OF RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED ON THE COMPANY BY TERMS OF INDEBTEDNESS
    
 
   
     The Indenture governing the terms of the Exchange Notes contains certain
covenants limiting, subject to certain exceptions, the incurrence of additional
indebtedness, the payment of dividends, the redemption of capital stock, the
making of certain investments, the issuance of capital stock of subsidiaries,
the creation of liens and other restrictions affecting the Company's
subsidiaries, the issuance of guarantees, transactions with affiliates, asset
sales and certain mergers and consolidations. A breach of any of these covenants
could result in an event of default under the Indenture. In addition, the New
Credit Facility and the instruments governing the Company's other indebtedness
contain other more restrictive covenants and require the Company to satisfy
certain financial tests. The Company's inability to comply with such covenants
and breach of any of these covenants could result in an event of default under
the New Credit Facility or such other instruments. In the event of such a
default, the lenders thereunder could elect to declare all amounts borrowed,
together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable, and the
lenders under the New Credit Facility could foreclose on the assets securing the
New Credit Facility or cease to provide additional loans. In addition, a default
under the Indenture could constitute a cross-default under the New Credit
Facility and any instruments governing the Company's other indebtedness. In the
event of a default under the New Credit Facility or other Senior Debt of the
Company, the subordination provisions of the Indenture may restrict payments
with respect to the Exchange Notes. Any such default would have a material
adverse effect on the value of the Exchange Notes. See "-- Subordination of the
Exchange Notes," "Description of the Exchange Notes -- Certain Covenants" and
"Description of Other Indebtedness."
    
 
   
COMPETITIVE RISKS
    
 
   
     The facilities services industry is highly competitive. The Company
competes against large national and multi-national organizations, most of which
have greater financial and marketing resources than the Company. In the various
local marketplaces for core janitorial and custodial services, barriers to entry
are low, and the Company competes against numerous smaller service providers,
many of which may have more experience in and knowledge of the local market for
such services. In these same markets, the Company is also increasingly facing
large competitors that are willing to accept lower profit margins in order to
capture market share. There can be no assurance that competition will not have
an adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations
or on the value of the Exchange Notes. See "Business -- Competition."
    
 
   
SUCCESS DEPENDENT ON KEY PERSONNEL
    
 
   
     The Company is a service business that is highly dependent upon the
strength of its customer relationships. Accordingly, the Company's success
depends to a large extent upon the continued services of its key managers. In
particular, the Company is dependent upon the day-to-day leadership and
experience of Steven C. Kletjian, its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and
principal shareholder. Mr. Kletjian is not subject to an employment agreement
with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. In addition, retention of other key
personnel is important to the continued success of the Company. The loss of
other key executive personnel could have a material adverse effect on the
Company and the Value of the Exchange Notes. See "Management."
    
 
   
DEPENDENCE ON HOURLY WAGE AND UNION EMPLOYEES
    
 
   
     The Company's business depends upon its ability to continue to recruit,
train and retain large numbers of hourly wage employees. Competition for such
employees, particularly in areas with strong regional economies, has led to
increased hourly wage levels and employee turnover. Inability to recruit, train
and retain such employees at competitive wage rates could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the Company's workforce is heavily
unionized. Approximately 44% of the Company's workforce is unionized under more
than 170 different union contracts. As these union contracts expire, the Company
may be required to renegotiate them in an environment of increasing wage rates.
In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
renegotiate union contracts on terms favorable to the Company or without
experiencing a work stoppage. Material increases in wages or union work
stoppages could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See
"Business -- Employees."
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   20
 
   
SHORT-TERM NATURE OF CERTAIN CONTRACTS
    
 
     The Company performs the majority of its work for customers under contracts
with a stated term of from one to three years, with termination clauses
permitting the customer to cancel the contract on 30 to 90 days' notice. While
the Company has maintained long-standing relationships with many of its
customers, and has experienced a low customer turnover rate, there can be no
assurance that the Company's customers will not exercise their rights to
terminate their contracts prior to expiration, or that the Company will be
successful in negotiating new contracts with customers as such contracts expire.
See "Business -- Contracts."
 
   
RISK OF CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
    
 
   
     All of the voting common shares of beneficial ownership in the Company are
privately-held by members of the Kletjian family. The Kletjian family will have
the ability to approve or disapprove of any matter requiring action by
shareholders. See "Share Ownership." As a result, these persons are in a
position to elect the Company's Board of Trustees, and to control the
management, policies and operations of the Company. These persons do not owe
fiduciary duties to the holders of the Notes.
    
 
   
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS
    
 
     The nature of the Company's business necessarily involves the transport,
storage, use and disposal of cleaning solvents, lubricants, chemicals and other
hazardous materials by Company employees to, on and around the customers'
facilities or, in certain cases, facilities leased by the Company on behalf of
its customers. Such activities are subject to stringent and changing federal,
state and local regulation, and present the potential for liability of the
Company for the actions of its employees in handling such materials. In
addition, the exposure of the Company's employees to these materials may give
rise to claims by employees against the Company. As a result, there can be no
assurance that compliance with governmental regulations or liability related to
hazardous materials will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition or results of operations. See "Business -- Facilities."
 
   
EXPOSURE TO LIABILITY CLAIMS AND SUFFICIENCY OF INSURANCE COVERAGE
    
 
     The nature of the Company's services exposes it to risks of liability for
employee acts (including negligence and harassment), injuries (including
workers' compensation claims) and omissions. The Company carries insurance of
various types, including workers' compensation, employment practices, vehicle
and general liability coverage. While the Company seeks to maintain appropriate
levels of insurance, there can be no assurance that the Company will avoid
material claims or adverse publicity related thereto. There can also be no
assurance that the Company's insurance will be adequate to cover the Company's
liabilities or that such insurance coverage will remain available at acceptable
costs. A successful claim brought against the Company for which coverage is
denied or which is in excess of its insurance coverage could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
   
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION
    
 
   
     Due to the nature of the Company's business, particularly in its Security
SBU, the Company's operations are subject to a variety of federal, state, county
and municipal laws, regulations and licensing requirements, including labor,
employment, immigration, health and safety and environmental regulations and
regulations affecting private security firms. Changes in such laws, regulations
and licensing requirements may constrain the Company's ability to provide
services to customers or increase the costs of such services. In addition,
competitive pricing conditions in the industry may constrain the Company's
ability to adjust its billing rates to reflect any such increased costs. Any
such regulatory changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
    
 
ACQUISITION RISKS
 
     As part of its strategy, the Company may pursue the acquisition of other
companies, assets or business lines that complement or expand its existing
business. Acquisitions involve a number of risks that could
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   21
 
   
adversely affect the Company, including the diversion of management's attention,
the unsuccessful integration of the operations and personnel of the acquired
companies and the potential loss of key employees or customers of the acquired
operations. The Company may not have had experience with the geographic or
service markets of the acquired business and accordingly may lack the management
and marketing expertise that will be necessary to successfully operate and
integrate the business. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company
will continue to retain acquired management and other personnel, that the market
will favorably view the Company's entry into a new geographic or service market,
or that the Company will realize any of the other anticipated benefits of an
acquisition. A failure to integrate future acquisitions by the Company may
materially and adversely affect the Company. No assurance can be given that any
such future acquisition will enhance the Company's business.
    
 
   
RISK OF A CHANGE OF CONTROL
    
 
   
     In the event of a Change of Control, the Issuers will be required to make
an offer to each holder of Exchange Notes to repurchase all or any part of such
holder's Exchange Notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the repurchase date. The source of funds for any such repurchase
would be the Company's available cash or cash generated from operating or other
sources, including borrowings, sales of equity or funds provided by a new
controlling person. However, there can be no assurance that sufficient funds
will be available at the time of any Change of Control to make any required
purchases of the Exchange Notes tendered. In addition, the Credit Facility may
prohibit the Company from making any such required repurchases. The failure of
the Company to offer to repurchase Exchange Notes, or to repurchase Exchange
Notes tendered, following a Change of Control will result in a default under the
Indenture, which could lead to a cross-default under the Credit Facility and
under the terms of other indebtedness of the Company. In such a case, the
subordination provisions of the Indenture may limit the ability of the holders
of the Exchange Notes to receive payment in respect of their Exchange Notes. The
Company's potential inability to repurchase the Exchange Note may have a
material adverse effect on the value of the Exchange Notes. See "Description of
Other Indebtedness -- Credit Facility," "Description of the Exchange
Notes -- Subordination" and "-- Repurchase of Exchange Notes at the Option of
Holders -- Change of Control."
    
 
   
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE EXCHANGE NOTES - LACK OF LIQUIDITY
    
 
     The Exchange Notes are being offered to the holders of the Series A Notes.
The Series A Notes were offered and sold in October 1997 (i) to "Qualified
Institutional Buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (ii)
to other institutional "accredited investors" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and (iii) outside the United States in
reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act and are eligible for trading
in the Private Offering, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages
("PORTAL") market.
 
     The Exchange Notes will be a new class of securities for which there
currently is no established trading market. Although the Exchange Notes will
generally be permitted to be resold or otherwise transferred by nonaffiliates of
the Company without compliance with the registration requirements under the
Securities Act, the Company does not intend to apply for listing of the Exchange
Notes on any national securities exchange or for quotation of the Exchange Notes
on any automated dealer quotation system. Although the Initial Purchasers have
informed the Company that they currently intend to make a market in the Exchange
Notes, the Initial Purchasers are not obligated to do so, and any such
market-making may be discounted at any time without notice. The liquidity of any
market for the Exchange Notes will depend upon the number of holders of the
Exchange Notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the
Exchange Notes and other
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   22
 
factors. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or
liquidity of any market for the Exchange Notes. If an active trading market for
the Exchange Notes does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the
Exchange Notes may be adversely affected. If the Exchange Notes are traded, they
may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon
prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, the performance of
the Company and certain other factors. The liquidity of, and trading markets
for, the Exchange Notes may also be adversely affected by general declines in
the market for non-investment grade debt. Such declines may adversely affect the
liquidity of, and trading markets for, the Exchange Notes independent of the
financial performance of, or prospects for, the Company.
 
   
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
    
 
   
     The Series A Notes were offered and sold by the Company in a private
offering exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act and have been
resold pursuant to Rule 144A, Regulation D, Regulation S and other exemptions
under the Securities Act. As a result, the Series A Notes may not be reoffered
or resold by purchasers except pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from such
registration, and the Series A Notes are legended to restrict transfer as
aforesaid. Each Holder (other than any Holder who is an affiliate or promoter of
the Company) who duly exchanges Series A Notes for Exchange Notes in the
Exchange Offer will receive Exchange Notes that are freely transferable under
the Securities Act. Holders who participate in the Exchange Offer should be
aware, however, that if they accept the Exchange Offer for the purpose of
engaging in a distribution, the Exchange Notes may not be publicly reoffered or
resold without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act. As a result, each Holder accepting the
Exchange Offer will be deemed to have represented, by its acceptance of the
Exchange Offer, that it acquired the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of
business and that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
distribution of the Exchange Notes. If existing Commission interpretations
permitting free transferability of the Exchange Notes following the Exchange
Offer are changed prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company will
use its best efforts to register the Series A Notes for resale under the
Securities Act. See "Prospectus Summary -- The Exchange Offer" and "Description
of the Exchange Notes -- Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages."
    
 
   
     The Series A Notes currently may be sold pursuant to the restrictions set
forth in Rule 144A, Regulation D or Regulation S under the Securities Act or
pursuant to another available exemption under the Securities Act without
registration under the Securities Act. To the extent that Series A Notes are
tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market, if any, for the
untendered and tendered but unaccepted Series A Notes may be adversely affected.
    
 
   
INABILITY TO RELY ON UNICCO FINANCE
    
 
   
     UNICCO Finance will not have any substantial operations or assets and will
not have any revenues. As a result, prospective participants in the Exchange
Offer should not expect UNICCO Finance to participate in servicing the interest
and principal obligations under the Exchange Notes. See "Description of the
Exchange Notes -- General."
    
 
   
STRINGENT EXCHANGE OFFER PROCEDURES
    
 
     Issuance of the Exchange Notes for Series A Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of such
Series A Notes, a properly completed, duly executed Letter of Transmittal and
all other required documents. Therefore, Holders desiring to tender their Series
A Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes should allow for sufficient time to
ensure timely delivery. The Company is under no duty to give notification of
defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of Series A Notes for
exchange. Any Series A Notes that are not tendered or are tendered but not
accepted will, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, continue to be
subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof and, upon
consummation of the Exchange Offer, the registration rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement generally will terminate. In addition, any Holder
who tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a
distribution of the Exchange Notes may be deemed to have received
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   23
 
   
restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale. Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for
its own account in exchange for Series A Notes, where such Series A Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See "The Exchange Offer."
    
 
   
RISK THAT GUARANTEES RAISE FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE MATTERS
    
 
   
     Under applicable provisions of federal bankruptcy law and comparable
provisions of state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws, if it were found
that any Guarantor (a) had incurred the indebtedness represented by its
guarantee of the Exchange Notes with an intent to hinder, delay or defraud
creditors or (b) received less than reasonable equivalent value or fair
consideration for incurring such indebtedness and (i) was insolvent or was
rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence, (ii) was engaged or about to
engage in a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted
unreasonably small capital to carry on its business or (iii) intended to incur,
or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as
they matured, the obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee of the
Exchange Notes could be avoided or claims in respect of such guarantee could be
subordinated to all other debts of such Guarantor. A legal challenge of a
guarantee of the Exchange Notes could, among other things, focus on the
benefits, if any, realized by a Guarantor as a result of the issuance by the
Issuers of the Exchange Notes. To the extent that a Guarantor's guarantee of the
Exchange Notes were held to be unenforceable as a fraudulent conveyance for any
reason, the holders of the Exchange Notes would cease to have any direct claim
in respect of such Guarantor. In the event a Guarantor's guarantee of the
Exchange Notes were held to be subordinated, the claims of the holders of the
Exchange Notes could be subordinated to claims of other creditors of such
Guarantor, including holders of Senior Debt and other holders of subordinated
indebtedness of such Guarantor.
    
 
   
     The measure of insolvency for purposes of determining whether a transfer is
avoidable as a fraudulent conveyance varies depending upon the law of the
jurisdiction which is being applied. Generally, however, a debtor would be
considered insolvent if the sum of all its liabilities, including contingent
liabilities, were greater than the fair saleable value of its assets at a fair
valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of the debtor's assets were
less than the amount required to repay its liabilities on its existing debts,
including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and matured. There can
be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in order to make such
determination.
    
 
   
     Each of the Guarantors believes that it will receive equivalent value at
the time the indebtedness under the Exchange Notes and the guarantees is
incurred. In addition, none of the Guarantors believes that, after giving effect
to the Exchange Offer, it (i) was or will be insolvent or rendered insolvent,
(ii) was or will be engaged in a business or transaction for which its remaining
assets constitute unreasonably small capital or (iii) intends or intended to
incur, or believes or believed that it will or would incur, debts beyond its
ability to pay such debts as they mature. Since, however, the question of
whether a guarantee is a fraudulent conveyance is inherently fact-based and
fact-specific, there can be no assurance that a court passing on such questions
would agree with the Guarantors.
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   24
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     UNICCO was founded as a Massachusetts corporation in 1949, and was
reorganized as a Massachusetts business trust in 1988. UNICCO is a subchapter S
company for federal income tax purposes. The Company's principal executive
offices are located at Four Copley Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, and its
telephone number is (617) 859-9100. UNICCO Finance, which is a co-obligor under
the Notes, is a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of UNICCO.
 
   
     Prior to the Offering, the operations of the Company were conducted through
UNICCO and its subsidiary, and through affiliated entities owned by the same
shareholders as UNICCO. Effective January 1, 1997, such affiliated entities
elected to be taxed as subchapter S corporations for federal income tax
purposes. In connection with the Offering, the shareholders of UNICCO
contributed their interests in such affiliated entities to UNICCO (the
"Refinancing"), as a result of which all of the operations of the Company will
be conducted through UNICCO and its subsidiaries. See "Certain Transactions."
The Combined Financial Statements of the Company and the other historical
financial and statistical data included in this Offering Memorandum include the
combined results of operations of UNICCO, its subsidiaries and such affiliated
entities.
    
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     The following discussion sets forth or summarizes what the Company believes
are the material terms of the Exchange Offer, including those set forth in the
Letter of Transmittal distributed with this Prospectus. This summary is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the documents
underlying the Exchange Offer, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, and are incorporated
by reference herein.
 
PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     In connection with the sale of the Series A Notes pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, dated October 14, 1997 (the "Purchase Agreement"), between the
Company and the Initial Purchasers, the Initial Purchasers became entitled to
the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 17, 1997,
between the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the "Registration Rights
Agreement").
 
     Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to (a) file a
registration statement in connection with a registered exchange offer within 45
days after October 17, 1997, the date the Series A Notes were issued (the "Issue
Date"), (b) use best efforts to cause such registration statement to become
effective under the Securities Act within 120 days of the Issue Date, (c) use
best efforts to keep such registration statement effective until the closing of
the Exchange Offer and (d) use best efforts to cause such registered Exchange
Offer to be consummated within 30 days after the effective date of such
registration statement. Within the applicable time periods, the Company will
endeavor to register under the Securities Act all of the Exchange Notes pursuant
to a registration statement under which the Company will offer each Holder of
Series A Notes the opportunity to exchange any and all of the outstanding Series
A Notes held by such Holder for Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes tendered for exchange
by such Holder. Subject to limited exceptions, the Exchange Offer being made
hereby, if commenced and consummated within such applicable time periods, will
satisfy those requirements under the Registration Rights Agreement. In such
event, the Series A Notes would remain outstanding and would continue to accrue
interest, but would not retain any rights under the Registration Rights
Agreement. Holders of Series A Notes seeking liquidity in their investment would
have to rely on exemptions to registration requirements under the securities
laws, including the Securities Act. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement
has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part. The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means
any person in whose name the Series A Notes are registered on the books of the
Company or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power
from the registered holder.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   25
 
   
     Because the Exchange Offer is for any and all Series A Notes, the principal
amount of Series A Notes tendered and exchanged in the Exchange Offer will
reduce the principal amount of Series A Notes outstanding. Following the
consummation of the Exchange Offer, Holders who did not tender their Series A
Notes generally will not have any further registration rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement, and such Series A Notes will continue to be
subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of the
market for such Series A Notes could be adversely affected. The Series A Notes
are currently eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144A, Regulation D or
Regulation S through the PORTAL Market. Because the Company anticipates that
most Holders of Series A Notes will elect to exchange such Series A Notes for
Exchange Notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale of Exchange
Notes under the Securities Act, the Company anticipates that the liquidity of
the market for any Series A Notes remaining after the consummation of the
Exchange Offer may be substantially limited. See "Description of the Exchange
Notes -- Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages" and "Risk Factors -- Absence
of Public Market for the Exchange Notes -- Lack of Liquidity."
    
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     Upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the Company will accept all Series A Notes
properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date. The Company will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange
Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding Series A Notes
accepted in the Exchange Offer. Holders may tender some or all of their Series A
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
 
     The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the Series A Notes except that (i) the Exchange Notes have been registered
under the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the
transfer thereof, and (ii) the holders of Exchange Notes generally will not be
entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, which rights
generally will terminate upon consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange
Notes will evidence the same debt as the Series A Notes and will be entitled to
the benefits of the Indenture.
 
     Holders of Series A Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights
in connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
     The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Series A
Notes when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to
the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering
Holders of Series A Notes for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from
the Company and delivering Exchange Notes to such Holders.
 
     If any tendered Series A Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender or the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein,
certificate for any such unaccepted Series A Notes will be returned, without
expense, to the tendering Holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the
Expiration Date.
 
     Holders of Series A Notes who tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the
instructions in the Transmittal Letter, transfer taxes with respect to the
exchange of Series A Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay
all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, in connection
with the Exchange Offer. See "-- Fees and Expenses."
 
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
 
   
     The Exchange Offer shall remain open for acceptance for a period of not
less than 20 business days (the "Exchange Period"). The Expiration Date will be
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on               , 1998, unless the Company, in
its sole discretion, extends the Exchange Offer, in which case the Expiration
Date will be the latest business day to which the Exchange Offer is extended.
Any communication regarding an extension, amendment or termination of the
Exchange Offer will be made in conformity with the requirements of Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   26
 
     In order to extend the Expiration Date, the Issuers will notify the
Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the
record Holders an announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
Such announcement may state that the Company is extending the Exchange Offer for
a specified period of time.
 
     The Company reserves the right (i) to delay accepting any Series A Notes,
to extend the Exchange Offer or to terminate the Exchange Offer and not accept
Series A Notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth under
"-- Conditions" shall have occurred and shall not have been waived by the
Company, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or
termination to the Exchange Agent, or (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange
Offer in any manner. Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or
amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice
thereof. If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner determined by the Issuers
to constitute a material change, the Issuers will promptly disclose such
amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the Holders of such
amendment, and the Issuers will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five
to ten business days, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the
manner of disclosure to Holders, if the Exchange offer would otherwise expire
during such five to ten business day period.
 
     Without limiting the manner in which the Issuers may choose to make public
announcement of any extension, amendment or termination of the Exchange Offer,
the Issuers shall have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise
communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a timely release
to the Dow Jones News Service or other comparable service.
 
INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES
 
     Interest on the Exchange Notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and
October 15 of each year at the rate of 9 7/8% per annum. The Exchange Notes will
bear interest from October 17, 1997, the date of issuance of the Series A Notes,
or the most recent interest payment date to which interest on such Series A
Notes has been paid, whichever is later. Accordingly, Holders of Series A Notes
that are accepted for exchange will not receive interest that is accrued but
unpaid on the Series A Notes at the time of tender, but such interest will be
payable in respect of the Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for such Series A
Notes on the first interest payment date after the Expiration Date.
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
 
     Only a Holder of Series A Notes may tender such Series A Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer. To tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a Holder must
complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have
the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by instruction 4 of the Letter of
Transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such
facsimile, together with the Series A Notes and any other required documents, to
the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
Date. Delivery of the Series A Notes may be made by book-entry transfer in
accordance with the procedures described below. Confirmation of such book-entry
transfer must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date.
 
     The tender by a Holder of Series A Notes and the acceptance thereof by the
Company will constitute an agreement between such Holder and the Company in
accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein in the
Letter of Transmittal.
 
     THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF SERIES A NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND
ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK
OF THE HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE
AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE
ALLOWED TO ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR SERIES A NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.
HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST
COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT SUCH TENDER FOR SUCH HOLDERS.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   27
 
     Any beneficial Holder whose Series A Notes are registered in the name of
such Holder's broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee
and who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder promptly and
instruct such registered holder to tender on his behalf. If such beneficial
Holder wishes to tender on such beneficial Holder's behalf, such beneficial
Holder must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and
delivering his Series A Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the Series A Notes in such Holder's name or obtain a properly
completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of record
ownership may take considerable time.
 
     Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the
United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an "Eligible Institution") unless the Series A
Notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered Holder who has
not completed the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or "Special
Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of
an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal
or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed,
such guarantees must be by an Eligible Institution.
 
     If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered Holder of any Series A Notes listed therein, such Series A Notes must
be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers and a proxy which
authorizes such person to tender the Series A Notes on behalf of the registered
Holder, in each case signed as the name of the registered Holder or Holders
appears on the Series A Notes with the signature thereon guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution.
 
     If the Letter of Transmittal or any Series A Notes or bond powers are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the
Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must
be submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
 
     The Company understands that the Exchange Agent will make a request
promptly after the date of this Prospectus to establish accounts with respect to
the Series A Notes at the DTC for the purpose of facilitating the Exchange
Offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial institution that
is a participant in the DTC may make book-entry delivery of the Series A Notes
by causing the DTC to transfer such Series A Notes into the Exchange Agent's
account with respect to the Series A Notes in accordance with the DTC's
procedures for such transfer. Although delivery of the Series A Notes may be
effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the
DTC, a Letter of Transmittal properly completed and duly executed with any
required signature guarantee and all other required documents must in each case
be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its address
set forth below on or prior to the Expiration Date, or, if the guaranteed
delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the time period
provided under such procedures. Delivery of documents to the DTC does not
constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
 
     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance of tendered Series A Notes and withdrawal of the tendered
Series A Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right
to reject any and all Series A Notes not properly tendered or any Series A Notes
the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the
Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any
irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Series A Notes. The
Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including, the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and
binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in
connection with tenders of Series A Notes must be cured within such time as the
Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other
person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities
with respect to tenders of Series A Notes, nor shall any of them incur any
liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Series A Notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   28
 
been cured or waived. Any Series A Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are
not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not
been cured or waived will be returned without cost to such Holder by the
Exchange Agent to the tendering Holders of Series A Notes, unless otherwise
provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the
Expiration Date.
 
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
 
     Holders who wish to tender their Series A Notes and (i) whose Series A
Notes are not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their Series A
Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange
Agent (or comply with the procedures for book-entry transfer) prior to the
Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:
 
          a. the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
 
          b. prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such
     Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
     Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery)
     setting forth the name and address of the Holder of the Series A Notes, the
     certificate or registration number or numbers of such Series A Notes and
     the principal amount of Series A Notes tendered, stating that the tender is
     being made thereby, and guaranteeing that, within five business days after
     the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof)
     together with the certificates(s) representing the Series A Notes to be
     tendered in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry
     transfer of such Series A Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the
     Depository) and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal
     will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and
 
          c. such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or
     facsimile thereof), together with the certificate(s) representing all
     tendered Series A Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of
     book-entry transfer of such Series A Notes into the Exchange Agent's
     account at the Depository) and all other documents required by the Letter
     of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within five business days
     after the Expiration Date.
 
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
 
     Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Series A Notes may be
withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
Date.
 
     To withdraw a tender of Series A Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a
written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the
Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the
name of the person having deposited the Series A Notes to be withdrawn (the
"Depositor"), (ii) identify the Series A Notes to be withdrawn (including the
certificate or registration number(s) and principal amount of such Series A
Notes, or, in the case of notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and
number of the account at the DTC to be credited), (iii) be signed by the
Depositor in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of
Transmittal by which such Series A Notes were tendered (including any required
signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to
have the Trustee (as defined herein) with respect to the Series A Notes register
the transfer of such Series A Notes into the name of the Depositor withdrawing
the tender, (iv) specify the name in which any such Series A Notes are to be
registered, if different from that of the Depositor and (v) include a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder's election to have such Series A
Notes exchanged. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility
(including time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the
Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any
Series A Notes withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for
purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no Exchange Notes will be issued with
respect thereto unless the Series A Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered.
Any Series A Notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for
payment will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder as
soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the
Exchange
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   29
 
Offer. Properly withdrawn Series A Notes may be retendered by following one of
the procedures described under "-- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior
to the Expiration Date.
 
CONDITIONS
 
     Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall not
be required to accept for exchange, or to exchange Exchange Notes for, any
Series A Notes, and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer as provided herein
before the acceptance of such Series A Notes, if:
 
          (i) any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff
     of the Commission is proposed, adopted or enacted, which, in the reasonable
     judgment of the Company, might materially impair the ability of the Company
     to proceed with the Exchange Offer or materially impair the contemplated
     benefits of the Exchange Offer to the Company; or
 
          (ii) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval
     the Company shall, in its reasonable judgment, deem necessary for the
     consummation of the Exchange Offer as contemplated hereby.
 
     If the Company determines in its reasonable judgment that any of the
conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Series A
Notes and return all tendered Series A Notes to the tendering Holders, (ii)
extend the Exchange Offer and retain all Series A Notes tendered prior to the
expiration of the Exchange Offer subject, however, to the rights of Holders to
withdraw such Series A Notes (see "-- Withdrawal of Tenders") or (iii) waive
such unsatisfied conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all
properly tendered Series A Notes which have not been withdrawn. If such waiver
constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly
disclose such waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that will be
distributed to the registered Holders, and, depending upon the significance of
the waiver and the manner of disclosure to the registered Holders, the Company
will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to ten business days if the
Exchange Offer would otherwise expire during such five to ten business-day
period.
 
   
EXCHANGE AGENT AND INFORMATION AGENT
    
 
   
     State Street Bank and Trust Company has been appointed as Exchange Agent
for the Exchange Offer. Letters of Transmittal should be tendered to the
Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
           By Mail                  By Facsimile Transmission:           By Hand or Overnight
   (registered or certified               (617) 664-5232                      Delivery:
      mail recommended):
                                                                        State Street Bank and
                                                                            Trust Company
    State Street Bank and                                             Corporate Trust Department
        Trust Company                To Confirm by Telephone                  4th Floor
  Corporate Trust Department         or for Information Call:          Two International Place
         P.O. Box 778                     (617) 664-5314                   Boston, MA 02110
    Boston, MA 02102-0078
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Morrow & Co., Inc. has been appointed as Information Agent for the Exchange
Offer. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies
of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal should be directed to the
Information Agent addressed as follows:
    
 
   
                               Morrow & Co., Inc.
    
   
                                909 Third Avenue
    
   
                            New York, NY 10022-4799
    
   
                           Telephone: (212) 754-8000
    
   
                           Facsimile: (212) 754-8300
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   30
 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
     The expenses of soliciting tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
borne by the Company. The principal solicitation for tenders pursuant to the
Exchange Offer is being made by mail; however, additional solicitations may be
made by telegraph, telephone or in person by officers and regular employees of
the Company and its affiliates.
 
     The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other
persons soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will
pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse the Exchange Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
connection therewith and pay other registration expenses, including fees and
expenses of the Trustee, filing fees, blue sky fees and printing and
distribution expenses.
 
     The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of Series A Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates
representing Exchange Notes or Series A Notes for principal amounts not tendered
or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or
issued in the name of any person other than the person signing the Letter of
Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the
exchange of Series A Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of
any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other
person) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of
Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such
tendering Holder.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
     The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the
Series A Notes, which is the aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes,
as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the date of exchange.
Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized in
connection with the Exchange Offer. The cost of the Exchange Offer will be
deferred and amortized over the term of the Exchange Notes.
 
RESALE OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
 
     Under existing Commission interpretations, the Exchange Notes would, in
general, be freely transferable after the Exchange Offer by any holder of such
Exchange Notes (other than any such holder which is an "affiliate" of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act) without compliance
with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that such Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are
obtained in the ordinary course of such holder's business, and such holder does
not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding to
participate, in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. Any holder who tenders
pursuant to the Exchange Offer with the intention to participate, or for the
purpose of participating, in a distribution of the Exchange Notes may not rely
on the position of the staff of the Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital
Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988) or Morgan Stanley & Co.,
Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) or similar interpretive letters, but
rather must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. In
addition, any such resale transaction should be covered by an effective
registration statement containing the selling security holders information
required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act.
 
   
     Each broker-dealer that received Exchange Notes for its own account in
exchange for Series A Notes, where such Series A Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, may be a statutory underwriter and must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The
Company has agreed, if requested, for a period of one year from the date hereof,
to make available a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act to
any such broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange
Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer. A broker-dealer which delivers such a
prospectus to purchasers in connection with such
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   31
 
resales will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the
Securities Act and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement (including certain indemnification rights and obligations).
 
     By tendering pursuant to the Exchange Offer, each Holder will represent to
the Company, among other things, that (i) the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant
to the Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of its business,
(ii) neither the holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange
Notes, and (iii) the holder and any such other person acknowledge that if they
participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange
Notes (a) they must, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes and cannot rely on the
no-action letters referenced above and (b) failure to comply with such
requirements in such instance could result in such holder incurring liability
under the Securities Act for which such holder is not indemnified by the
Company. Further, by tendering in the Exchange Offer, each holder that may be
deemed an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of the
Company will represent to the Company that such holder understands and
acknowledges that the Exchange Notes may not be offered for resale, resold or
otherwise transferred by that Holder without registration under the Securities
Act or an exemption therefrom.
 
     As set forth above, affiliates of the Company are not entitled to rely on
the foregoing interpretations of the staff of the Commission with respect to
resales of the Exchange Notes without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
 
     As a result of the making of this Exchange Offer, the Company will have
fulfilled one of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, and
Holders of Series A Notes who do not tender their Series A Notes generally will
not have any further registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement
or otherwise. Accordingly, any Holder that does not exchange such Holder's
Series A Notes for Exchange Notes will continue to hold the untendered Series A
Notes and will be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable thereto
under the Indenture, except to the extent that such rights or limitations, by
their terms, terminate or cease to have further effectiveness as a result of the
Exchange Offer.
 
   
     The Series A Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Series A
Notes may be resold only (i) to the Company (upon redemption thereof or
otherwise), (ii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, (iii) so long as the 144A Notes are eligible for resale pursuant
to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (iv) outside the United
States to a foreign person pursuant to the exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder, (v)
pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by
Rule 144 thereunder (if available) or Regulation D, or (vi) to an Accredited
Investor in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws
of any state of the United States or other applicable jurisdiction. See "Risk
Factors -- Restrictions on Transfer."
    
 
OTHER
 
     Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary, and Holders should
carefully consider whether to accept. Holders are urged to consult their
financial and tax advisors in making their own decision on what action to take.
 
     The Company may in the future seek to acquire untendered Series A Notes, to
the extent permitted by applicable law, in open market or privately negotiated
transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. The Company has
no present plans to acquire any Series A Notes that are not tendered in the
Exchange Offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any
untendered Series A Notes.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   32
 
     In any state where the Exchange Offer does not fall under a statutory
exemption to the blue sky rules, the Company has filed the appropriate
registrations and notices, and has made the appropriate requests, to permit the
Exchange Offer to be made in such state.
 
   
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
    
 
     The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), existing and proposed Treasury
Department regulations (the "Regulations") and existing administrative
interpretations and court decisions. There can be no assurance that the Internal
Revenue Service (the "IRS") will not take a contrary view, and no ruling from
the IRS has been or will be sought. Legislative, judicial or administrative
changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could alter or modify the
statements and conditions set forth herein. Any such changes or interpretations
may or may not be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to Holders.
Certain Holders of the Series A Notes (including insurance companies, tax-exempt
organizations, financial institutions, broker-dealers, foreign corporations and
persons who are not citizens or residents of the United States) may be subject
to special rules not discussed below. Each Holder of Series A Notes should
consult his, her or its own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences of
exchanging such Holder's Series A Notes for Exchange Notes, including the
applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws.
 
     The issuance of the Exchange Notes to Holders of the Series A Notes
pursuant to the terms set forth in this Prospectus will not constitute an
exchange for United States federal income tax purposes because such exchange
does not represent a significant modification of the debt instruments.
Consequently, no gain or loss would be recognized by Holders of the Series A
Notes upon receipt of the Exchange Notes, and ownership of the Exchange Notes
will be considered a continuation of ownership of the Series A Notes. For
purposes of determining gain or loss upon the subsequent sale or exchange of the
Exchange Notes, a Holder's basis in the Exchange Notes should be the same as
such Holder's basis in the Series A Notes exchanged therefore. A Holder's
holding period for the Exchange Notes should include the Holder's holding period
for the Series A Notes exchanged therefor. The issue price, original issue
discount inclusion and other tax characteristics of the Exchange Notes should be
identical to the issue price, original issue discount inclusion and other tax
characteristics of the Series A Notes exchanged therefor.
 
   
     See also "Material United States Federal Tax Considerations for Non-United
States Holders."
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   33
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     There will be no proceeds to the Company from the exchange of Series A
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The net proceeds from the Offering of
Series A Notes were approximately $100.6 million, after deducting discounts to
the Initial Purchaser and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company.
The net proceeds from the Offering, together with borrowings under the Credit
Facility, were used to repay indebtedness under the Company's existing credit
facility and certain other indebtedness of the Company, as set forth in the
table below (assuming consummation of the Offering on September 28, 1997). The
Offering, the initial borrowings under the Credit Facility, the application of
the proceeds therefrom as set forth below and the subchapter S election of the
affiliated entities that will be subsidiaries of the Company following the
Refinancing are collectively referred to herein as the "Transactions."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                             --------------
    <S>                                                                      <C>
    Sources:
      9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007............................     $104,507
      Credit Facility(1)...................................................        3,415
                                                                               ---------
              Total sources................................................     $107,922
                                                                               =========
    Uses:
      Repayment of existing indebtedness:
         Existing bank credit facility(2)..................................     $ 88,252
         Ogden Note(3).....................................................       11,000
         Notes payable to shareholders(4)..................................        3,000
         Accrued interest..................................................        1,285
      Fees and expenses....................................................        4,385
                                                                               ---------
              Total uses...................................................     $107,922
                                                                               =========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The Credit Facility provides for total available borrowings of $45.0
    million. See "Description of Other Indebtedness -- Credit Facility."
 
(2) The Company's existing bank credit facility bore interest at a blended
    average rate of 8.96% per annum as of June 29, 1997 and matured in June
    2001.
 
   
(3) The Ogden Note had a principal amount of $12.0 million and was issued to
    Ogden in connection with the Ogden Allied Acquisition. See
    "Business -- History of the Company; the Ogden Allied Acquisition." The
    Ogden Note was prepaid prior to its scheduled maturity in September 2001 and
    bore interest at a rate of 8% per annum.
    
 
   
(4) In order to finance a portion of the Ogden Allied Acquisition, the UNICCO
    shareholders loaned the Company $3.0 million. The notes evidencing this loan
    bore interest at a rate of 15% per annum, with interest paid in-kind until
    the maturity of such notes in October 2001. See "Business -- History of the
    Company; the Ogden Allied Acquisition" and "Certain Transactions."
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   34
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
September 28, 1997, on an unaudited actual basis and as adjusted to give effect
to the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds." The following table should be read in
conjunction with the "Selected Financial Data," "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial
Data" and the Combined Financial Statements of the Company, including the notes
thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997
                                                                     ------------------------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
                                                                      ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                     --------     -----------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>
Long-term debt:
  Current portion of long-term debt................................  $  6,900      $      --
  Line of credit...................................................    51,752          3,415(1)
  Long-term debt, less current portion.............................    47,611          5,000(2)
  9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007........................        --        104,507(3)
                                                                     --------       --------
  Total long-term debt.............................................   106,263        112,922
Shareholder's equity...............................................     9,217          6,144(4)
                                                                     --------      ---------
          Total capitalization.....................................  $115,480      $ 119,066
                                                                     ========      =========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1)  The Credit Facility provides for total available borrowings of $45.0
     million. See "Description of Other Indebtedness -- Credit Facility."
 
   
(2)  Represents a $5.0 million note payable to Massachusetts Capital Resource
     Company due in September 2001 that was issued to finance a portion of the
     Ogden Allied Acquisition. This note ranks equal in right of payment with
     the Notes. See "Description of Other Indebtedness -- MCRC Note."
    
 
   
(3)  The Notes are shown net of original issue discount of $493,500.
    
 
(4)  The decrease in shareholders' equity resulted from the repayment of
     indebtedness as part of the Transactions and consists of (a) the write-off
     of $2.1 million of deferred financing costs and (b) the $1.0 million
     premium paid over the carrying value of the Ogden Note.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   35
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following selected financial data as of and for each of the five years
in the period ended June 29, 1997 and as of September 28, 1997 and for the
three-month periods ended September 28, 1997 and September 29, 1996 have been
derived from, and are qualified by reference to, the Combined Financial
Statements of the Company, which, in the case of the Combined Financial
Statements as of June 30, 1996 and June 29, 1997 and for each of the three years
in the period ended June 29, 1997, and as of September 28, 1997 and for the
three-month periods ended September 28, 1997 and September 29, 1996 are included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following information should be read in
conjunction with "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Combined
Financial Statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED                        FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                  JUNE 27,    JUNE 26,    JUNE 25,    JUNE 30,     JUNE 29,    SEPTEMBER 29,        SEPTEMBER 28,
                                    1993        1994        1995       1996(1)       1997          1996                 1997
                                  --------    --------    --------    ---------    --------    -------------        -------------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                       (UNAUDITED)          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues.......................   $73,559     $77,797     $88,095      $98,315     $533,882      $ 128,310            $ 134,717
Cost of revenues...............    61,685      64,866      74,695       84,244      482,526        115,929              121,147
                                  -------     -------     -------      -------     --------      ---------            ---------
  Gross profit.................    11,874      12,931      13,400       14,071       51,356         12,381               13,570
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses......     9,130       9,918      10,204       11,491       31,660          6,565                8,606
Amortization of intangible
  assets.......................       879         558         535          551        4,749          1,191                1,191
                                  -------     -------     -------      -------     --------      ---------            ---------
  Income from operations.......     1,865       2,455       2,661        2,029       14,947          4,625                3,773
Interest income................        80          68         107           85           67              1                    1
Interest expense...............      (144)       (110)        (80)        (178)     (11,492)        (2,459)              (3,007)
                                  -------     -------     -------      -------     --------      ---------            ---------
  Income before provision for
    income taxes...............     1,801       2,413       2,688        1,936        3,522          2,167                  767
Provision for income
  taxes(2).....................       150         205         214          189        2,339            940                  189
                                  -------     -------     -------      -------     --------      ---------            ---------
  Net income...................   $ 1,651     $ 2,208     $ 2,474      $ 1,747     $  1,183      $   1,227            $     578
                                  =======     =======     =======      =======     ========      =========            =========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(3)......................   $ 3,237     $ 3,683     $ 3,863      $ 3,399     $ 22,209      $   6,357            $   5,551
EBITDA margin(4)...............       4.4 %       4.7 %       4.4 %        3.5%         4.2%           5.0%                 4.1%
Cash Flow:
  Operating activities.........     2,164       1,250       1,018        5,643      (35,841)       (41,537)                 163
  Investing activities.........      (564)       (797)     (1,190)     (52,399)      (2,529)          (355)                (219)
  Financing activities.........    (1,629)       (935)        172       46,792       42,140         41,883               (1,766)
Ratio of earnings to fixed
  charges(5)...................      5.2x        7.0x        7.5x         4.6x         1.3x           1.7x                 1.2x
Depreciation and
  amortization.................   $ 1,372     $ 1,228     $ 1,202      $ 1,370     $  7,262      $   1,732            $   1,777
Capital expenditures...........       592         649         949        1,227        2,578            355                  249
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF
  PERIOD):
  Cash.........................   $   603     $   121     $   121      $   157     $  3,928      $     147            $   2,106
  Working capital..............       813       3,000       4,543       (2,278)      45,050         40,090               45,291
  Total assets.................    16,327      17,117      21,335       85,167      161,087        153,062              156,433
  Total long-term debt
    (including current
    maturities)................     2,017       1,532       2,687       62,850      107,147        104,783              106,263
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Fiscal 1996 was a 53-week year. As a result, the Company's results of
    operations for fiscal 1996 include approximately $1.0 million of payroll and
    payroll-related expenses attributable to the additional week of operations
    that were not billed in the period to customers with fixed price contracts.
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
    of Operations."
 
(2) For the years ended June 25, 1995 and June 30, 1996, the Company was not
    subject to federal and certain state income taxes as it had elected to be
    treated as a subchapter S corporation. For the year ended June 29, 1997,
    certain entities of the Company were
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   36
 
   
    taxed as C corporations through December 31, 1996, at which time they
    elected to be treated as subchapter S corporations. See Note 7 of Notes to
    the Company's Combined Financial Statements.
    
 
(3) EBITDA is defined as earnings before provision for income taxes, interest
    expense, interest income and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is
    presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a leveraged
    company's ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and because
    management believes that EBITDA is a relevant measure of the Company's
    ability to generate cash without regard to the Company's capital structure
    or working capital needs. EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to
    similarly titled measures used by other companies, depending upon the
    non-cash charges included. When evaluating EBITDA, investors should consider
    that EBITDA (i) should not be considered in isolation but together with
    other factors which may influence operating and investing activities, such
    as changes in operating assets and liabilities and purchases of property and
    equipment; (ii) is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance
    with generally accepted accounting principles; (iii) should not be construed
    as an alternative or substitute for income from operations, net income or
    cash flows from operating activities in analyzing the Company's operating
    performance, financial position or cash flows; and (iv) should not be used
    as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or as a measure of
    its liquidity.
 
(4) EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of revenues.
 
(5) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    consist of income before provision for income taxes, plus fixed charges.
    Fixed charges consist of interest, amortization of deferred financing costs,
    amortization of debt discount and that portion of rental payments on
    operating leases deemed representative of the interest factor.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   37
 
                       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following unaudited pro forma financial data (the "Unaudited Pro Forma
Financial Data") have been derived from the historical Combined Financial
Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus, and have been
prepared on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Transactions as if they had
occurred on July 1, 1996, in the case of the Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of
Operations, and on September 28, 1997, in the case of the Unaudited Pro Forma
Balance Sheet. The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data and accompanying notes
should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements of the
Company, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Offering
Memorandum. The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data are not intended to be
indicative of future results of operations or financial position, or the results
of operations or financial position of the Company that might have been achieved
had the Transactions actually occurred on the dates specified.
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   38
 
   
                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF SEPTEMBER 28, 1997
                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                           ACTUAL      ADJUSTMENTS       PRO FORMA
                                                          --------     -----------       ---------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>               <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents...............................  $  2,106      $ 104,507(a)     $   2,106
                                                                         (100,122)(b)
                                                                           (4,385)(c)
Accounts receivable, less reserves......................    88,253                          88,253
Other current assets....................................     2,436                           2,436
                                                          --------                        --------
          Total current assets..........................    92,795                          92,795
Property and Equipment:
Transportation equipment................................     1,382                           1,382
Machinery and equipment.................................     6,261                           6,261
Furniture and fixtures..................................     3,921                           3,921
Leasehold improvements..................................       329                             329
                                                          --------                        --------
                                                            11,893                          11,893
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization.........    (7,596)                         (7,596)
                                                          --------                        --------
          Net property and equipment....................     4,297                           4,297
Other Assets:
Notes receivable from officers..........................       686                             686
Intangible assets, net of amortization..................    54,245                          54,245
Other assets, net.......................................     4,410          4,385(c)         6,711
                                                                           (2,084)(d)
                                                          --------                        --------
          Total assets..................................  $156,433                       $ 158,734
                                                          ========                        ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Total current liabilities...............................  $ 47,504      $  (8,185)(b)    $  39,319
Long-term liabilities:
Line of credit..........................................    51,752        (48,337)(b)        3,415
Long-term debt, less current portion....................    47,611        104,507(a)       109,507
                                                                          (43,600)(b)
                                                                              989(e)
Other long-term liabilities.............................       349                             349
                                                          --------                        --------
          Total liabilities.............................   147,216                         152,590
Shareholders' Equity:
Common shares...........................................       378                             378
Retained earnings.......................................     9,581         (2,084)(d)        6,508
                                                                             (989)(e)
Less notes receivable from stock sales..................      (240)                           (240)
Less treasury shares at cost............................      (502)                           (502)
                                                          --------                        --------
          Total shareholders' equity....................     9,217                           6,144
                                                          --------                        --------
          Total liabilities and shareholders' equity....  $156,433                       $ 158,734
                                                          ========                        ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   39
 
   
                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FOR THE
                                           FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 29, 1997         THREE-MONTH PERIOD
                                         ------------------------------------              ENDED
                                          ACTUAL    ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA       SEPTEMBER 28, 1997
                                         --------   -----------     ---------       -------------------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>        <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues...............................  $533,882                   $ 533,882            $ 134,717
Cost of revenues.......................   482,526                     482,526              121,147
                                         --------                    --------             --------
          Gross profit.................    51,356                      51,356               13,570
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses.............................    31,660                      31,660                8,606
Amortization of intangible assets......     4,749                       4,749                1,191
                                         --------                    --------             --------
          Income from operations.......    14,947                      14,947                3,773
Interest income........................        67                          67                    1
Interest expense.......................   (11,492)   $    (159)(f)    (11,651)              (3,326)
                                         --------     --------       --------             --------
          Income before provision for
            income taxes...............     3,522                       3,363                  448
Provision for income taxes.............     2,339         (270)(g)      2,069                  153
                                         --------                    --------             --------
          Net income...................  $  1,183                   $   1,294            $     295
                                         ========                    ========             ========
</TABLE>
 
   
          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
(a)  Reflects the issuance of the Notes, net of discount of $493,500.
(b)  Reflects the repayment of indebtedness with the net proceeds of the Notes, as follows
     (in thousands):
        Bank debt:
             Current portion of long-term debt............................  $  6,900
             Long-term debt, net of current portion.......................    29,600
             Line of credit...............................................    48,337
        Other debt:
             Notes payable -- Ogden Corporation...........................    11,000
             Notes payable -- Shareholders................................     3,000
             Accrued interest.............................................     1,285
                                                                            ----------
                  Total...................................................  $100,122
                                                                            ==========
(c)  Reflects debt issuance costs associated with the Offering of the Series A Notes,
     including discounts to the Initial Purchaser and estimated offering expenses.
(d)  Reflects the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs resulting from the repayment of
     indebtedness as part of the Transactions.
(e)  Reflects a charge associated with the difference between the prepayment price of the
     Ogden Note and its carrying value of $9,878,400 at June 29, 1997.
(f)  Pro forma interest expense reflects (i) $438,500 of amortization of deferred debt
     issuance costs related to the offering of the Series A Notes, (ii) $49,350 of
     amortization of original issue discount related to the Series A Notes, (iii) interest
     expense related to the Series A Notes and (iv) interest expense related to pro forma
     borrowings under the Credit Facility at an assumed interest rate of 7.63%, which is the
     interest rate that would have been applicable under the Credit Facility for the year
     ended June 29, 1997.
(g)  Reflects the tax effects of the pro forma adjustments, including the pro forma effect of
     subchapter S elections of certain entities of the Company, assuming such elections
     occurred on July 1, 1996.
</TABLE>
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   40
 
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The matters discussed below and elsewhere herein contain forward-looking
statements regarding the future performance of the Company and other anticipated
future events. These matters involve risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially from the statements contained herein. In
addition to the matters discussed below, see "Risk Factors" for information
relating to such risks and uncertainties.
 
GENERAL
 
     The Company is a leading provider of integrated facilities services to a
broad base of industrial, commercial and institutional clients throughout the
United States and Canada. Services offered by the Company include industrial and
mechanical engineering, plant operations, custodial and maintenance services,
security services and administrative services.
 
     The Company recently organized its operations around four Strategic
Business Units. The fiscal 1997 revenues for each SBU are as follows:
Commercial: $214 million; Industrial: $149 million;
Education/Healthcare/Government: $110 million; and Security: $61 million.
 
     The Company structures its service contracts under three principal methods:
fixed price, cost plus fixed fee and hourly billing. These types of contracts
currently account for approximately 25%, 63% and 12%, respectively, of the
Company's revenues. Cost of service revenues primarily consists of direct labor
costs and related benefits, insurance, supplies and equipment. In fiscal 1997,
81.7% of the cost of service revenues consisted of direct labor costs and
related benefits. Selling, general and administrative expenses include employee
compensation and benefits, travel, insurance, rent, recruiting and training,
professional fees and bad debt expense. In fiscal 1997, 52.5% of selling,
general and administrative expenses consisted of employee compensation and
benefits.
 
   
     The Company's fiscal 1997 results of operations were significantly impacted
by the Ogden Allied Acquisition on June 28, 1996. See "Business -- History of
the Company; the Ogden Allied Acquisition." The Company accounted for this
transaction under the purchase method of accounting. A significant portion of
the purchase price of $62 million was allocated to intangible assets.
Accordingly, the Company has incurred significant amortization expenses in
fiscal 1997. Interest expense also increased significantly due to the
indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition. In addition, operating profit
margins were negatively impacted by the Ogden Allied Acquisition because Ogden's
business consisted of more lower margin contracts than the Company's.
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   41
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
     The following comparisons of the Company's results of operations for fiscal
years 1995, 1996 and 1997, and the first quarter of fiscal 1998 should be read
in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements of the Company, including
the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain
operating data expressed both in dollars and as a percentage of revenues for the
period.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED                       --------------------------------------
                             ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            SEPTEMBER 29,        SEPTEMBER 28,
                              JUNE 25, 1995       JUNE 30, 1996        JUNE 29, 1997            1996                 1997
                             ----------------    ----------------    -----------------    -----------------    -----------------
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                         (UNAUDITED)          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                          <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
Revenues...................  $88,095    100.0%   $98,315    100.0%   $533,882    100.0%   $128,310    100.0%   $134,717    100.0%
Cost of revenues...........   74,695     84.8     84,244     85.7     482,526     90.4     115,929     90.4     121,147     89.9
                             -------    -----    -------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----
  Gross profit.............   13,400     15.2     14,071     14.3      51,356      9.6      12,381      9.6      13,570     10.1
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses.................   10,204     11.6     11,491     11.7      31,660      5.9       6,565      5.1       8,606      6.4
Amortization of intangible
  assets...................      535      0.6        551      0.6       4,749      0.9       1,191      0.9       1,191       .9
                             -------    -----    -------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----
  Income from operations...    2,661      3.0      2,029      2.1      14,947      2.8       4,625      3.6       3,773      2.8
Interest income............      107      0.1         85      0.1          67       --           1       --           1       --
Interest expense...........      (80)    (0.1)      (178)    (0.2)    (11,492)    (2.2)     (2,459)    (1.9)     (3,007)    (2.2)
                             -------    -----    -------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----
  Income before provision
    for income taxes.......    2,688      3.1      1,936      2.0       3,522      0.7       2,167      1.7         767       .6
Provision for income
  taxes....................      214      0.2        189      0.2       2,339      0.4         940      0.7         189       .2
                             -------    -----    -------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----
  Net income...............  $ 2,474      2.8%   $ 1,747      1.8%   $  1,183      0.2%   $  1,227      1.0    $    578       .4%
                             =======    =====    =======    =====    ========    =====    ========    =====    ========    =====
</TABLE>
 
COMPARISON OF THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 AND SEPTEMBER 29,
1996.
 
     Revenues.  Revenues for the first quarter of fiscal 1998 were $134.7
million compared to $128.3 million for the first quarter of fiscal 1997, an
increase of $6.4 million or 5.0%. This increase is primarily attributable to
revenue increases in the Company's Commercial SBU of $5.9 million. This increase
resulted from services performed under new contracts and the impact of a full
year's revenue from contracts acquired in the prior year. Revenues in the
Company's Canadian Division increased by $1.6 million between the comparable
quarters, primarily as a result of a new contract which commenced in the last
quarter of fiscal 1997. This increase was partially offset by a revenue decrease
of $1.0 million in the Company's Security SBU, primarily resulting from revenues
associated with non-recurring services performed for a customer in the first
quarter of fiscal 1997. Revenues attributable to this customer decreased
$524,000 between the comparable quarterly periods.
 
     Cost of Revenues.  Cost of revenues for the first quarter of fiscal 1998
were $121.1 million, or 89.9% of revenues, compared to $115.9 million, or 90.4%
of revenues, for the first quarter of fiscal 1997. The decrease as a percentage
of revenues was primarily due to a decrease in direct labor as a percentage of
revenues. Direct labor as a percentage of revenues was 57.5% in the 1998 period,
compared to 58.8% in the comparable quarter in fiscal 1997.
 
     Gross Profit.  As a result of the foregoing, gross profit for the first
quarter of fiscal 1998 was $13.6 million, or 10.1% of revenues, compared to
$12.4 million, or 9.6% of revenues, for the comparable period in fiscal 1997.
 
   
     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses for the first quarter of fiscal 1998 were $8.6 million,
or 6.4% of revenues, compared to $6.6 million, or 5.1% of revenues, for the
first quarter of fiscal 1997. The increase of $2.0 million was primarily
attributable to incremental costs associated with the assimilation of the Ogden
Allied Acquisition. The majority of these incremental costs were incurred after
the second quarter of fiscal 1997. Salaries and wages increased $1.0 million as
a result of additional headcount required to support the acquired Ogden business
as well as the impact of annual
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   42
 
salary adjustments effective July 1, 1997. Additionally, office and occupancy
costs increased $724,000 between the comparable periods, primarily as a result
of increased computer lease costs, depreciation expense, temporary help,
relocation expense and recruiting expenses. Professional fees increased $211,000
between the comparable periods primarily as a result of third party systems
programming costs related to the integration of the Ogden business. Travel and
entertainment expenses increased $222,000 between the comparable periods as a
result of increased air travel and travel-related expenses primarily associated
with the Company's reorganization into Strategic Business Units, effective July
1, 1997.
 
     Amortization of Intangible Assets.  Amortization expense was $1.2 million
in each of the first quarters of fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1997.
 
     Income from Operations.  As a result of the foregoing, income from
operations for the first quarter of fiscal 1998 was $3.8 million or 2.8% of
revenues, compared to $4.6 million, or 3.6% of revenues for the first quarter of
fiscal 1997.
 
   
     EBITDA.  As a result of the foregoing, EBITDA for the first quarter of
fiscal 1998 was $5.5 million, or 4.1% of revenues, compared to $6.4 million, or
5.0% of revenues, for the first quarter of fiscal 1997. EBITDA is defined as
earnings before provision for income taxes, interest expense, interest income
and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures used by other companies, depending upon the non-cash
charges included. When evaluating EBITDA, investors should consider that EBITDA
(i) should not be considered in isolation but together with other factors which
may influence operating and investing activities, such as changes in operating
assets and liabilities and purchases of property and equipment; (ii) is not a
measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; (iii) should not be construed as an alternative or
substitute for income from operations, net income or cash flows from operating
activities in analyzing the Company's operating performance, financial position
or cash flows; and (iv) should not be used as an indicator of the Company's
operating performance or as a measure of its liquidity.
    
 
   
     Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the first
quarter of fiscal 1998 were $163,000, $(219,000) and $(1.8) million,
respectively. Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for
the first quarter of fiscal 1997 were $(41.5) million, $(355,000) and $41.9
million, respectively.
    
 
     Interest Expense.  Interest expense for the first quarter of fiscal 1998
was $3.0 million, or 2.2% of revenues, compared to $2.5 million, or 1.9% of
revenues, for the first quarter of fiscal 1997. The increase resulted from
higher borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facilities during the
first quarter of fiscal 1998. Average monthly borrowings under these facilities
were $51.0 million for the first quarter of 1998, as compared to $20.5 million
for the comparable 1997 period.
 
     Net Income.  Net income for the first quarter of fiscal 1998 was $578,000,
or 0.4% of revenue, compared to $1.2 million, or 1.0% of revenue, for the first
quarter of fiscal 1997.
 
COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED JUNE 29, 1997 AND JUNE 30, 1996
 
   
     Revenues.  Revenues for fiscal 1997 were $533.9 million, an increase of
$435.6 million, compared to revenues of $98.3 million for fiscal 1996. This
increase was primarily attributable to the Ogden Allied Acquisition. Revenues of
the acquired business were approximately $389.0 million for the fiscal year
preceding the acquisition. The balance of the revenue increase of approximately
$46.6 million was attributable to new customer contracts, increases in services
to existing customers and the impact of a full year's revenue from contracts
acquired in the prior year.
    
 
   
     Cost of Revenues.  Cost of revenues for fiscal 1997 was $482.5 million, or
90.4% of revenues, compared to $84.2 million, or 85.7% of revenues, for fiscal
1996. The increase as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to a higher
labor component associated with the acquired Ogden business. The higher labor
component is primarily associated with contracts related to certain commercial
and security services and the regional infrastructure necessary to support the
Company's national scope of operations following the Ogden Allied Acquisition.
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   43
 
     Gross Profit.  As a result of foregoing, gross profit for fiscal 1997 was
$51.4 million, or 9.6% of revenues, compared to $14.1 million, or 14.3% of
revenues, for fiscal 1996.
 
   
     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses for fiscal 1997 were $31.7 million, or 5.9% of revenues,
compared to $11.5 million, or 11.7% of revenues, for fiscal 1996. The increase
of $20.2 million was primarily attributable to the absorption of overhead costs
associated with the acquired Ogden business. A total of $2.3 million of the
increase in expense represented non-salary related incremental costs in the
accounting, information systems, payroll and human resources departments
attributable to the Ogden Allied Acquisition, including information systems
conversion costs, programming costs, computer lease costs, temporary help and
systems training. The Company also increased headcount in its accounting,
payroll and human resources and information systems departments in order to
develop the infrastructure necessary to support the acquired Ogden business.
Payroll costs and benefits associated with the increased headcount were
approximately $450,000 during fiscal 1997. On an annualized basis, such costs
are expected to be approximately $900,000. Selling, general and administrative
expenses in 1997 also include $500,000 of non-recurring charges related to an
accounting services agreement between Ogden and the Company which ended on June
29, 1997.
    
 
     Amortization of Intangible Assets.  Amortization of intangible assets for
fiscal 1997 was $4.7 million, compared to $551,000 for fiscal 1996.
Approximately $59 million of the $62 million purchase price for the Ogden
business was allocated to intangible assets, which are being amortized over
various lives ranging from seven to 15 years.
 
     Income from Operations.  As a result of the foregoing, income from
operations for fiscal 1997 was $14.9 million, or 2.8% of revenue, compared to
$2.0 million, or 2.1% of revenue, for fiscal 1996.
 
   
     EBITDA.  As a result of the foregoing, EBITDA for fiscal 1997 was $22.2
million, or 4.2% of revenues, compared to $3.4 million, or 3.5% of revenues for
fiscal 1996. EBITDA is defined as earnings before provision for income taxes,
interest expense, interest income and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA as
presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other
companies, depending upon the non-cash charges included. When evaluating EBITDA,
investors should consider that EBITDA (i) should not be considered in isolation
but together with other factors which may influence operating and investing
activities, such as changes in operating assets and liabilities and purchases of
property and equipment; (ii) is not a measure of performance calculated in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (iii) should not be
construed as an alternative or substitute for income from operations, net income
or cash flows from operating activities in analyzing the Company's operating
performance, financial position or cash flows; and (iv) should not be used as an
indicator of the Company's operating performance or as a measure of its
liquidity.
    
 
   
     Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for fiscal
1997 were $(35.8) million, $(2.5) million and $42.1 million, respectively. Cash
flows from operating, investing and financing activities for fiscal 1996 were
$5.6 million, $(52.4) million and $46.8 million, respectively.
    
 
   
     Interest Expense.  Interest expense for the year ended June 29, 1997 was
$11.5 million, or 2.2% of revenue, compared to $178,000, or 0.2% of revenue for
fiscal 1996. This substantial increase was attributable to indebtedness incurred
in connection with the Ogden Allied Acquisition and the increased working
capital requirements associated therewith. This indebtedness included a $90
million bank credit facility and $20 million of other subordinated debt. The
blended average interest rate on the bank credit facility was 8.96% as of June
29, 1997.
    
 
     Net Income.  Net income for fiscal 1997 was $1.2 million, or 0.2% of
revenue, compared to $1.7 million, or 1.8% of revenue, for fiscal 1996.
 
COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND JUNE 25, 1995
 
     Revenues.  Revenues for fiscal 1996 were $98.3 million compared to $88.1
million for fiscal 1995, an increase of $10.2 million or 11.6%. The increase was
primarily attributable to a $4.1 million increase in revenues in the Company's
then-existing Schools and College Division (now part of the Company's
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   44
 
Education/Healthcare/Government SBU) and $2.9 million and $2.2 million increases
in revenues from the Company's then-existing Mid-Atlantic and New England
Divisions, respectively.
 
   
     Cost of Revenues.  Cost of revenues for fiscal 1996 was $84.2 million, or
85.7% of revenues, compared to $74.7 million, or 84.8% of revenues, for fiscal
1995. The increase in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues was primarily
due to (i) $1.0 million of payroll and payroll-related expenses attributable to
an additional week of operations in fiscal 1996, a 53-week period, that were not
billed in the period to customers who have fixed price contracts, (ii) a $1.4
million increase in workers' compensation and liability insurance premiums
resulting from the transition to a reinsurance program from the Company's
self-insurance arrangement (see "Certain Transactions") and (iii) a $1.0 million
increase in expenses primarily resulting from the increased use of
subcontractors to service several new large customers. These increased costs
were offset in part by $2.1 million in refunds and reversals of reserves
resulting from the Company's favorable insurance claims experience. See Note 5
of Notes to the Company's Combined Financial Statements.
    
 
     Gross Profit.  As a result of the foregoing, gross profit for fiscal 1996
was $14.1 million, or 14.3% of revenues, compared to $13.4 million, or 15.2% of
revenues, for fiscal 1995. The increase in gross profit was attributable to the
increased revenues, offset in part by the higher payroll expenses in fiscal
1996.
 
     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses for fiscal 1996 were $11.5 million, or 11.7% of
revenues, compared to $10.2 million, or 11.6% of revenues, for fiscal 1995.
Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 1996 included a $403,000
charge related to the cost of settlement of litigation with a former officer of
the Company, and approximately $124,000 of payroll and payroll-related expenses
related to the extra week of operations described above.
 
     Amortization of Intangible Assets.  Amortization of intangible assets for
fiscal 1996 was $551,000, compared to $535,000 in fiscal 1995. Amortization of
intangible assets in fiscal 1996 included $134,000 related to amortization of a
non-compete agreement signed in January 1996 by a former officer and shareholder
of the Company. This increase was partially offset by the full amortization of a
non-compete agreement associated with a 1992 acquisition.
 
     Income from Operations.  As a result of the foregoing, income from
operations for fiscal 1996 was $2.0 million, or 2.1% of revenues, compared to
$2.7 million, or 3.0% of revenues, for fiscal 1995.
 
   
     EBITDA.  As a result of the foregoing, EBITDA for fiscal 1996 was $3.4
million, or 3.5% of revenues,compared to $3.9 million, or 4.4% of revenues, for
fiscal 1995. EBITDA is defined as earnings before provision for income taxes,
interest expense, interest income and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA as
presented may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other
companies, depending upon the non-cash charges included. When evaluating EBITDA,
investors should consider that EBITDA (i) should not be considered in isolation
but together with other factors which may influence operating and investing
activities, such as changes in operating assets and liabilities and purchases of
property and equipment; (ii) is not a measure of performance calculated in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (iii) should not be
construed as an alternative or substitute for income from operations, net income
or cash flows from operating activities in analyzing the Company's operating
performance, financial position or cash flows; and (iv) should not be used as an
indicator of the Company's operating performance or as a measure of its
liquidity.
    
 
   
     Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for fiscal
1996 were $5.6 million, $(52.4) million and $46.8 million, respectively. Cash
flows from operating, investing and financing activities for fiscal 1995 were
$1.0 million, $(1.2) million and $172,000, respectively.
    
 
     Interest Expense.  Interest expense for fiscal 1996 was $178,000, or 0.2%
of revenue, compared to $80,000 or 0.1% of revenue for fiscal 1995. The increase
was attributable to a higher level of borrowings under the Company's revolving
credit facility during fiscal 1996.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   45
 
     Net Income.  Net income for fiscal 1996 was $1.7 million, or 1.8% of
revenues, compared to $2.5 million, or 2.8% of revenues, for fiscal 1995. The
decrease was primarily attributable to the impact of incremental direct labor
expense associated with the 53rd week of operations as described above.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     For the first quarter of fiscal 1998, the Company's cash decreased by $1.8
million. The decrease is primarily attributable to $1.9 million of repayments of
term debt during the period. Net cash used for operating and investing
activities was $56,000.
    
 
   
     For the first quarter of fiscal 1997, $41.9 million was used for operating
activities and investing activities which consisted of $41.5 million of net cash
used for operating activities and $0.4 million used for investing activities.
Net cash provided by financing activities during the period was $41.9 million,
which primarily represented borrowings under the Company's $48 million line of
credit to fund the working capital requirements related to the Ogden Allied
Acquisition, which occurred on June 28, 1996.
    
 
   
     For fiscal 1997, $38.4 million was used for operating and investing
activities which consisted of $36.4 million of net cash used for operating
activities and $2.0 million used for investing activities. For fiscal 1996, the
Company used $46.8 million for operating and investing activities which
consisted of $5.5 million of net cash provided by operating activities and $52.3
million used in investing activities ($51.0 million of which was used for the
Ogden Allied Acquisition). Net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal
1996 was $46.8 million, primarily resulting from bank indebtedness related to
the Ogden Allied Acquisition.
    
 
     Capital expenditures were $2.6 million in fiscal 1997. The Company's
operations do not generally require material investment in capital assets. The
Company expects that its capital expenditure requirements will not increase
materially in 1998. The Company's business generally is not seasonal.
 
   
     On October 17, 1997 the Company consummated the Series A Notes Offering and
entered into the Credit Facility. The net proceeds from the Series A Notes
Offering and the Credit Facility were used to repay approximately $84.8 million
of indebtedness under the Company's existing credit facilities and $19.7 million
of certain other indebtedness, fees and expenses incurred in connection with
such financing.
    
 
   
     The Exchange Notes will mature on October 15, 2007. The Notes will not be
redeemable at the issuers' option prior to October 15, 2002. Thereafter, the
Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at the option of the issuers at
redemption prices set forth herein. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue
at the rate of 9 7/8% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on
April 5 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 1998, in an annual
amount equal to approximately $10.4 million. The payment of principal and
interest on the Exchange Notes will be subordinated in right to the prior
payment of all Senior Debt of the Company.
    
 
   
     The Company's long-term indebtedness consists of borrowings under the
Credit Facility, the Notes and $5.0 million of subordinated indebtedness (which
will rank equal in right of payment with the Notes). Under the Credit Facility,
the Company has the ability to borrow up to $45.0 million for working capital
and general corporate purposes, subject to certain conditions. The Credit
Facility, the Indenture and the terms of the Company's other subordinated
indebtedness include certain financial and operating covenants which, among
other things, restrict the ability of the Company to incur additional
indebtedness, make investments and take other actions. See "Description of Other
Indebtedness" and "Description of the Exchange Notes." The ability of the
Company to meet its debt service obligations will be dependent upon the future
performance of the Company, which will be impacted by general economic
conditions and other factors. See "Risk Factors."
    
 
   
     The Company's principal capital requirements are to service the Company's
indebtedness, for working capital and, to a lesser extent, to fund capital
expenditures. The Company believes that its cash flow from operations, together
with its borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility, will be sufficient to
meet such requirements.
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   46
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
   
     The Company's computer software systems are licensed from outside vendors.
The Company's principal outside vendor has released an upgrade of its software
which the vendor represents is "Year 2000 compliant." Once this software upgrade
is installed, the Company believes that its computer systems will be Year 2000
compliant. The Company believes that the costs of such compliance will not be
material to the Company's results of operations or financial condition. The
Company also has relationships with customers, vendors and other third parties
that have computer software systems that may not be Year 2000 compliant. As
these systems are outside of the Company's control, there can be no assurance
that potential systems interruptions or compliance costs would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   47
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
     Founded in 1949, UNICCO is a leading provider of integrated facilities
services to a broad base of industrial, commercial and institutional clients
throughout the United States and Canada. The Company offers an extensive array
of commercial, operational and administrative services to its customers,
providing a single source solution for those services that can be more
cost-effectively and efficiently outsourced. Services offered by the Company
include industrial and mechanical engineering, plant operations, custodial and
maintenance services, security services and administrative services. UNICCO has
developed a reputation for quality through nearly 50 years of service to its
customers. The Company has achieved a significant market presence and a leading
market share in many of its operating regions through a combination of internal
growth and strategic acquisitions. The Company believes that the breadth of its
services, its reputation for quality and its significant market presence
position it to provide a single source facilities management solution to local,
multi-location and national customers. The Company has over 19,000 employees
servicing approximately 900 customers, including 29 of the Fortune 100
companies, at approximately 3,000 customer locations. Throughout its history,
the Company has generated a record of growth and consistent profitability. For
the fiscal year ended June 29, 1997, the Company's net income, revenues and
EBITDA were $1.2 million, $533.9 million and $22.2 million, respectively. For
the three month period ended September 28, 1997, such amounts were $578,000,
$134.7 million and $5.5 million, respectively.
 
   
     EBITDA is defined for purposes of this Prospectus as earnings before
provision for income taxes, interest expense, interest income and depreciation
and amortization. EBITDA as presented herein may not be comparable to similarly
titled measures used by other companies, depending upon the non-cash charges
included. When evaluating EBITDA, investors should consider that EBITDA (i)
should not be considered in isolation but together with other factors which may
influence operating and investing activities, such as changes in operating
assets and liabilities and purchases of property and equipment; (ii) is not a
measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; (iii) should not be construed as an alternative or
substitute for income from operations, net income or cash flows from operating
activities in analyzing the Company's operating performance, financial position
or cash flows; and (iv) should not be used as an indicator of the Company's
operating performance or as a measure of its liquidity. For the fiscal year
ended June 29, 1997 and the three months ended September 28, 1997 the Company's
cash flows from operating activities were $(35.8) million and $163,000,
respectively, cash flows from investing activities were $(2.5) million and
$(219,000), respectively, and cash flows from financing activities were $42.1
million and $(1.8) million, respectively.
    
 
     UNICCO analyzes the unique needs of each customer to develop a flexible,
integrated facilities services solution, comprised of a combination of the
following services:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          ENGINEERING             OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE               COMMERCIAL SERVICES
<S>                               <C>                                    <C>
- - Mechanical Engineering          - Facility Management/Repair           - Janitorial/Housekeeping
- - Planning/Scheduling             - Production Equipment                 - Recycling
- - Power Generation                Maintenance/Repair                     - Snow Removal
  Management                      - Warehouse Services and               - Window Washing
- - Plant Engineering               Inventory Control                      - Pest Control
- - Energy Management               - Utility Program Management           - Specialty Cleaning
- - Space Planning                  - Shipping/Receiving Services          - Clean Rooms/
- - CAD Services                    - Construction Project Management        High Tech
- - CMMS Programs                   - Waste Treatment                      - Sterile Environment
- - Environmental                   - Elevator/Escalator Maintenance       - Landscaping/Grounds
                                  - Fleet Maintenance                    Maintenance
                                  - Roof Repair
                                  - Telecommunications
</TABLE>
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   48
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            SECURITY               ADMINISTRATION
<S>                                <C>
- - Uniformed Guard Services         - Subcontract Administration
- - Security/Protection Services     - Materials Procurement
- - Access Control                   - Reprographics/Copy Center
- - Security Audits                  - Mail Distribution
- - Fire/Safety Administration       - Audio/Visual Services
- - Document Control                 - Secretarial/Clerical Services
- - Telecommunications               - Service Call Desk
- - Safety Training Programs         - Switchboard/Reception
</TABLE>
 
     UNICCO has recently organized its operations around four Strategic Business
Units ("SBUs") to more effectively focus the Company's technical, sales and
marketing resources on the differing needs of its customers. The following table
provides an overview of the Company's four SBUs:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 EDUCATION/
                                                 HEALTHCARE/
    COMMERCIAL          INDUSTRIAL               GOVERNMENT                SECURITY
<S>                     <C>                      <C>                       <C>
Fiscal 1997 Revenues:
 
  $214 Million          $149 Million             $110 Million              $61 Million
 
Fiscal 1998 First Quarter Revenues:
 
  $56 Million           $35 Million              $29 Million               $15 Million
 
Types of Customer:
 
- - Commercial            - Automotive             - Schools                 - Industrial
  Real Estate           - Tire and Rubber        - Universities            - Commercial
- - Banking               - Chemical               - Hospitals               - Education
- - Insurance             - Pharmaceuticals        - Healthcare              - Healthcare
                                                   Facilities
- - Retail                - Aerospace/Defense      - Government Agencies     - Government
                        - High Technology
                        - Consumer Products
Major Customers(1):
 
- - Beacon Properties/    - Chrysler               - Harvard University      - BASF Corp.
  Equity Office         Corporation              - University of Miami     - Bell Atlantic
  Properties            - Ford Motor Company     - Henry Ford Health       - Computer
- - Hines Interests       - Caterpillar            System                    Associates
- - Trammell Crow         - Bridgestone/Firestone  - U.S. Department of      - Hartford
- - BankBoston            - American Home          Housing and Urban           Insurance
- - CIGNA                 Products                 Development               - Northeastern
- - The Travelers         - Bristol-Myers          - U.S. General            University
- - MITRE                 Squibb                   Services                  - Philadelphia
                        - Lockheed Martin        Administration            Museum of Art
                        - Gillette                                         - United Nations
                                                                           Plaza
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
   
(1) The Company has a diverse customer base, and the major customers listed
    above are not necessarily representative of all customers.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   49
 
     The Company believes that opportunities for growth exist in each SBU,
particularly in the Industrial and Education/Healthcare/Government sectors, as a
result of the trend toward outsourcing non-core business functions to a single
source provider. Outsourcing frees the customer from the considerable
administrative and overhead burdens of hiring, training, compensating and
supervising a large, often unionized, labor force that is performing non-core
functions. UNICCO has responded to its customers' outsourcing strategies by
providing an expanded array of services that has evolved from traditional
custodial and building maintenance to higher value added services.
 
   
     The Company has a customer base of approximately 900 accounts, with no
single customer accounting for more than 3% of revenues during fiscal 1997. The
Company's customer retention rate historically has been high. Forty-five
customers, representing approximately 75% of the Company's fiscal 1997 revenues,
have been UNICCO customers for an average of more than six years (excluding
revenues and customers resulting from the Ogden Allied Acquisition in June
1996). On a combined basis, the Company and Ogden have serviced their 20 largest
customers, including the former Ogden customers, for an average of 10 years. In
addition, the Company has successfully retained over 90% of the customers
acquired in the Ogden Allied Acquisition. UNICCO believes that its strong
reputation and long-term relationships with these customers is a result of a
high level of customer satisfaction. The Company also believes that these
established relationships enhance the Company's knowledge of its customers'
needs and place UNICCO in a strong competitive position to bid on and win new
business opportunities with these customers.
    
 
BUSINESS STRENGTHS
 
     UNICCO's revenues have increased through a combination of internal growth
and strategic acquisitions. The Company's growth, and its emergence as a leader
in the facilities services market in the United States and Canada, are
attributable to a number of factors, including the following:
 
     High Customer Retention.  The Company benefits from a large, stable base of
customers, including 29 of the Fortune 100 companies, 60 of the Fortune 500
companies and some of the country's most prestigious educational institutions.
The Company's customer base, together with its high customer retention rate,
have provided stable, recurring revenues and have contributed to the Company's
record of consistent profitability.
 
   
     Established Reputation.  The Company has established a reputation for
quality through almost 50 years of experience in providing dependable facilities
services solutions in a changing business environment. The Company believes that
its established reputation and the breadth of its services have allowed it to
further penetrate its existing customer base as well as attract new business.
The Company plans to enhance its reputation for dependability and technical
expertise by pursuing the highest levels of industry accreditation.
    
 
     Singular Focus on Facilities Services.  The Company is focused exclusively
on providing facilities services solutions to its customers, unlike many of its
larger competitors for whom facilities services is an adjunct to their primary
business or one of many other unrelated lines of business. The Company believes
that this exclusive focus gives it a competitive advantage in delivering
dependable, high quality services.
 
     Established North American Presence.  The Company provides services
throughout the United States and Canada from 16 regional offices to customers in
over 40 states and each of the Canadian provinces. The Company believes that it
can leverage this infrastructure to support the marketing and delivery of
services to new customers in strategic geographic areas and to obtain additional
business from major companies that seek to utilize a single source provider
nationwide.
 
   
     Effective Human Resources and Labor Relations Management.  UNICCO
successfully manages a large and diverse work force of over 19,000 full and
part-time employees. The Company places a major emphasis on attracting,
training, managing, motivating and retaining the human resources necessary to
meet its existing and future business needs. The Company's extensive industry
experience and sophisticated computer-based costing models allow it to
accurately assess the labor requirements of new contracts. UNICCO seeks to
efficiently integrate its customers' existing work force, thereby minimizing the
traditional issues typically associated with contract inception. In addition,
the Company believes that its experience in managing both union and non-union
work forces has enhanced its ability to grow its business.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   50
 
   
     Experienced Management Team.  The Company's senior management team has an
average of 17 years of experience in the facilities services industry. The
Company benefits from the quality and depth of its management personnel, who are
dedicated to building customer relationships and delivering quality services to
meet and exceed its customers' needs. Additionally, management has developed
sophisticated databases and costing systems to forecast expenses for individual
customers' service requirements across a variety of service lines. These
proprietary databases enhance UNICCO's ability to effectively price and compete
for customers and contracts.
    
 
     Successful Acquisition History.  Throughout its 50-year history, UNICCO has
benefited from several successful strategic acquisitions. The Company has
completed three acquisitions since 1990, incorporating operations with revenues
of approximately $20 million, $5 million and $389 million in 1990, 1992 and
1996, respectively. The Company believes that its successful integration of
these acquisitions has positioned it to take advantage of opportunities for
further consolidation within the facilities services industry.
 
THE COMPANY'S STRATEGY
 
     The Company's objective is to enhance its position as a leading provider of
facility management solutions. The Company's strategy to meet this objective
includes the following initiatives:
 
     Providing Integrated Facilities Solutions.  UNICCO believes that an
attractive opportunity exists to expand the scope of work performed for existing
customers. Cross-selling new services to existing customers represents a
cost-effective method for the Company to achieve revenue growth. The Company
seeks to create partnerships with its customers that enable it to capitalize on
the trend toward outsourcing to single source providers. As part of this
strategy, the Company intends to focus its efforts on increasing the proportion
of its business devoted to delivering higher value added services to its
customers.
 
     Leveraging its National Presence.  UNICCO has established a significant
presence throughout the United States and Canada. The Company believes that it
can substantially increase the number of multi-location and national accounts it
serves by leveraging its existing infrastructure to support the marketing and
delivery of bundled services to new customers that operate multiple locations.
 
     Capitalizing on Outsourcing Initiatives.  The Company believes that it is
well positioned to capitalize on favorable trends in a growing number of
industries toward outsourcing of non-core business functions. Many companies
have increased the volume and types of services they outsource in order to free
their human and capital resources to better focus on their strategic business
initiatives. The Company believes that its established reputation and the
breadth of its services enhance its ability to attract this potential business.
 
     Strategic Business Development.  Through its recent organization into the
four SBUs, the Company is focused on developing specific operating and marketing
strategies targeted to the unique needs of its customers in diverse market
segments. Because of the diversity of UNICCO's existing and potential customer
base, the Company believes that it can position itself to attract higher value
added business by continuing to anticipate its customers' differing needs. The
Company believes that the SBU initiatives it has implemented will enable it to
more effectively leverage its resources to generate new clients and additional
contracts with existing clients.
 
   
     Growing through Selective Acquisitions.  UNICCO has successfully expanded
its business through internal growth and strategic acquisitions, including the
successful integration of the Ogden Allied Acquisition, and intends to seek
additional opportunities to grow through selective acquisitions. The Company may
pursue acquisitions that add additional services and technical capabilities to
market to its existing customer base, or that facilitate strategic expansion of
the Company's customer base or complement its existing geographic coverage.
    
 
   
HISTORY OF THE COMPANY; THE OGDEN ALLIED ACQUISITION
    
 
     The Company was founded by the Kletjian family in 1949 and, through early
1996, had grown to become a leading provider of facilities services in the New
England and Mid-Atlantic regions. The Company's expansion resulted from a
combination of internal growth and two strategic acquisitions from Ogden
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   51
 
   
Corporation. In 1990, the Company acquired a portion of Ogden's New England
facility services operations representing revenues of approximately $20 million.
In 1992, the Company acquired Ogden's Pittsburgh-area facility services
operations, with revenues of approximately $5 million.
    
 
   
     In June 1996, the Company consummated the acquisition of substantially all
of the remaining portion of Ogden's facilities services business, excluding most
New York City operations. The Company acquired the majority of Ogden's North
American facilities management, custodial, plant operation and mechanical
maintenance business, along with the majority of Ogden's North American security
business, as a going concern. As part of the Ogden Allied Acquisition, all of
the senior operating managers of Ogden associated with the acquired operations
became employees of the Company. The Ogden Allied Acquisition more than
quadrupled the amount of the Company's revenues and number of employees and
increased the Company's geographic range to cover most of the United States and
Canada.
    
 
   
     The purchase price for the Ogden Allied Acquisition was $62 million, of
which $50 million was paid in cash and $12 million was paid in the form of the
Ogden Note. In addition, Ogden agreed not to compete with the Company in the
facilities services business for a period of ten years. The Ogden Allied
Acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. Certain audited financial
statements of the acquired operations are included in this Prospectus under the
caption "Allied Facility Services Business."
    
 
   
     The Company believes that the Ogden Allied Acquisition has positioned the
Company among the leading United States-based facilities services firms and
established the Company as a full-service provider capable of delivering
services to a wide customer base throughout the United States and Canada.
Notable Ogden customers obtained from the acquisition include
Bridgestone/Firestone, Chrysler Corporation, AT&T, American Home Products,
CIGNA, Bell Canada and Lockheed Martin. The Company has retained over 90% of the
customers acquired in the Ogden Allied Acquisition.
    
 
INDUSTRY
 
     Over the last several years, trends toward outsourcing have transformed the
traditional facilities services industry. As companies began to realize the
benefits of outsourcing non-core business functions to single source vendors,
the opportunities for companies such as UNICCO to expand into new industries and
obtain new customers have increased. Facilities services companies have expanded
their businesses from providing traditional cleaning services for commercial
property managers and large corporations to performing higher value added
services for companies in the industrial, manufacturing, education and
healthcare sectors. Outsourcing allows companies to:
 
     -     focus on their core competencies to create competitive advantages;
 
     -     re-focus both human and capital resources toward their core business;
 
     -     reduce operating expenses;
 
     -     share risk and management responsibility;
 
     -     improve quality; and
 
     -     access technical expertise not available internally.
 
     According to The Outsourcing Institute, approximately 80% of U.S. companies
outsource some aspect of their business support services. According to The
Outsourcing Institute, in 1996, U.S. companies spent approximately $100 billion
on outsourcing, reflecting a 100% increase from 1992. Of the $100 billion spent
on outsourcing, an estimated 40% was spent for information technology services,
15% was spent for logistics services, 30% was spent for administrative, human
resources, customer service, transportation, sales and marketing services, and
15% was spent for real estate and physical plant services. These favorable
trends are expected to continue. The Outsourcing Institute estimates that the
U.S. market for outsourcing services will grow to approximately $320 billion by
the year 2001, and that the facilities management segment will grow from
approximately $9.3 billion to approximately $23.0 billion, a compound annual
growth rate of approxi-
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   52
 
mately 20%. With UNICCO's geographic coverage and extensive array of product
offerings, the Company believes it is well positioned to capitalize on these
trends.
 
SERVICES
 
     The Company offers a range of integrated facilities management and support
services relating to the operation and maintenance of buildings and plants.
These services are designed to optimize the facility's operating efficiency
while relieving the Company's customers from the management and personnel
burdens associated with non-core functions.
 
     The Company's building operation and maintenance services include
traditional custodial functions such as janitorial and housekeeping services,
and mechanical and plant maintenance, which are provided to customers across the
Company's various market sectors. In connection with the Company's total
facility management concept, the Company provides additional contract building
services in the areas of grounds maintenance, life safety systems, utility
operations, energy management, security, recycling, snow removal and building
systems controls.
 
     In addition to providing services which are directly related to the
operation, safety and maintenance of the facility, the Company also supplies
certain facility support services and a combination of manufacturing and
administrative support functions to its customers. In response to both
outsourcing initiatives instituted by certain of its customers and the Company's
efforts to provide customers with cost effective solutions for non-core
functions, the Company has partnered with many organizations in supplying
process management and staffing in the areas of production support, warehousing,
distribution, shipping and receiving, preventive and predictive maintenance of
manufacturing equipment, vehicle maintenance, waste water treatment and chemical
distribution systems maintenance, and reprographic and mailroom operations
support.
 
     In order to supply seamless integrated services to a broad base of
customers and facilities, the Company also selects, manages and integrates
services provided by third parties into the Company's overall portfolio of
services. For example, the Company is able to provide sub-contracted services in
areas such as facility renovation, facility planning, space design and office
relocation to relieve its customers of individually searching for and
contracting with suppliers of these services.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   53
 
     The Company's principal service offerings are listed below.
 
Engineering:
 
- -  Mechanical Engineering
- -  Planning/Scheduling
- -  Power Generation Management
- -  Plant Engineering
- -  Energy Management
- -  Space Planning
- -  CAD Services
- -  CMMS Programs
- -  Environmental
 
Commercial Services:
 
- -  Janitorial/Housekeeping
- -  Recycling
- -  Relamping Services
- -  Porter/Matron Services
- -  Snow Removal
- -  Window Washing
- -  Pest Control
- -  Specialty Cleaning
- -  Clean Rooms/High Tech
- -  Sterile Environment
- -  Landscaping/Grounds
   Maintenance
 
Operations & Maintenance:
 
- -  Facility Management/Repair
- -  Production Equipment Maintenance/Repair
- -  Warehouse Services and Inventory Control
- -  Utility Program Operation
- -  Shipping/Receiving Services
- -  Construction Project Management
- -  Distribution Management
- -  Waste Management
- -  Elevator/Escalator Maintenance
- -  Fleet Maintenance
- -  Roof Repair
- -  Telecommunications
 
Security:
 
- -  Uniformed Guard Services
- -  Security/Protection Services
- -  Access Control
- -  Security Audits
- -  Fire/Safety Administration
- -  Document Control
- -  Telecommunications
- -  Safety Training Programs
 
Administration:
 
- -  Subcontract Administration
- -  Materials Procurement
- -  Reprographics/Copy Center
- -  Mail Distribution
- -  Audio/Visual Services
- -  Secretarial/Clerical Services
- -  Service Call Desk
- -  Switchboard/Reception
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   54
 
CUSTOMERS
 
     The Company's customer base is diverse in its geographic coverage, industry
sector representation, category of facility and type of service provided. The
Company has approximately 900 active customer accounts, including 29 of the
Fortune 100 and 60 of the Fortune 500 companies, operating in a wide variety of
business sectors including commercial real estate, banking, insurance, consumer
products, automotive and heavy equipment manufacturing, pharmaceuticals,
telecommunications, high technology, aerospace, defense contracting and chemical
manufacturing. In addition, the Company provides services to government
agencies, colleges and universities and other organizations and institutions
such as museums and sports facilities.
 
   
     The Company's revenue stream is diverse, with no single customer accounting
for more than 3% of the Company's revenues in fiscal 1997. Management does not
believe that the loss of any single customer would have a material adverse
effect on the Company. The Company services customers in over 40 states,
including Hawaii, and each of the Canadian provinces. A listing of some of the
Company's major customers is as follows:
    
 
Manufacturing:
 
- -  Bridgestone/Firestone
- -  Bristol-Myers Squibb
- -  Caterpillar
- -  Chrysler Corporation
- -  Consolidated Diesel
- -  Ford Motor Company
- -  The Gillette Company
- -  Goodyear Tire & Rubber
- -  Ingersoll-Rand Company
- -  Lockheed Martin
- -  Polaroid Corporation
- -  Raytheon Electronics Systems
 
Commercial Real Estate:
 
   
- -  Beacon Properties/Equity Office Properties
    
- -  CB Commercial Real Estate
- -  Hines Interests
- -  Koll Management Services
- -  Charles E. Smith
- -  Trammell Crow
 
Financial Services:
 
- -  BankBoston
- -  Bank of Hawaii
- -  Fidelity Investments
- -  Fleet National Bank
- -  Putnam
- -  Royal Bank of Canada
 
Technology:
 
- -  Computer Associates
- -  Computervision
- -  The MITRE Corporation
 
Telecommunications:
 
- -  AmeriTech
- -  AT&T
- -  Lucent Technologies
- -  Bell Atlantic
 
Insurance:
 
- -  CIGNA
- -  Hartford Insurance
- -  Liberty Mutual
- -  The Travelers
 
Education:
 
- -  American University
- -  Chicago Public School System
- -  Drexel University
- -  Harvard University
- -  Northeastern University
- -  University of Miami
 
Government:
 
- -  United States Government Accounting Office
- -  United States General Services Administration
- -  United States Department of Housing and Urban Development
- -  United States Marshall Service
 
Other Customers:
 
- -  New Jersey Meadowlands
   Entertainment Complex
- -  World Bank
- -  United Nations Plaza
- -  Philadelphia Museum of Art
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   55
 
CONTRACTS
 
     The Company's business is generally conducted under written contracts with
its customers. Contracts vary in type and duration, with a majority having a
term of one to three years, often with automatic renewal clauses unless either
party elects to terminate. Most of the Company's contracts are subject to
termination without penalty at the option of the customer, or by either the
Company or the customer, upon 30 to 90 days' notice. The Company's experience,
as evidenced by its history of long-standing customer relationships, is that
while contractual elements may be re-negotiated, termination clauses are rarely
exercised. On those occasions when the Company has lost a customer, it is most
commonly as a result of the contract being re-bid upon expiration rather than
the exercise of a termination clause. The Company does not view its business
prospects as being particularly dependent on its written contracts, but rather
on the strength of its customer relationships and the consistency and quality of
service delivered.
 
     The Company structures its service contracts under three principal methods:
fixed price, cost plus fixed fee and hourly billing. All contracts are based
upon a defined scope and frequency of services to be provided. Under fixed price
contracts, which currently account for approximately 25% of the Company's
revenues, the customer agrees to a fixed dollar amount for all labor and
non-labor costs. Cost plus fixed fee contracts, which currently account for
approximately 63% of the Company's revenues, provide for the customer to be
billed for labor and non-labor costs, allocated overhead and a negotiated fee
based upon these costs. Hourly billing rate contracts, which currently account
for approximately 12% of the Company's revenues, are used primarily in providing
security services and provide for actual hours worked to be billed at
pre-determined hourly rates. In certain instances, modifications to the cost
plus fixed fee contracts are structured to include an incentive fee or shared
cost savings based upon operating efficiencies obtained.
 
     Certain of the Company's contracts, particularly government contracts,
require the Company to post a performance bond and/or payment bond as a
condition of contract award. Total performance and/or payment bonds outstanding
at August 30, 1997 were $6.3 million. The Company has never had a claim made
under any performance or payment bond.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
   
     The Company's marketing efforts are designed to create a cohesive,
company-wide image and strategy as well as to provide individual focus to each
of the Company's SBUs. Company-wide marketing efforts are coordinated by a
marketing department under the direction of the Company's recently established
position of Executive Vice President -- Sales and Marketing who is also
responsible for sales process management, tactical marketing and strategic
planning and development.
    
 
     As a result of the Company's emergence as a leader in the industry and its
reputation for delivering quality services, the Company is frequently invited to
bid on new major facility service contracts in the United States and Canada. The
Company is able to respond to these requests as a result of its ability to
coordinate sales, technical and financial resources to develop comprehensive
proposals addressing and delivering all aspects of customers' service
requirements at a competitive price. The Company's marketing and planning group
has implemented initiatives to sell additional higher margin services to
UNICCO's existing customers, targeting industries and geographic areas which the
Company believes have the highest propensity to outsource services and which
involve large, complex, multi-site operations.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The facility services industry is characterized by a combination of a small
number of large national organizations, none of which has a dominant market
share, as well as numerous smaller companies providing a narrow range of
services in a limited geographic area. While the Company operates throughout the
United States and Canada, its services are delivered at the local level and as a
result it competes with both national organizations as well as the smaller
contractors. There are many firms that provide core janitorial, custodial or
housekeeping services, principally in the Company's commercial market sector, on
either a regional basis or limited to a small number of geographically proximate
cities or contiguous states. In addition, the Company
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   56
 
faces competition from large national firms that have branch offices or
operating locations in major cities established to service the local business
community.
 
     In the broader market for providing bundled facility management services to
customers or for multi-site/multi-function contracts, as well as outsourced
manufacturing and administrative support services, the Company competes
primarily against large national firms. The Company believes there are a limited
number of companies that offer the range of services to both local and national
accounts as are being provided by the Company. ABM Industries, Aramark, Fluor
Corp., ISS-International Service Systems, Johnson Controls, Marriott
Corporation, Pinkerton and Service Master, among others, all supply similar
services to customers in the Company's principal market sectors. These
organizations generally have substantially greater financial and marketing
resources than the Company.
 
     The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in the market
segments in which it operates are quality of service, cost, capability to
provide a broad range of fully integrated services, geographic scale of
operations and the ability to establish and maintain long-term customer
relationships. The Company believes that it competes favorably with respect to
each of these factors.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     The Company employs over 19,000 employees of which approximately 58% are
full time and approximately 42% are part-time. Approximately 44% of the
Company's work force is unionized under more than 170 different union contracts.
The Company has not experienced any strikes or work stoppages, and management
generally considers its relationships with its employees and its unions to be
satisfactory.
 
FACILITIES
 
     The following table sets forth the Company's principal office facilities
throughout North America. The Company also has a number of smaller offices in
other cities, all of which are leased. The majority of the Company's employees
are engaged in providing services directly to customers at the customers'
facilities. Accordingly, the Company does not consider any of these locations to
be material to its operations as a whole.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NO. OF          LEASE
        LOCATION                                                SQUARE FEET     EXPIRATION
        ------------------------------------------------------  -----------     ----------
        <S>                                                     <C>             <C>
        Arlington, Virginia...................................      4,555        1999
        Boston, Massachusetts(1)..............................     23,555        2001
        Boston, Massachusetts.................................     12,800        2002
        Chicago, Illinois.....................................      7,801        2003
        Fairfax, Virginia.....................................      4,880        1999
        Farmingdale, New York.................................      7,800         (2)
        Farmington Hills, Michigan............................      6,165        1997
        Honolulu, Hawaii......................................      3,500        2005
        Oklahoma City, Oklahoma...............................     11,034        1998
        Pine Brook, New Jersey................................      6,642        1997
        Somerville, Massachusetts.............................      3,521        2001
        Toronto, Ontario......................................      7,121        1999
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) This location serves as the Company's corporate headquarters.
 
(2) This location is occupied under a month-to-month tenancy.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   57
 
     The following locations are leased by the Company on behalf of a customer.
The Company is fully reimbursed by the customer for all rental expenses under
the lease. The lease is assignable to the customer if the Company's services are
terminated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NO. OF          LEASE
        LOCATION                                                SQUARE FEET     EXPIRATION
        ------------------------------------------------------  -----------     ----------
        <S>                                                     <C>             <C>
        Niagara Falls, Ontario................................     80,000          2001
        Terre Haute, Indiana..................................    129,600          2002
</TABLE>
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The Company is not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than
those arising in the ordinary course of the Company's business. Management
believes that the resolution of these matters will not materially affect the
Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   58
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
   
     UNICCO is a Massachusetts business trust and, as such, has a Board of
Trustees that serves a function similar to that of the board of directors of a
corporation. The Trustees serve for an indefinite term. The names and positions
of the Company's Trustees, executive officers and operating managers are as
follows:
    
 
TRUSTEES AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME                                      POSITION
- -----------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>
Steven C. Kletjian       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of
                         Trustees
Richard J. Kletjian      Vice Chairman of the Board of Trustees
Robert P. Kletjian       Vice President and Vice Chairman of the Board of Trustees
Sharkay Kletjian         Trustee
Robert J. Scoble         Executive Vice President of Operations and
                         President -- Industrial Division
George A. Keches         Executive Vice President -- Finance and Administration,
                         Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
James Biere Marceau      Executive Vice President -- Sales and Marketing
Scott T. Moy             Vice President -- Corporate Controller
</TABLE>
    
 
OPERATING MANAGERS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME                                      POSITION
- -----------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>
John C. Feitor           Senior Vice President -- Operations
Bruce L. Charboneau      President -- Commercial Division
John H. Barrett          President -- Education and Government Division
Bruce H. Simon           President -- Security Division
Jim E. Walters           President -- Hawaiian Division
Brian Struthers          President -- Canadian Division
</TABLE>
    
 
ADVISORY BOARD
 
   
     The Company recently established an Advisory Board made up of non-employee
and non-shareholder independent advisors with whom senior management will
consult on a periodic basis. The members of the Advisory Board are as follows:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                                     POSITION
- ------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>
Dr. Gregory Adamian                   Former President, Bentley College
Anton Bernard (Ton) Funke Kupper      Former President, HODON-GROUP
Leonard Lynch                         Retired Partner, Arthur Andersen LLP
Mitchell Reese                        Managing Director, Venture at The Carlyle Group
Harvey Wagner                         Chief Financial Officer, Scientific Atlanta
                                      Corporation
</TABLE>
 
BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION
 
     Set forth below is additional biographical information regarding each of
the persons listed in the tables above.
 
     TRUSTEES AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     STEVEN C. KLETJIAN, CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER  Steven Kletjian,
53, has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 1969. He
has over 30 years of service with the Company. He has served as a Trustee since
the Company's reorganization as a business trust in 1988, and had served as a
director of the Company's corporate predecessor.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   59
 
   
     RICHARD J. KLETJIAN, VICE CHAIRMAN  Richard Kletjian, 50, has been Vice
Chairman of the Company since 1993 and served as President for six years prior
to 1993. From 1992 to 1993, he was also general manager of the Mid-Atlantic
Division, and was general manager of the Commercial Division from 1990 to 1992.
He has over 27 years of service with the Company. He has served as a Trustee
since 1988, and had served as a director of the Company's corporate predecessor.
    
 
     ROBERT P. KLETJIAN, VICE PRESIDENT AND VICE CHAIRMAN  Robert Kletjian, 47,
has been Vice Chairman of the Company since 1993 and was Vice President and
general manager of the Corporate and Education Division from 1990 to 1993. Prior
to 1990, Mr. Kletjian managed the Company's Hartford operations. He has over 24
years of service with the Company. He has served as a Trustee since 1988, and
had served as a director of the Company's corporate predecessor.
 
     SHARKAY KLETJIAN, TRUSTEE  Ms. Kletjian, 78, co-founded the Company in
1949. She served as a director of the Company's corporate predecessor, and has
served as a Trustee since 1988. Until 1997, she also served as Treasurer of the
Company.
 
   
     ROBERT J. SCOBLE, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT OF OPERATIONS AND
PRESIDENT -- INDUSTRIAL DIVISION Mr. Scoble, 46, joined the Company in June 1996
as a result of the Ogden Allied Acquisition. He served in Ogden's facilities
services and food service operations businesses since 1981 and as a Vice
President at Ogden since 1989.
    
 
   
     GEORGE A. KECHES, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT -- FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION,
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND TREASURER  Mr. Keches, 40, joined the Company in
1991 having previously held management positions at The Westwood Group, Inc. and
Arthur Andersen & Co. Mr. Keches is a Certified Public Accountant, and serves as
the Company's principal financial officer.
    
 
   
     JAMES BIERE MARCEAU, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT -- SALES AND MARKETING  Mr.
Marceau, 34, joined the Company in May, 1997. He is responsible for the
Company's overall marketing efforts. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Marceau served as
Director of International Sales and Marketing of Ryder System, Inc., an
international transportation and logistics company. Prior to that, he was
Assistant Vice President of Atlantic Gulf Corporation.
    
 
     SCOTT T. MOY, VICE PRESIDENT -- CORPORATE CONTROLLER  Mr. Moy, 36, joined
the Company in 1991 having previously held a management position at Digital
Equipment Corporation. Prior to that, Mr. Moy was an accountant at Arthur
Andersen & Co. Mr. Moy is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
     OPERATING MANAGERS
 
     JOHN C. FEITOR, SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT -- OPERATIONS  Mr. Feitor, 52, joined
the Company in 1970. He has held various positions within the Company including
Area Manager and Vice President of Operations. In 1996, he was promoted to
Senior Vice President -- Operations.
 
     BRUCE L. CHARBONEAU, PRESIDENT -- COMMERCIAL DIVISION  Mr. Charboneau, 55,
joined the Company in 1994. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Charboneau served
as President of the Eastern Region of National Cleaning, Inc., another
facilities services firm. He has over 25 years of experience in the facilities
services industry.
 
   
     JOHN H. BARRETT, PRESIDENT -- EDUCATION AND GOVERNMENT DIVISION  Mr.
Barrett, 38, joined the Company in June 1996 as a result of the Ogden Allied
Acquisition. He joined Ogden in 1989, having previously served in various
marketing positions with Xerox Corporation.
    
 
   
     BRUCE H. SIMON, PRESIDENT -- SECURITY DIVISION  Mr. Simon, 38, joined the
Company in June 1996 as a result of the Ogden Allied Acquisition. He had served
in various positions of increasing responsibility in Ogden's sales and
operations areas, having joined Ogden in 1983 as a supervisor in the facility
services group.
    
 
   
     JIM E. WALTERS, PRESIDENT -- HAWAIIAN DIVISION  Mr. Walters, 46, joined the
Company in June 1996 as a result of the Ogden Allied Acquisition. He served as a
regional Vice President of Ogden from 1995, after beginning his career with
Ogden in 1991 as director of operations in Oklahoma. As a result of geographic
and other factors, the Company operates its Hawaiian business as a separate
division.
    
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   60
 
   
     BRIAN STRUTHERS, PRESIDENT -- CANADIAN DIVISION  Mr. Struthers, 43, joined
the Company in June 1996 as a result of the Ogden Allied Acquisition. He joined
Ogden in 1988. Prior to joining Ogden, Mr. Struthers served in sales, marketing
and business development positions with Commonwealth Holiday Inns, McLean-Hunter
and Empire Maintenance Industries, Inc. As a result of geographic and other
factors, the Company operates its Canadian business as a separate division.
    
 
     ADVISORY BOARD
 
     GREGORY ADAMIAN, J.D., PH.D. (HON.)  Dr. Adamian, 71, currently serves as
Chancellor and President Emeritus of Bentley College in Waltham, Massachusetts,
having previously served as its President. Dr. Adamian also serves on the boards
of Hesser College, Liberty Mutual Life Insurance Company and the West End House,
an affiliate of the Boys Club of America.
 
     ANTON BERNARD (TON) FUNKE KUPPER  Mr. Funke Kupper, 68, is the past
President and Chief Executive Officer of HODON-GROUP (currently known as ABILIS
International), a facility services company operating in the Netherlands,
Belgium and France, where he worked from 1949 to 1989. Mr. Funke Kupper has also
served as a board member of the U.S.A. Building Service Contractors Association
from 1985 to 1989, President of the World Federation of Building Contractors
from 1980 to 1982 and President of the Dutch Association of Contractors from
1970 to 1983.
 
     LEONARD LYNCH  Mr. Lynch, 61, is a retired partner of Arthur Andersen LLP
where he served as the Director of the Audit Practice and head of the Audit and
Business Advisory Practice in the Boston and Southern California offices. He
currently serves as a consultant to the firm. Mr. Lynch has also served as a
past trustee of the New England Aquarium, member of the Advisory Board of the
Heritage Plantation and a member of Town Hall of Los Angeles.
 
     MITCHELL REESE  Mr. Reese, 38, is Managing Director, Venture at The Carlyle
Group where he is responsible for the operations of Carlyle Venture Partners,
L.P., a $250 million fund established to pursue venture-oriented investments.
Prior to joining The Carlyle Group, Mr. Reese was employed for seven years by
Morgan Keegan Inc., an investment banking firm, as President of its venture
capital division and co-head of its investment banking group. Prior thereto, Mr.
Reese was Vice President in the mergers and acquisitions department of Alex.
Brown & Sons Incorporated.
 
     HARVEY WAGNER  Mr. Wagner, 56, is the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
of Scientific-Atlanta Corporation. From 1989 to 1994 Mr. Wagner was Vice
President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer at Computervision Corporation
(formerly Prime Computer). Mr. Wagner is a member of the Financial Executives
Institute, the Institute of Management Accountants and the American Electronics
Association. He sits on the President's Council at the University of Miami, the
Executive Advisory Board of the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania
and is a founding Board Member and Executive Vice President of The Wellness
Community-Atlanta.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   61
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth information concerning
the compensation paid or accrued by the Company with respect to the Company's
Chief Executive Officer and the other four most highly compensated executive
officers for the fiscal year ended June 29, 1997.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      LONG-TERM
                                                 ANNUAL                             COMPENSATION
                                              COMPENSATION                   ---------------------------
                                ----------------------------------------       SHARES
                                                          OTHER ANNUAL       UNDERLYING      ALL OTHER
 NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION     SALARY       BONUS      COMPENSATION(1)      OPTIONS       COMPENSATION
- ------------------------------  --------     -------     ---------------     ----------     ------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>                 <C>            <C>
Steven C. Kletjian............  $615,122          --         $24,562              --          $104,299(2)
  Chief Executive Officer and
  Chairman
Richard J. Kletjian...........   346,696          --          23,169              --            57,234(2)
  Vice Chairman
Robert P. Kletjian............   342,379          --          22,277              --            64,997(2)
  Vice President and Vice
  Chairman
John P. McGillicuddy..........   316,650          --           8,400              --             1,125(3)
  Chief Operating Officer(4)
Robert L. Trow................   190,275     $20,000          13,885              --             2,800(3)
  Vice President --
  Human Resources(5)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
(1) Includes automobile allowance paid by the Company to or on behalf of the
    designated officer.
 
(2) Includes premiums paid by the Company for life insurance for the designated
    officer.
 
(3) Includes matching contributions by the Company to the executive's 401(k)
    plan.
 
   
(4) Mr. McGillicuddy resigned from the position of Chief Operating Officer in
    January 1998 but continues to be employed by the Company.
    
 
   
(5) Mr. Trow resigned from the Company in July 1997.
    
 
TRUSTEE COMPENSATION
 
     Steven C. Kletjian, Richard J. Kletjian and Robert P. Kletjian receive no
additional compensation for serving as Trustees of the Company. Sharkay
Kletjian, a Trustee of the Company, received aggregate compensation of $172,566
during fiscal 1997 in her capacity as an employee of the Company.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
     In connection with the Ogden Allied Acquisition in June 1996, the Company
entered into employment agreements with former Ogden managers of the acquired
operations, including Messrs. McGillicuddy, Scoble, Barrett, Simon, Walters and
Struthers, each for a term of three years. The employment agreements provide for
a base salary and an annual bonus based on the Company's operating income before
debt service, as well as benefits commensurate with those provided to the
Company's other senior managers. These agreements may be terminated by the
Company for cause, as defined therein. Each agreement contains a confidentiality
clause that survives for two years beyond termination of employment.
    
 
   
STOCK OPTION PLAN
    
 
   
     The Company is in the process of implementing a stock option plan pursuant
to which employees, trustees, directors and other key persons at the Company may
be granted options to purchase non-voting shares of UNICCO.
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   62
 
                                SHARE OWNERSHIP
 
     Under UNICCO's Declaration of Trust, UNICCO may issue an unlimited number
of shares of beneficial interest. The Trustees may determine the classes and
series of such shares and may designate the relative designations, preferences,
privileges, voting powers and restrictions applicable to the shares of each such
class and series. As of the date hereof, the outstanding securities of UNICCO
consist of an aggregate of 1,054 common shares of beneficial interest,
consisting of 1,000 voting common shares and 54 non-voting common shares.
 
     The following table sets forth the beneficial and record ownership of
UNICCO's voting and non-voting common shares of beneficial ownership, taken
together as a single class.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PERCENTAGE OF
                  SHAREHOLDER                NUMBER OF SHARES     PERCENTAGE OF CLASS    VOTING POWER
    ---------------------------------------  ----------------     -------------------   --------------
    <S>                                      <C>                  <C>                   <C>
    Steven C. Kletjian.....................          510                  48.4%               51.0%
    Richard J. Kletjian....................          245                  23.2                24.5
    Robert P. Kletjian.....................          245                  23.2                24.5
    John C. Feitor.........................           27(1)                2.6                  --
    George A. Keches.......................           27(1)                2.6                  --
                                                   -----                 -----               -----
                                                   1,054                 100.0%              100.0%
                                                   =====                 =====               =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
     (1) Non-voting shares.
 
   
     The Company has entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with holders of
non-voting shares pursuant to which the Company may, at its option, redeem the
shares at the then-current book value of the shares (as defined therein) in the
event that the shareholder ceases to be employed by the Company. See "Certain
Transactions." The Indenture would generally permit such redemptions up to an
aggregate of $500,000 in any twelve-month period. See "Description of
Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments."
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   63
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
     In connection with the Ogden Allied Acquisition in June 1996, the
shareholders of UNICCO organized a sister corporation known as USC, Inc., which
acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the two Ogden subsidiaries that
conducted Ogden's government and security business, and a portion of the capital
stock of Ogden's Canadian subsidiary. The purpose of this transaction was to
facilitate the acquisition of Ogden's government contracts and security permits
and licenses. A sister company rather than a subsidiary of UNICCO was utilized
because, as a subchapter S company under the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code")
as then in effect, UNICCO could not have any subsidiaries. As of January 1,
1997, the Code has been amended to permit "subchapter S" companies to have
subsidiaries. Accordingly, in connection with the Offering, the shareholders of
the Company contributed their interests in USC, Inc. to UNICCO, as a result of
which all of the operations of the Company will be conducted through UNICCO and
its subsidiaries.
    
 
     A component of the Company's operating expenses consists of insurance
premiums for workers' compensation and general liability insurance. In May 1995,
the Company's shareholders organized Ashmont Insurance Company, Limited, a
Bermuda corporation ("Ashmont"), as a captive insurance company. Premiums for
workers' compensation and general liability insurance are paid by the Company to
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company and one of its subsidiaries, the fronting
carrier ("Liberty"). After deducting pre-determined fees for administration,
claims processing and taxes, Liberty remits the net premiums to Ashmont pursuant
to a re-insurance agreement. Ashmont, as re-insurer, then reimburses Liberty for
insurance losses paid on a monthly basis. Net insurance premiums received by
Ashmont pursuant to this arrangement aggregated $2.9 million, $2.5 million and
$5.6 million for fiscal 1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively.
Workers' compensation insurance premiums are based on statutory rates within the
states that the Company operates, adjusted for the Company's claims experience;
accordingly, management believes that these insurance premiums are consistent
with the premiums that would be paid for comparable insurance coverage obtained
on an arm's-length basis.
 
   
     In connection with the Ogden Allied Acquisition in June 1996, the Company
borrowed $3 million from the Company's shareholders. The notes bore interest at
15%, which was payable in-kind until the notes were to mature in October 2001.
The Company used a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering to repay such
notes, including accrued interest. In addition, upon the repayment of the Ogden
Note, Steven C. Kletjian, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and principal
shareholder, was released from a limited recourse guarantee of the Ogden Note
and the pledge of Mr. Kletjian's shares of Ashmont which secured such guarantee.
See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
     The Company was indebted under a note payable to Sharkay Kletjian, a
Trustee of the Company, in the aggregate principal amount of approximately
$282,000 at June 29, 1997. Interest on this Note was payable at a rate of 20%
per annum. The Note was repaid on September 3, 1997.
 
     The Company holds notes receivable aggregating approximately $646,000 from
five of its shareholders consisting primarily of demand notes that bear interest
at an average Applicable Federal Rate (5.68% at June 29, 1997). The Company
earned interest income of approximately $83,000, $77,000 and $56,000 related to
these loans during fiscal 1995, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively.
Interest receivables related to those notes were approximately $312,000 at June
29, 1997.
 
     On June 24, 1996, the Company loaned one of its shareholders approximately
$217,000 to purchase 27 non-voting common shares of beneficial interest. This
loan bears interest at the applicable federal rate and matures on July 1, 2001.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   64
 
                       DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
 
CREDIT FACILITY
 
     In connection with the Transactions, the Company and BankBoston, N.A.
("BankBoston") entered into a $45 million senior secured revolving credit
facility (the "Credit Facility") documented in the form of an amendment to the
Company's existing credit facility. Subject to compliance with certain financial
covenants and the satisfaction of customary borrowing conditions, UNICCO and its
subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, will be permitted to borrow up to an aggregate of
$45 million of revolving credit loans and up to a sublimit of $2.5 million in
letters of credit under the Credit Facility. The Company's borrowing capacity
under the Credit Facility is limited to a borrowing base of up to 80% of the
Company's eligible accounts receivable (as defined in the Credit Facility),
which as of June 29, 1997 was in excess of the maximum amount of borrowings
available under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility is secured by
substantially all of the Company's assets. Borrowings under the Credit Facility
will represent Senior Debt under the Indenture. Moreover, a default under the
Indenture will result in a cross-default under the Credit Facility.
 
     The ability of the Company to borrow under the Credit Facility will be
subject to, among other things, compliance with covenants and financial ratios
contained in the Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility will
mature and be payable in October 2002.
 
     The Credit Facility will bear interest, at the Company's option, at the
Alternate Base Rate (as defined below) or a Eurodollar rate, plus specified
margins based on the ratio of the Company's Total Funded Debt to EBITDA (each as
defined therein). The Alternate Base Rate will be the greater of BankBoston's
base rate as announced from time to time and the federal funds effective rate
plus 0.50%. The applicable margins were initially set at the Alternate Base Rate
plus 0.50% or the Eurodollar rate plus 2.00%.
 
   
     The Credit Facility contains covenants and provisions that restrict, among
other things, the Company's and its subsidiaries' ability to (i) incur
additional indebtedness; (ii) incur liens on their property; (iii) redeem
subordinated debt, including the Notes; (iv) make capital expenditures; (v)
engage in certain sales of assets; and (vi) engage in acquisitions that do not
meet specified criteria. A covenant in the Credit Facility generally restricts
the Company and its subsidiaries from engaging in transactions with affiliates
unless such transactions are on an arms-length basis and on terms no less
favorable than would be obtained from a third party. The Credit Facility also
requires the Company to maintain certain financial ratios which become more
stringent over the life of the facility, including (i) minimum fixed charge
coverage ratios, (ii) minimum interest coverage ratios and (iii) maximum ratios
of total debt to EBITDA.
    
 
MCRC NOTE
 
   
     In order to finance a portion of the Ogden Allied Acquisition in June 1996,
the Company issued a $5 million note payable to Massachusetts Capital Resource
Company ("MCRC"). This note (the "MCRC Note") bears interest at the rate of 14%
per annum and is due in September 2001. The MCRC Note is expressly subordinated
to the Company's indebtedness under the Credit Facility, and will rank equal in
right of payment with the Notes.
    
 
     The MCRC Note requires quarterly payments of interest only. Prepayment of
the principal amount of the MCRC Note is not permitted prior to July 1999.
Thereafter, the Company may redeem up to $250,000 in principal amount of the
MCRC Note on a quarterly basis, without premium, and may redeem additional
principal amounts upon payment of a premium equal to 10% of the additional
principal amount so redeemed.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   65
 
     The MCRC Note was issued under a Note Purchase Agreement containing
representations, warranties and covenants customary for subordinated debt
financings of this type. In connection with the Transactions, the MCRC Note
Purchase Agreement was amended to eliminate the covenants requiring the Company
to maintain certain financial ratios, and to conform certain other covenants,
including those limiting restricted payments and the incurrence of additional
indebtedness, to those contained in the Indenture. In connection with this
amendment, MCRC released Steven C. Kletjian, the Company's Chief Executive
Officer and principal shareholder, from a limited recourse guarantee of the MCRC
Note and released a pledge of Mr. Kletjian's shares of Ashmont which secured
such guarantee.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   66
 
                       DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
     The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture among the
Issuers, the Guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee (the
"Trustee"). The terms of the Exchange Notes include those stated in the
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). Upon the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a
part, the Indenture will be subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act.
The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to
the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement thereof. The following
summary of the material provisions of the Indenture does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Indenture,
including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. Copies of the
Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement will be made available as set forth
under "-- Additional Information." The definitions of certain terms used in the
following summary are set forth below under "-- Certain Definitions." For
purposes of this "Description of the Exchange Notes," the term "Company" refers
only to UNICCO Service Company and not to any of its Subsidiaries.
 
     The Exchange Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Issuers and
will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt
of the Issuers. As of September 28, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the
offering of the Series A Notes and the use of proceeds therefrom, the Issuers
would have had approximately $3.4 million of Senior Debt outstanding, consisting
of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility. In addition, the Issuers
would have had $41.6 million of additional borrowings available under the Credit
Facility. The Indenture permits the Issuers to incur additional indebtedness,
including additional Senior Debt, subject to certain restrictions. See "--
Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock."
 
     UNICCO Finance is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company that was
incorporated in Delaware for the purpose of serving as a co-issuer of the Series
A Notes and the Exchange Notes in order to facilitate the Offering. The Company
believes that certain prospective purchasers of the Series A Notes might have
been restricted in their ability to purchase debt securities of business trusts,
such as the Company, unless such debt securities are jointly issued by a
corporation. UNICCO Finance will not have any substantial operations or assets
and will not have any revenues. As a result, prospective purchasers of the
Exchange Notes should not expect UNICCO Finance to participate in servicing the
interest and principal obligations on the Exchange Notes.
 
     All of the Company's Subsidiaries (other than UNICCO Finance) are
Restricted Subsidiaries. However, under certain circumstances, the Company is
able to designate current or future Subsidiaries (other than UNICCO Finance) as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unrestricted Subsidiaries are not subject to many of
the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture. The Issuers' payment
obligations under the Exchange Notes will be guaranteed, on a senior
subordinated basis, by all of the Company's Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries.
See "-- Subsidiary Guarantees."
 
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
     The Exchange Notes will be limited in aggregate principal amount to $150.0
million and will mature on October 15, 2007. Interest on the Exchange Notes will
accrue at the rate of 9 7/8% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in
arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 1998,
to Holders of record on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1.
Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of
original issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months. Principal of and premium, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Exchange Notes will be payable at the office
or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the
Issuers, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by check mailed
to the Holders of the Exchange Notes at their respective addresses set forth in
the register of Holders of Exchange Notes; provided that all payments of
principal, premium, interest and Liquidated Damages with respect to Exchange
Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions in writing to
the Trustee will be required to be made by
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   67
 
wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the
Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers' office
or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The
Exchange Notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof.
 
SUBORDINATION
 
     The payment of principal of and premium, interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, on the Exchange Notes will be subordinated in right of payment, as set
forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents
of all Senior Debt of the Issuers.
 
     Upon any distribution to creditors of either Issuer in a liquidation or
dissolution of such Issuer or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to such Issuer or its property, an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of either Issuer's
assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Debt of such Issuer will be
entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all
Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after the
commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the documents
governing the applicable Senior Debt) before the Holders of Exchange Notes will
be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Exchange Notes, and until
all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full in cash or Cash
Equivalents, any distribution to which the Holders of Exchange Notes would be
entitled shall be made to the holders of Senior Debt (except that Holders of
Exchange Notes may receive Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from
the trust described under "-- Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance").
 
     The Issuers also may not make any payment upon or in respect of the
Exchange Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust
described under "-- Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance") if (i) a default
in the payment of the principal of or premium, or interest on any Designated
Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable period of grace or
(ii) any other default occurs and is continuing with respect to any Designated
Senior Debt that permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt as to which such
default relates to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of
such default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the Company or the holders of
such Designated Senior Debt. Payments on the Exchange Notes may and shall be
resumed (a) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such
default is cured or waived pursuant to the terms of such Designated Senior Debt
and (b) in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which such
nonpayment default is cured or waived pursuant to the terms of such Designated
Senior Debt or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage
Notice is received, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been
accelerated. No new period of payment blockage may be commenced unless and until
360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment
Blockage Notice. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the
date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be
made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
 
     The Indenture further requires that the Issuers promptly notify holders of
Senior Debt if payment of the Exchange Notes is accelerated because of an Event
of Default.
 
   
     As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event
of a liquidation or insolvency, Holders of Exchange Notes may recover less
ratably than creditors of the Issuers who are holders of Senior Debt, and may
not recover any amounts owed to them in respect of the Exchange Notes. As of
September 28, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the offering of the Series
A Notes and the use of proceeds therefrom, the Issuers would have had
approximately $3.4 million of Senior Debt outstanding, consisting of outstanding
borrowings under the Credit Facility. In addition, the Issuers would have had
$41.6 million of additional borrowings available under the Credit Facility. The
Issuers will be able to incur additional Senior Debt in the future, subject to
certain limitations. See "Risk Factors -- Subordination of the Exchange Notes to
Other Indebtedness" and "-- Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock."
    
 
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
 
     The Issuers' payment obligations under the Exchange Notes will be
guaranteed by all of the Company's existing Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries.
The Guarantee of each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary will be
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   68
 
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of such
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to the same extent as the Exchange Notes are
subordinated to Senior Debt of the Issuers. See "-- Subordination." As of
September 28, 1997, after giving effect to the offering of the Series A Notes
and the use of proceeds therefrom, the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries had
approximately $3.4 million of Senior Debt outstanding, consisting of guarantees
of borrowings under the Credit Facility. The Indenture permits the Company's
Subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including additional Senior Debt,
subject, in the case of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries, to certain
restrictions. See "-- Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock."
 
     The Indenture provides that in the event of a sale or other disposition of
all of the assets of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, by way of merger,
consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the capital
stock of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or
another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary), or in the case the Company designates a
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance
with the Indenture, then such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary will be released
and relieved of any obligations under its guarantee; provided that the Net
Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with
the applicable provisions of the Indenture. See "-- Repurchase at Option of
Holders -- Asset Sales."
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
     The Exchange Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers' option prior to
October 15, 2002. Thereafter, the Exchange Notes will be subject to redemption
at any time at the option of the Issuers, in whole or in part, upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption
date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 15, of the
years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       YEAR                                PERCENTAGE
          ---------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
          <S>                                                              <C>
          2002...........................................................    104.94%
          2003...........................................................    103.29
          2004...........................................................    101.65
          2005 and thereafter............................................    100.00
</TABLE>
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to October 15, 2000, the Issuers may
redeem up to an aggregate of $33.0 million in principal amount of Exchange Notes
at a redemption price of 109.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption
date, with the net cash proceeds of an initial public offering of common equity
of the Company; provided that (i) at least $72.0 million in principal amount of
the Exchange Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption and (ii) notice of such redemption shall be given within 90 days of
the date of the consummation of such initial public offering.
 
SELECTION AND NOTICE
 
     If less than all of the Exchange Notes are to be redeemed at any time,
selection of Exchange Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange,
if any, on which the Exchange Notes are listed, or, if the Exchange Notes are
not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee
shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that no Exchange Notes of $1,000 or
less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first
class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to
each Holder of Exchange Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices
of redemption may not be conditional. If any Exchange Note is to be redeemed in
part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Exchange Note shall
state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Exchange
Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued
in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Exchange
Note. Exchange Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for
redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on
Exchange Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   69
 
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
     Except as set forth below under "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders,"
the Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Exchange Notes.
 
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
  CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
     Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuers will be obligated
to make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to each Holder of Exchange Notes
to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof)
of such Holder's Exchange Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control
Payment"). Within 30 days following a Change of Control, the Issuers will mail a
notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute
the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Exchange Notes on the date
specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30-days and no
later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control
Payment Date"), pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and
described in such notice. The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection
with the repurchase of the Exchange Notes as a result of a Change of Control.
 
     On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent
lawful, (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an
amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Exchange Notes
or portions thereof so tendered and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to
the Trustee the Exchange Notes so accepted together with an officers'
certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes or portions
thereof being purchased by the Issuers. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to
each Holder of Exchange Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such
Exchange Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to
be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Exchange Note equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Exchange Notes surrendered,
if any; provided that each such new Exchange Note will be in a principal amount
of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Indenture will provide that,
prior to complying with the provisions of this covenant, but in any event within
90 days following a Change of Control, the Issuers will either repay all
outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all
agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of
Exchange Notes required by this covenant. The Issuers will publicly announce the
results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the
Change of Control Payment Date.
 
     The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether
or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described
above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain
provisions that permit the Holders of the Exchange Notes to require that the
Issuers repurchase or redeem the Exchange Notes in the event of a takeover,
recapitalization or similar transaction.
 
     The Credit Facility prohibits, and future credit agreements or other
agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Issuers become a party may
prohibit, the Issuers from purchasing any Exchange Notes following a Change of
Control and/or provide that certain change of control events with respect to the
Company would constitute a default thereunder. In the event a Change of Control
occurs at a time when the Issuers are prohibited from purchasing Exchange Notes,
the Issuers could seek the consent of their lenders to the purchase of Exchange
Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Issuers do not obtain such a consent or repay such
borrowings, the Issuers will remain prohibited from purchasing Exchange Notes.
The Issuers' failure to purchase tendered Exchange Notes following a Change of
Control would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which would, in
turn, constitute as default under the Credit Facility. In such circumstances,
the subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to
the Holders of Exchange Notes. See "-- Subordination."
 
     The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer
following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer
in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   70
 
the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control
Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Exchange Notes validly tendered and
not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
 
  ASSET SALES
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market
value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an
officers' certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the assets or Equity
Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of and (ii) at least 80% of the
consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is
in the form of cash; provided that the amount of (a) any liabilities (as shown
on the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet) of
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and
liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee
thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a
customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from further liability and (b) any securities, notes or other
obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are immediately converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) shall be deemed to be
cash for purposes of this provision.
 
     Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
the Company may apply such Net Proceeds, at its option, (i) to repay Senior Debt
(and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto in the case of
revolving borrowings) or (ii) to the acquisition of a controlling interest in
another business, the making of a capital expenditure or the acquisition of
other long-term assets. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds,
the Company may temporarily reduce Senior Debt or otherwise invest such Net
Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. Any Net Proceeds
from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the first
sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." When
the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Issuers will
be required to make an offer to all Holders of Exchange Notes (an "Asset Sale
Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of Exchange Notes that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate
amount of Exchange Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than
the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for
general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes
surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the
Trustee shall select the Exchange Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Upon completion of an Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be
reset at zero.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay
any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the
Company's Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to any
direct or indirect holders of the Company's Equity Interests in their capacity
as such (other than dividends or distributions (a) payable in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (b) to the Company or any
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); (ii) purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without limitation, in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity
Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other
than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); (iii) make any payment on or with respect
to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subordinated to
the Exchange Notes or any Guarantee thereof, except a payment of interest or
principal at Stated Maturity; or (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such
payments and
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   71
 
other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively
referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving
effect to such Restricted Payment:
 
          (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
 
          (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
     after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
     been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been
     permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
     the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
     the covenant described below under caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness
     and Issuance of Preferred Stock;" and
 
          (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
     other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments
     permitted by clause (ii) through (v) of the next succeeding paragraph), is
     less than the sum of (i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company
     for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the
     first fiscal quarter commencing after the Closing Date to the end of the
     Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
     statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if
     such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of
     such deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received
     by the Company from the issue or sale since the date of the Indenture of
     Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or of
     Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been
     converted into such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or
     Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of
     the Company and other than Disqualified Stock or convertible debt
     securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock), plus (iii)
     50% of any dividends received by the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
     Subsidiary after the date of the Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
     of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise
     included in Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.
 
     The foregoing provisions will not prohibit (i) the payment of any dividend
within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of
declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the
Indenture; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of
the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
of, other Equity Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock);
provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any
such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall
be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph; (iii) the
defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated
Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness; (iv) for any period that the Company is treated as an
"S corporation" or a partnership for federal income tax purposes, distributions
to shareholders of the Company in an amount not to exceed the Tax Amount for
such period; (v) the redemption, retirement or defeasance of indebtedness with
the net proceeds of this Offering as contemplated under "Use of Proceeds;" and
(vi) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of
any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
held by any member of the Company's (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries')
management or Board of Directors pursuant to any management equity subscription
agreement, shareholders' agreement, equity incentive plan, stock option
agreement or other similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for
all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests under this
clause (vi) shall not exceed the sum of (a) $500,000 in any twelve-month period
plus (b) the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from the issuance
after the Closing Date of Equity Interests of the Company to members of
management or the Board of Directors of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (provided that such net proceeds shall be excluded from clause
(c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph), and, in each case, no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately after such
transaction.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   72
 
     The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair
market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities
proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair
market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be
delivered to the Trustee. Not later than the date of making any Restricted
Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an officers' certificate
stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis
upon which the calculations required by the covenant "Restricted Payments" were
computed.
 
     The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default. For
purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in
the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the
time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted
Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant. All such outstanding
Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the
greatest of (i) the net book value of such Investments at the time of such
designation, (ii) the fair market value of such Investments at the time of such
designation and (iii) the original fair market value of such Investments at the
time they were made. Such designation will only be permitted if such Restricted
Payment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary
otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
     Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the board resolution
giving effect to such designation and an officers' certificate certifying that
such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any
Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the definition of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for
purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be
deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date
(and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under
the covenant described under the caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock," the Issuers shall be in default of such covenant).
The Board of Directors may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to
be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be
an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any
outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation
shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant
described under the caption "-- Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Preferred Stock," calculated on a pro forma basis as if such
designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period,
and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such
designation.
 
  INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable,
contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and that the Company will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock (other
than to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however,
that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) and the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries may issue
preferred stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company's most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
Indebtedness is incurred or such preferred stock is issued would have been at
least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness
had been incurred or the preferred stock had been issued at the beginning of
such four-quarter period.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   73
 
     The provisions of the first paragraph of this covenant will not apply to
the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, "Permitted Debt"):
 
          (i) the incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of
     Indebtedness under the Credit Facility; in an aggregate amount not to
     exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (a) $45.0 million, less the
     aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied to repay any
     such Indebtedness pursuant to clause (i) of the second paragraph of the
     covenant described above under the caption "-- Asset Sales," and (b) 60% of
     the Company's and its Restricted Subsidiaries' accounts receivable (net of
     reserves), as shown on the Company's most recent consolidated balance
     sheet;
 
          (ii) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the
     Exchange Notes and the Indenture;
 
          (iii) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
     the Existing Indebtedness;
 
          (iv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the
     net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness
     that was permitted to be incurred by the first paragraph, or by clauses
     (ii) through (ix) of the second paragraph of this covenant;
 
          (v) the incurrence of Indebtedness between or among the Company and
     any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that
     (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness
     is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Obligations
     with respect to the Exchange Notes and (b) any subsequent issuance or
     transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being
     held by a Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
     Subsidiary, and any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a
     Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
     Subsidiary, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of
     such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
     may be;
 
          (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of
     fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate
     Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
     outstanding;
 
          (vii) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to
     exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;
 
          (viii) the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred by another
     provision of this covenant; and
 
          (ix) Indebtedness of a Receivables Subsidiary that is not recourse to
     the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Standard
     Securitization Undertakings) incurred in connection with a Qualified
     Receivables Transaction.
 
     For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event
that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (ix) above or is
entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the
Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in any
manner that complies with this covenant and such item of Indebtedness will be
treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant
to the first paragraph hereof. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted
value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will
not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.
 
  LIENS
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume
or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any asset
now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or
convey any right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>   74
 
  DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on
the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i)(a) pay dividends or make any
other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on
its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in,
or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or
assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for such
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) Existing
Indebtedness as in effect on the Closing Date, (b) the Credit Facility as in
effect as of the Closing Date, and any amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings
thereof, provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more
restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than
those contained in the Credit Facility as in effect on the Closing Date, (c) the
Indenture and the Exchange Notes, (d) applicable law, (e) any instrument
governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in
contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than
the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that,
in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the
Indenture to be incurred, (f) by reason of customary non-assignment provisions
in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, (g) purchase money
obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose
restrictions of the nature described in clause (iii) above on the property so
acquired, (h) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions
contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
are no more restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced, or (i) any Purchase Money Note, or other
Indebtedness or contractual requirements incurred with respect to a Qualified
Receivables Transaction relating to a Receivables Subsidiary.
 
  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS
 
     The Indenture provides that neither the Company, nor UNICCO Finance, nor
any Guarantor may consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company,
UNICCO Finance or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is the surviving entity),
or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related
transactions, to another corporation, Person or entity unless (i) the Company,
UNICCO Finance or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is the surviving entity,
or the entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than the Company, UNICCO Finance or such Guarantor) or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall
have been made is a corporation, business trust or limited liability company
organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or
the District of Columbia; (ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company, UNICCO Finance or such
Guarantor) or the entity or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the
obligations of the Company, UNICCO Finance or such Guarantor, as the case may
be, under the Exchange Notes or such Guarantor's Guarantee thereof and the
Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee; (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of
Default exists; and (iv) except in the case of a merger of the Company or a
Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, the Company, such
Guarantor or the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than the Company or such Guarantor), or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect
thereto (including pro forma expense and cost reductions) as if such transaction
had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
 
                                       69
<PAGE>   75
 
the covenant described above under the caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
 
  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer
or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction,
contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"),
unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been
obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee
(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $0.5 million, a
resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an officers' certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and
that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors, if any, and (b) with respect to
any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $4.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness
to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view
issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing.
 
     The foregoing provisions will not prohibit: (i) any employment agreement or
other employment or compensation agreement entered into by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (ii)
transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries
and/or UNICCO Finance; (iii) direct or indirect transactions between the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Ashmont Insurance
Company Limited or any of its subsidiaries, on the other hand, on terms that are
not materially less favorable to the Company or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained from an unaffiliated third
party; (iv) the transactions contemplated under "Use of Proceeds;" (v) notes
payable to or receivable from, and leases of real property from, Affiliates (and
payments thereunder) as in effect on the Closing Date, as the same may be
amended, modified, renewed or extended in a manner no less favorable to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) any Restricted Payment that is
permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption
"-- Restricted Payments;" and (vii) sales of accounts receivable and other
related assets customarily transferred in an asset securitization transaction
involving accounts receivable to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified
Receivables Transaction.
 
  LIMITATION ON OTHER SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
     The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any Restricted
Subsidiary will incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of
payment to any Senior Debt of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, and senior in any respect in right of payment to the Exchange Notes
or such Restricted Subsidiary's Guarantee thereof.
 
  ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
 
     The Indenture provides that if the Company or any of its Domestic
Restricted Subsidiaries shall acquire or create another Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary after the date of the Indenture, or any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall
cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary and shall become a Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary, then such Subsidiary shall execute a guarantee of the Exchange Notes
and deliver an opinion of counsel unless such Subsidiary shall have been
designated a Receivables Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture.
 
  PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT
 
     The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor UNICCO Finance nor any
of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or
cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
 
                                       70
<PAGE>   76
 
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any Exchange Notes for or as an
inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions
of the Indenture or the Exchange Notes unless such consideration is offered to
be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Exchange Notes that consent, waive or
agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
 
  REPORTS
 
   
     The Indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Commission, so long as any Exchange Notes are outstanding,
the Issuers will furnish to the Holders of Exchange Notes, within 15 days after
the required filing date, (i) all quarterly and annual financial information
(excluding the exhibits and financial schedules) that would be required to be
contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuers
were required to file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" that describes the
financial condition and results of operations of the Issuers and their
consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of
the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company, UNICCO Finance and the Company's
Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial information and results of
operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company) and, with respect to
the annual information only, a report thereon by the Issuers' certified
independent accountants and (ii) all current reports that would be required to
be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuers were required to file
such reports. In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations
of the Commission, the Issuers will file a copy of all such information and
reports with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission will
not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities
analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuers and
the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries will agree that, for so long as any Notes
remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts
and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be
delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act.
    
 
  ACTIVITIES OF UNICCO FINANCE
 
     The Indenture provides that UNICCO Finance may not hold any material
assets, become liable for any material obligations or engage in any significant
business activities; provided, however, that UNICCO Finance may be a co-obligor
or guarantor with respect to, and may pledge its assets to secure, Indebtedness
of which the Company is an obligor.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
     The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an Event of
Default: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Exchange Notes (whether or not
prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture), (ii) default in
payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Exchange Notes
(whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture);
(iii) failure by the Issuers to comply with the provisions described under the
captions "-- Change of Control," "-- Asset Sales," "-- Restricted Payments,"
"-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" or "-- Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets;" (iv) failure by the Issuers for 60 days after
written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount
of the then outstanding Exchange Notes to comply with any of their other
agreements in the Indenture or the Exchange Notes; (v) default under any
mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which
there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the
Company, UNICCO Finance or any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries (or the
payment of which is guaranteed by the Company, UNICCO Finance or any of the
Company's Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now
exists or is created after the Closing Date, which default (a) is caused by a
failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness
prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the
date of such default (a "Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness under which there
 
                                       71
<PAGE>   77
 
has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated,
aggregates $5.0 million or more; (vi) failure by the Company, UNICCO Finance or
any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating
in excess of $2.0 million and either (a) any creditor commences enforcement
proceedings upon any such judgment or (b) such judgments are not paid,
discharged or stayed for a period of 45 days; (vii) except as permitted by the
Indenture, any guarantee of the Exchange Notes shall be held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in
full force and effect or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Person acting on
behalf of any Restricted Subsidiary, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations
under its guarantee; (viii) the Refinancing shall not have been consummated by
11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date; and (ix) certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, UNICCO Finance or any of
the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
     If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Exchange
Notes may declare all the Exchange Notes to be due and payable immediately.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, UNICCO
Finance, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of
the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all
outstanding Exchange Notes will become due and payable without further action or
notice. Holders of the Exchange Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of
a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Exchange Notes may direct
the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from
Holders of the Exchange Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of
Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest.
 
     In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful
action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuers with
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuers would have had
to pay if the Issuers then had elected to redeem the Exchange Notes pursuant to
the optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium shall
also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law
upon the acceleration of the Exchange Notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior
to October 15, 2002 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not
taken) by or on behalf of the Issuers with the intention of avoiding the
prohibition on redemption of the Exchange Notes prior to such date, then the
premium specified in the Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable
to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Exchange Notes.
 
     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange
Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of
all of the Exchange Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Exchange Notes.
 
     The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuers are required, upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, TRUSTEES, INCORPORATORS
AND SHAREHOLDERS
 
     No director, officer, employee, trustee, incorporator or shareholder of
either Issuer or any of the Company's Subsidiaries, as such, shall have any
liability for any obligations of the Issuers or such Subsidiary under the
Exchange Notes, any Guarantee thereof, the Indenture or for any claim based on,
in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder
of Exchange Notes by accepting a Exchange Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the Exchange Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under
the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a
waiver is against public policy.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>   78
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
     The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of
their obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Exchange Notes
("Legal Defeasance") except for (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding
Exchange Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of and premium,
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Exchange Notes when such
payments are due from the trust referred to below, (ii) the Issuers' obligations
with respect to the Exchange Notes concerning issuing temporary Exchange Notes,
registration of Exchange Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and
the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security
payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities
of the Trustee, and the Issuers' obligations in connection therewith and (iv)
the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition, the Issuers may,
at their option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Issuers
released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture
("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with such
obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to
the Exchange Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not
including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency
events) described under "Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event
of Default with respect to the Exchange Notes.
 
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i)
the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the Holders of the Exchange Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on the outstanding Exchange Notes on the stated maturity or on
the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify
whether the Exchange Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
redemption date; (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Issuers have received from, or
there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since
the Closing Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax
law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of
counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Exchange Notes will
not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result
of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the case of Covenant
Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that the Holders of the outstanding Exchange Notes will not recognize income,
gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the
same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant
Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such
deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events
are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date
of deposit; (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in
a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement
or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
bound; (vi) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust
funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally; (vii) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers'
certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent
of preferring the Holders of Exchange Notes over the other creditors of the
Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Issuers or others; and (viii) the Issuers shall have delivered
to the Trustee an officers' certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or
the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 
                                       73
<PAGE>   79
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
     A Holder may transfer or exchange the Exchange Notes in accordance with and
subject to the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or
exchange any Exchange Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not
required to transfer or exchange any Exchange Note for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Exchange Notes to be redeemed.
 
     The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
     Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture,
the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees thereof may be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of
the Exchange Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer
for, Exchange Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision
of the Indenture, the Exchange Notes or the Guarantees thereof may be waived
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Exchange Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for Exchange Notes).
 
     Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(with respect to any Exchange Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): (i) reduce
the principal amount of Exchange Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the
fixed maturity of any Exchange Note or alter the provisions with respect to the
redemption of the Exchange Notes (other than provisions relating to the
covenants described above under the caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of
Holders"), (iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest
on any Note, (iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of or premium, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Exchange
Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Exchange Notes by the Holders
of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver
of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (v) make any
Exchange Note payable in money other than that stated in the Exchange Notes,
(vi) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of
past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Exchange Notes to receive payments of
principal of or premium, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Exchange
Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Exchange Note (other
than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the
caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (ix) release any Restricted
Subsidiary from its Guarantee of the Exchange Notes except as provided in the
Indenture or (ix) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver
provisions. In addition, any amendment to the provisions of Article 10 of the
Indenture (which relate to subordination) (a) will require the consent of all
holders of Senior Debt if such amendment would adversely affect the rights of
holders of Senior Debt and (b) will require the consent of the Holders of at
least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes then outstanding
if such amendment would adversely affect the rights of Holders of Exchange
Notes.
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of
Exchange Notes, the Issuers, the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries and the
Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Exchange Notes or any
Guarantee thereof to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Exchange Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Exchange Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company's, UNICCO Finance's
or any Restricted Subsidiary's obligations to Holders of Exchange Notes in the
case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Exchange Notes or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to
comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>   80
 
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
     The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Issuers, to obtain payment of claims in
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other
transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate
such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue
or resign.
 
     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Exchange Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee,
subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of
Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in
the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the
conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be
under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture
at the request of any Holder of Exchange Notes, unless such Holder shall have
offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any
loss, liability or expense.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     Anyone who receives this Prospectus may obtain a copy of form of the
Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement without charge by writing to UNICCO
Service Company, Four Copley Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, Attention:
George A. Keches, Chief Financial Officer.
 
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
 
     The certificates representing the Exchange Notes will be issued in fully
registered form. Except as described in the next paragraph, the Exchange Notes
initially will be represented by a single, permanent global Exchange Note, in
definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons (the "Global Exchange
Note") and will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for DTC and
registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other nominee as DTC may designate.
The Global Exchange Note (and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor)
will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth therein and in the
Indenture and will bear the respective legends regarding such restrictions.
 
     Holders of Exchange Notes who elect to take physical delivery of their
certificates instead of holding their interest through the Global Exchange Note
(collectively referred to herein as the "Non-Global Holders") will be issued in
registered form a certificated Exchange Note ("Certificate Exchange Note"). Upon
the transfer of any Certificated Exchange Note initially issued to a Non-Global
Holder, such Certificated Exchange Note will, unless the transferee requests
otherwise or the Global Exchange Note has previously been exchanged in whole for
Certificated Exchange Notes, be exchanged for an interest in the Global Exchange
Note.
 
     The Depositary is a limited-purpose trust company that was created to hold
securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants"
or the "Depositary's Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of transactions in such securities between Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Depositary's
Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial
Purchaser), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Access to the Depositary's system is also available to other
entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively, the
"Indirect Participants" or the "Depositary's Indirect Participants") that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly
or indirectly. Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities
held by or on behalf of the Depositary only thorough the Depositary's
Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
 
     The Issuers expect that, pursuant to procedures established by the
Depositary, (i) upon deposit of the Global Exchange Notes, the Depositary will
credit the accounts of Participants designated by the Initial Purchaser with
portions of the principal amount of the Global Exchange Notes and (ii) ownership
of the Exchange Notes evidenced by the Global Exchange Notes will be shown on,
and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records
maintained by the Depositary (with respect to the interests of the Depositary's
Participants), the Depositary's Participants and the Depositary's Indirect
Participants.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>   81
 
Prospective purchasers are advised that the laws of some states require that
certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that
they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer Exchange Notes evidenced by the
Global Exchange Notes will be limited to such extent. For certain other
restrictions on the transferability of the Exchange Notes, see "Notice to
Investors."
 
     So long as the Global Exchange Note Holder is the registered owner of any
Notes, the Global Exchange Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under
the Indenture of any Exchange Notes evidenced by the Global Exchange Notes.
Beneficial owners of Notes evidenced by the Global Exchange Notes will not be
considered the owners or Holders thereof under the Indenture for any purpose,
including with respect to the giving of any directions, instructions or
approvals to the Trustee thereunder. Neither the Issuers nor the Trustee will
have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records of the
Depositary or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the
Depositary relating to the Exchange Notes.
 
     Payments in respect of the principal of and premium, interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Exchange Notes registered in the name of the
Global Exchange Note Holder on the applicable record date will be payable by the
Trustee to or at the direction of the Global Exchange Note Holder in its
capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the
Indenture, the Issuers and the Trustee may treat the persons in whose names
Exchange Notes, including the Global Exchange Notes, are registered as the
owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments. Consequently, neither
the Issuers nor the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for
the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners of Exchange Notes. The Issuers
believe, however, that it is currently the policy of the Depositary to
immediately credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with such payments,
in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings of beneficial interests in
the relevant security as shown on the records of the Depositary. Payments by the
Depositary's Participants and the Depositary's Indirect Participants to the
beneficial owners of Exchange Notes will be governed by standing instructions
and customary practice and will be the responsibility of the Depositary's
Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
 
  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING EUROCLEAR AND CEDEL BANK
 
     Euroclear and Cedel Bank hold securities for participating organizations
and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between
their respective participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts
of such participants. Euroclear and Cedel Bank provide to their participants,
among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and
settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and
borrowing. Euroclear and Cedel Bank interface with domestic securities markets.
Euroclear and Cedel Bank participants are financial institutions such as
underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and certain
other organizations. Indirect access to Euroclear and Cedel Bank is also
available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that
clear through or maintain a custodian relationship with a Euroclear or Cedel
Bank participant, either directly or indirectly. The Issuers will have no direct
control over the clearance and settlement of transactions through Euroclear or
Cedel Bank.
 
     When beneficial interests are to be transferred from the account of a
Participant (other than Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York and Citibank,
N.A., as depositaries for Euroclear and Cedel Bank, respectively) to the account
of a Euroclear participant or a Cedel Bank participant, the purchaser must send
instructions to Euroclear or Cedel Bank through a participant at least one
business day prior to settlement. Euroclear or Cedel Bank, as the case may be,
will instruct Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or Citibank, N.A. to
receive the beneficial interests against payment. Payment will include interest
attributable to the beneficial interest from and including the last payment date
to and excluding the settlement date, on the basis of a calendar year consisting
of twelve 30-day calendar months. For transactions settling on the 31st day of
the month, payment will include interest accrued to and excluding the first day
of the following month. Payment will then be made by Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York or Citibank, N.A., as the case may be, to the Participant's
account against delivery of the beneficial interests. After settlement has been
completed, the beneficial interests will be credited to the respective clearing
systems and by the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to
the Euroclear participants' or Cedel Bank participants' account. Credit for the
beneficial interests will appear on the next business day (European time) and
the cash debit will be back-valued to, and interest attributable to the
beneficial interests will accrue from, the value
 
                                       76
<PAGE>   82
 
date (which would be the preceding business day when settlement occurs in New
York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the
trade fails), the Euroclear or Cedel Bank cash debit will instead be valued as
of the actual settlement date.
 
     Euroclear participants and Cedel Bank participants will need to make
available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process
same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as
they would for any settlement occurring within Euroclear or Cedel Bank. Under
this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Euroclear or Cedel Bank until
the beneficial interests are credited to their accounts one day later. Finally,
day traders that use Euroclear or Cedel Bank and that purchase beneficial
interests from Participants for credit to Euroclear participants or Cedel Bank
participants should note that these trades would automatically fall on the sale
side unless affirmative action were taken to avoid these potential problems.
 
     Due to time zone differences in their favor, Euroclear participants and
Cedel Bank participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions
in which beneficial interests are to be transferred by the respective clearing
system, through Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or Citibank, N.A., to
another Participant. The seller must send instructions to Euroclear or Cedel
Bank through a participant at least one business day prior to settlement. In
these cases, Euroclear or Cedel Bank will instruct Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York or Citibank, N.A., as the case may be, to credit the beneficial
interests to the Participant's account against payment. Payment will include
interest attributable to the beneficial interest from and including the last
payment date to and excluding the settlement date on the basis of a calendar
year consisting of twelve 30-day calendar months. For transactions settling on
the 31st day of the month, payment will include interest accrued to and
excluding the first day of the following month. The payment will then be
reflected in the account of the Euroclear participant or Cedel Bank participant
the following business day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Euroclear or
Cedel Bank participant's account will be back-valued to the value date (which
would be the preceding business day, when settlement occurs in New York). If the
Euroclear participant or Cedel Bank participant has a line of credit with its
representative clearing system and elects to draw on such line of credit in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation
may substantially reduce or offset any overdraft charges incurred over that one-
day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., if
trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the Euroclear or Cedel Bank
participant's account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
 
  CERTIFICATED SECURITIES
 
     Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in a
Global Exchange Note may, upon request, exchange such beneficial interest for
Exchange Notes in the form of Certificated Securities. Upon any such issuance,
the Trustee is required to register such Certificated Securities in the name of,
and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or persons (or the nominee of
any thereof). All such certificated Exchange Notes would be subject to the
legend requirements described herein under "Notice to Investors." In addition,
if (i) the Issuers notify the Trustee in writing that the Depositary is no
longer willing or able to act as a depositary and the Issuers are unable to
locate a qualified successor within 90 days or (ii) the Issuers, at their
option, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of
Exchange Notes in the form of Certificated Securities under the Indenture, then,
upon surrender by the Global Exchange Note Holder of the Global Exchange Notes,
Exchange Notes in such form will be issued to each person that the Global
Exchange Note Holder and the Depositary identify as being the beneficial owner
of the related Exchange Notes.
 
     Neither the Issuers nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
Global Exchange Note Holder or the Depositary in identifying the beneficial
owners of Exchange Notes and the Issuers and the Trustee may conclusively rely
on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Exchange
Note Holder or the Depositary for all purposes.
 
                                       77
<PAGE>   83
 
  SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT
 
     The Indenture will require that payments in respect of the Exchange Notes
represented by the Global Exchange Notes (including principal, premium, interest
and Liquidated Damages, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Exchange Note Holder.
With respect to Certificated Securities, the Issuers will make all payments of
principal, premium, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or,
if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder's
registered address.
 
     The Exchange Notes represented by the Global Exchange Notes are expected to
be eligible to trade in the PORTAL market and to trade in the Depositary's
Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading
activity in such Exchange Notes will, therefore, be required by the Depositary
to be settled in immediately available funds. The Issuers expect that secondary
trading in the Certificated Securities will also be settled in immediately
available funds, although such settlement will not be within the Issuers'
control.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
 
     The Issuers, the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries and the Initial
Purchaser entered into the Registration Rights Agreement on the Closing Date.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers agreed to file with
the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement on the appropriate form
under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes. Upon the
effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers will
offer to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange
Offer who are able to make certain representations the opportunity to exchange
their Transfer Restricted Securities for Exchange Notes. If (i) the Issuers are
not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or permitted to
consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by
applicable law or Commission policy or (ii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20th day following consummation of
the Exchange Offer that (a) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from
participating in the Exchange Offer or (b) that it may not resell the Exchange
Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a
prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (c) that it is a
broker-dealer and owns Series A Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or an
affiliate of the Issuers, the Issuers will file with the Commission a Shelf
Registration Statement to cover resales of the Series A Notes by the Holders
thereof who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of information
in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. The Issuers will use their
reasonable best efforts to cause the applicable registration statement to be
declared effective as promptly as possible by the Commission. For purposes of
the foregoing, "Transfer Restricted Securities" means each Series A Note until
(i) the date on which such Series A Note has been exchanged by a person other
than a broker-dealer for an Exchange Note in the Exchange Offer, (ii) following
the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of a Series A Note for an
Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is sold to a purchaser who
receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of
the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) the
date on which such Series A Note has been effectively registered under the
Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration
Statement or (iv) the date on which such Series A Note is resold to the public
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act.
 
     The Registration Rights Agreement provides that (i) the Issuers will file
an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to 45
days after the Closing Date, (ii) the Issuers will use their best efforts to
have the Exchange Offer Registration Statement declared effective by the
Commission on or prior to 120 days after the Closing Date, (iii) unless the
Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy,
the Issuers will commence the Exchange Offer and use their best efforts to
issue, on or prior to 30 business days after the date on which the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission, Exchange
Notes in exchange for all Series A Notes tendered prior thereto in the Exchange
Offer and (iv) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the
Issuers will use their best efforts to file the Shelf Registration Statement
with the Commission on or prior to 45 days after
 
                                       78
<PAGE>   84
 
such filing obligation arises and to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared
effective by the Commission on or prior to 120 days after such obligation
arises. If (a) the Issuers fail to file any of the Registration Statements
required by the Registration Rights Agreement on or before the date specified
for such filing, (b) any of such Registration Statements is not declared
effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such
effectiveness, (c) the Issuers fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30
business days of the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
or (d) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable
in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods
specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in
clauses (a) through (d) above a "Registration Default"), then the Issuers will
pay Liquidated Damages to each Holder of Notes affected thereby, with respect to
the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first
Registration Default, in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal
amount of Series A Notes held by such Holder. The amount of the Liquidated
Damages will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount
of Series A Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all
Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Liquidated
Damages of $.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Series A Notes. All
accrued Liquidated Damages will be paid by the Issuers on each Damages Payment
Date to the Global Note Holder by wire transfer of immediately available funds
or by federal funds check and to Holders of Certificated Securities by wire
transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their
registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified. Following the cure
of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.
 
     Holders of Series A Notes will be required to make certain representations
to the Issuers (as described herein) in order to participate in the Exchange
Offer and will be required to deliver information to be used in connection with
the Shelf Registration Statement and to provide comments on the Shelf
Registration Statement within the time periods set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement in order to have their Series A Notes included in the Shelf
Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Liquidated
Damages set forth above.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
     Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any
other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
     "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including,
without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
 
     "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that
beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a Person shall
be deemed to be control.
 
     "Asset Sale" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of
any assets or rights (including, without limitation, by way of a sale and
leaseback), excluding sales of services and ancillary products in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practices (provided that the sale,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed
by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption "-- Change
of Control" and/or the provisions described above under the caption "Certain
Covenants -- Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets" and not by the provisions
of the Asset Sale covenant), and (ii) the issue or sale by the
 
                                       79
<PAGE>   85
 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Company's
Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions (a) that have a fair market
value in excess of $1.0 million or (b) for net proceeds in excess of $1.0
million. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) a transfer of assets by the Company
to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (ii)
an issuance of Equity Interests by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the
Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) a Restricted
Payment that is permitted by the covenant described above under the caption "--
Restricted Payments" and (iv) the sale of accounts receivable and related assets
customarily transferred in an asset securitization transaction involving
accounts receivable to a Receivables Subsidiary or by a Receivables Subsidiary
in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction will not be deemed to be
Asset Sales.
 
     "Board of Directors" means (i) at any time the Company is a business trust,
the board of trustees of the Company, (ii) at any time the Company is a
corporation, the board of directors of the Company or any authorized committee
thereof, and (iii) at any time the Company is neither a business trust nor a
corporation, the board or committee of the Company serving a similar function.
 
     "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.
 
     "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,
(ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and
(iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to
receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the
issuing Person.
 
     "Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities issued
or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or
any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than six
months from the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit and
eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and
overnight bank deposits, in each case with any lender party to the Credit
Facility or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in
excess of $500.0 million and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better, (iv)
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into
with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause
(iii) above and (v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation and in each
case maturing within six months after the date of acquisition.
 
     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of
merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, other than to the Principals; (ii) the adoption of a plan for
the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (iii) prior to the consummation
of an Initial Public Offering, the consummation of any transaction (including,
without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that the
Principals fail to be the "beneficial owners" (as such term is defined in Rule
13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of at
least 51% of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the
Company; (iv) following the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, the
consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or
consolidation) the result of which is that any "person" or "group" (as such
terms are used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than the
Principals, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule
13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (a)
more than 35% of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of
the Company or (b) more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of
the Company than the aggregate of that beneficially owned by the Principals; or
(v) the first day on which more than a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors are not Continuing Directors.
 
                                       80
<PAGE>   86
 
     "Closing Date" means the date of the closing of the sale of the Notes.
 
     "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, to the extent
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, (i) an amount equal to any
extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with an Asset Sale,
(ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits and, without duplication,
the Tax Amount for such period, (iii) consolidated interest expense whether paid
or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation,
original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of
any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments
associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees
and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance
financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations),
excluding, however, amortization or write off of debt issuance costs, (iv)
depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other
intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid
in a prior period) and (v) any non-cash compensation expense resulting from
compensation paid in Equity Interests of the Company, in each case, on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the
depreciation and amortization of, a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be
added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow only to the
extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Restricted
Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of
determination to be dividended by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior
approval (that has not been obtained) pursuant to the terms of its charter and
all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and
governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders.
 
     "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions paid in cash to the referent Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary thereof, (ii) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be
excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the
date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that
has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of
its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule
or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders, (iii) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of
interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall
be excluded, (iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles
shall be excluded and (v) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the Company or one
of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
     "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member
of the Board of Directors who (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the
date of the Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such
Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors
who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or
election.
 
     "Credit Facility" means the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement
of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, dated the Closing Date,
including any guarantees and security therefor, as amended, restated, extended,
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, substituted, restructured or refinanced
in whole or in part from time to time (including, without limitation, any
successive amendments, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals,
refundings, replacements, substitutions, restructurings or refinancings of the
fore-
going), whether with the Company or with one or more of its Subsidiaries, and
whether with the present lenders or any other lenders.
 
     "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
 
                                       81
<PAGE>   87
 
     "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding under the
Credit Facility and (ii) any other Senior Debt permitted under the Indenture the
principal amount of which is $10.0 million or more and that has been designated
by the Company as "Designated Senior Debt."
 
     "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at
the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date
that is 91 days after the date on which the Exchange Notes mature.
 
     "Domestic Restricted Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary that is
organized pursuant to the laws of any state or other jurisdiction in the United
States.
 
     "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
 
   
     "Exchange Notes" means the Company's 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2007, Series B.
    
 
     "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness in existence on the date of the
Indenture, until such Indebtedness is repaid.
 
     "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including,
without limitation, original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the
interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component
of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging
Obligations), excluding, however, amortization or write off of debt issuance
costs, (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, (iii) any interest expense
on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called
upon) and (iv) the product of (a) all dividend payments, whether or not in cash,
on any series of preferred equity of such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, other than dividend payments on Equity Interests payable solely in
Equity Interests of the Company or to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which
is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax
rate of such Person (or, in the case of the Company for so long as it is treated
as an "S corporation" or a partnership for federal income tax purposes, the
combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate used to calculate the Tax
Amount), expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in
accordance with GAAP.
 
     "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period
to the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays or redeems any Indebtedness (other than
revolving credit borrowings) or issues or redeems preferred equity subsequent to
the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"),
then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment or redemption of
Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of preferred equity, as if the same
had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.
In addition, for purposes of making the computation referred to above, (i)
acquisitions that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any
related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or
subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date
shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference
period (giving effect to any pro forma expense and cost reductions) and
Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without
giving effect to clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the definition of
Consolidated Net Income, (ii)
 
                                       82
<PAGE>   88
 
the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of
prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded and (iii) the Fixed Charges
attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be
excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed
Charges will not be obligations of the referent Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date.
 
     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect from time to time.
 
     "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.
 
   
     "Guarantors" means USC, Inc., UNICCO Government Services, Inc. and UNICCO
Security Services, Inc. and any other company that may become a guarantor
pursuant to the Indenture.
    
 
     "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates.
 
   
     "Holder" means any person in whose name the Notes are registered on the
books of the Company or any other person who has obtained a properly completed
bond power from the registered holder.
    
 
   
     "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any indebtedness of
such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances
or representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of
the purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging Obligations,
except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if
and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of
credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet
of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, (ii) all indebtedness of others
secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness
is assumed by such Person) up to the value of the collateral and (iii) to the
extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness
of any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not
include payment, performance or surety bonds or standby letters of credit issued
in the ordinary course of business.
    
 
     "Initial Public Offering" means one or more underwritten public offerings
of the common equity of the Company registered under the Securities Act that
generate aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million.
 
   
     "Initial Purchaser" means BancBoston Securities Inc.
    
 
     "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of
any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such
that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no
longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an
Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market
value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an
amount determined as provided in the third paragraph of the covenant described
above under the caption "Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments."
 
                                       83
<PAGE>   89
 
   
     "Issuers" means UNICCO Service Company, a Massachusetts business trust and
UNICCO Finance Corp., a Delaware Corporation.
    
 
     "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).
 
   
     "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, (i) the net income (loss)
of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of dividends on preferred equity, excluding, however, (a) any gain (but
not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not
loss), realized in connection with (1) any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (2) the
disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but
not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary
or nonrecurring gain (but not loss), minus (ii) in the case of the Company for
so long as it is treated as an "S corporation" or a partnership for federal
income tax purposes, the Tax Amount for such period, excluding, however, any Tax
Amount attributable to any gain referred to in clause (i)(a) or (b), above.
    
 
     "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any
non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs
relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting
and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any severance,
termination, closing or relocation or similar expenses incurred as a result
thereof, taxes or Tax Distributions paid or payable as a result thereof (after
taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness
secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset
Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset
or assets established in accordance with GAAP.
 
   
     "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness: (i) as to which neither the Company
nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute
Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or
otherwise) or (c) constitutes the lender; (ii) no default with respect to which
(including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement
action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of
time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Exchange
Notes being offered hereby) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to
be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and (iii) as to which
the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse
to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
    
 
   
     "Notes" means the Exchange Notes and the Series A Notes.
    
 
     "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
   
     "Permitted Investments" means (i) any Investment in the Company or in a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) any Investment in Cash
Equivalents; (iii) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person
becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor or
(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into,
the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (iv) any
Restricted Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration
from an Asset Sale that was made
    
 
                                       84
<PAGE>   90
 
   
pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the
caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales;" (v) any
acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; (vi) advances to employees in
the ordinary course of business; (vii) other Investments in any Person (measured
on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments
made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at the time outstanding, not to
exceed $10.0 million; and (viii) Investments by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a
Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person or assets in connection with a
Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that any Investment in any such
Person is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, an equity interest or interests
in accounts receivable generated by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company
and transferred to any Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables
Transaction or any such Person owning such accounts receivable.
    
 
     "Permitted Junior Securities" means Equity Interests in the Company or debt
securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt (and any debt securities
issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to substantially the same extent as, or to a
greater extent than, the Exchange Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt pursuant
to Article 10 of the Indenture.
 
   
     "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens securing Senior Debt of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to
be incurred; (ii) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; (iii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such
Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to
the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any
assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the
Company; (iv) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition; (v)
Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal
bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the
ordinary course of business; (vi) Liens existing on the date of the Indenture;
(vii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are
not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any
reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with
GAAP shall have been made therefore; (viii) Liens incurred in the ordinary
course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
with respect to obligations that do not exceed $2.0 million at any one time
outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of
money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the
ordinary course of business) and (b) do not in the aggregate materially detract
from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the
operation of business by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; and (ix)
Liens on assets of a Receivables Subsidiary securing Indebtedness incurred in
connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, provided that such
Indebtedness was incurred in connection with such Qualified Receivables
Transaction.
    
 
     "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided that: (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of
such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
(or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on, the Indebtedness
so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the
amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith); (ii) such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the
final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity no shorter
than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; (iii) if the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least
as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation
governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the
Company or by
 
                                       85
<PAGE>   91
 
the Restricted Subsidiary that is an obligor on or guarantor of the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
 
     "Principals" means Steven C. Kletjian, Richard J. Kletjian and Robert P.
Kletjian, their respective spouses and lineal descendants, and any Affiliate of,
trust or partnership for the benefit of, or direct, indirect, remainder or
contingent beneficiary of any such trust or partnership for the benefit of, any
of the foregoing.
 
     "Purchase Money Note" means a promissory note evidencing a line of credit,
which may be irrevocable, from, or evidencing other Indebtedness owed to, the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a Qualified
Receivables Transaction.
 
   
     "Qualified Receivables Transaction" means any transaction or series of
transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may sell,
convey or otherwise transfer to (i) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a
transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) and (ii) any other
person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a
security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising
in the future) of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, and any assets
related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such
accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in
respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and
other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security
interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization
transactions involving accounts receivable.
    
 
   
     "Receivables Subsidiary" means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, which engages in no activities other than in connection with the
financing of accounts receivable and which is designated by the Board of
Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary (i) no
portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations of which (a) is guaranteed
by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (excluding
guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on,
Indebtedness)) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) is recourse
to or obligates the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in
any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c)
subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the
satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization
Undertakings, (ii) with which neither the Company nor any other Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or
understanding (except in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified
Receivables Transaction) other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or
such other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company than those that might be
obtained at the time from persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other
than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with
servicing accounts receivable, and (iii) to which neither the Company nor any
other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or
preserve such entity's financial condition or cause such entity to achieve
certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of
Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
certifying, to the best of such officers' knowledge and belief after consulting
with counsel, that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
    
 
   
     "Registration Rights Agreement" means the agreement dated October 17, 1997
by and among UNICCO Service Company, UNICCO Finance Corp., the Guarantors listed
on the signature pages thereto and BancBoston Securities Inc. which grants
Holders of the Series A Notes certain exchange and registration rights.
    
 
     "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
 
     "Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent
Person, other than UNICCO Finance, that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
   
     "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
    
 
                                       86
<PAGE>   92
 
   
     "Senior Debt" of a Person means (i) all Indebtedness of such Person
outstanding under the Credit Facility and all Hedging Obligations with respect
thereto, (ii) any other Indebtedness of such Person permitted to be incurred
under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such
Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of
payment to any Senior Debt of such Person and (iii) all Obligations of such
Person with respect to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in the foregoing, Senior Debt of a Person will not include (a) any liability for
federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person, (b) any
Indebtedness of such Person to any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, (c)
any trade payables or (d) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the
Indenture.
    
 
   
     "Series A Notes" means the Company's issued and outstanding 9 7/8 Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2007, Series A.
    
 
     "Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date
hereof.
 
     "Standard Securitization Undertakings" means representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable transaction.
 
     "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be redeemed or paid in the original
documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior
to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
 
   
     "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b)
the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
    
 
     "Tax Amount" means the combined federal, state and local income taxes
payable by the shareholders of the Company, assuming the highest marginal rates
applicable to any of them, with respect to the taxable income of the Company
solely as a result of the taxation of the Company as an "S corporation" or a
partnership for federal income tax purposes.
 
     "Tax Distribution" means a distribution in respect of taxes to the
shareholders of the Company pursuant to clause (iv) of the second full paragraph
of the covenant described under the caption "Restricted Payments."
 
   
     "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary that is designated by
the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board
resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (a) has no Indebtedness
other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is not party to any agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not
Affiliates of the Company; (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the
Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect
obligation (1) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (2) to maintain
or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve
any specified levels of operating results; (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise
directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (e) has at least one director
on its board of directors that is not a director or executive officer of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
    
 
                                       87
<PAGE>   93
 
     "Voting Stock" means Capital Stock that is at the time entitled to vote in
the election of the Board of Directors.
 
   
     "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.
    
 
     "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries
of such Person.
 
                                       88
<PAGE>   94
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
Prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes
received in exchange for Series A Notes where such Series A Notes were acquired
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company
has agreed that it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any Participating Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such
resale, and Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver this
Prospectus in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange Notes. In
addition, until             , 1998 (90 days after the date of this Prospectus),
all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to
deliver a prospectus.
 
     The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the Exchange
Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers. Exchange Notes received by Participating
Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold
from time to time, in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market,
in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes
or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the
time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at
negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or
through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of
commissions or concessions from any such Participating Broker-Dealer that
resells the Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant
to the Exchange Offer. Any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution
of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning
of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and
any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
     The Issuers will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any
amendment or supplement of this Prospectus to any Participating Broker-Dealer
that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. See "The Exchange
Offer."
 
                                       89
<PAGE>   95
 
   
               MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
    
                         FOR NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
   
     The following is a general discussion of certain material United States
federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and
disposition of Notes by an initial beneficial owner of Notes that, for United
States federal income tax purposes, is not a "United States person" (a
"Non-United States Holder"). This discussion is based upon the United States
federal tax law now in effect, which is subject to change, possibly
retroactively. For purposes of this discussion, a "United States person" means a
citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other
entity created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United
States or of any political subdivision thereof, an estate whose income is
includible in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes
regardless of its source or a trust, if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary
supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons
have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. The tax
treatment of the holders of the Notes may vary depending upon their particular
situations. U.S. persons acquiring the Notes are subject to different rules than
those discussed below. In addition, certain other holders (including insurance
companies, tax exempt organizations, financial institutions and broker-dealers)
may be subject to special rules not discussed below. Prospective investors are
urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the United States federal tax
consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of Notes, as well as any tax
consequences that may arise under the laws of any foreign, state, local or other
taxing jurisdiction. New final regulations dealing with withholding tax on
income paid to foreign persons and related matters (the "New Withholding
Regulations") were recently issued by the Treasury Department. In general, the
New Withholding Regulations do not significantly alter the substantive
withholding and information reporting requirements, but unify current
certification procedures and forms and clarify reliance standards. The New
Withholding Regulations will generally be effective for payments made after
December 31, 1998, subject to certain transition rules. Accordingly, payments
made on or before December 31, 1998 will continue to be subject to the
regulations that existed before the New Withholding Regulations were issued. THE
NEW WITHHOLDING REGULATIONS ARE QUITE COMPLEX. THE NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS ARE
STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE NEW
WITHHOLDING REGULATIONS.
    
 
INTEREST
 
     Interest paid by the Company to a Non-United States Holder will not be
subject to United States federal income or withholding tax if such interest is
not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the
United States by such Non-United States Holder and such Non-United States Holder
(i) does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company; (ii) is not a controlled
foreign corporation with respect to which the Company is a "related person"
within the meaning of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), and (iii) certifies, under penalties of perjury, that such
holder is not a United States person and provides such holder's name and
address. Under the New Withholding Regulations, the statement is required to be
made on Form W-8 and provided prior to payment. For a Non-United States Holder
who is claiming the benefits of a tax treaty, the New Withholding Regulations
may require such holder to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and to
provide certain documentary evidence issued by foreign governmental authorities
to prove residence in the foreign country. Certain special procedures are
provided in the New Withholding Regulations for payments through qualified
intermediaries.
 
GAIN ON DISPOSITION
 
     A Non-United States Holder will generally not be subject to United States
federal income tax on gain recognized on a sale, redemption or other disposition
of a Note unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a
trade or business within the United States by the Non-United States Holder or
(ii) in the case of a Non-United States Holder who is a nonresident alien
individual and holds the Note as a capital asset, such holder is present in the
United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year and certain other
requirements are met.
 
                                       90
<PAGE>   96
 
FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES
 
     If interest on the Notes is exempt from withholding of United States
federal income tax under the rules described above, the Notes will not be
included in the estate of a deceased Non-United States Holder for United States
federal estate tax purposes.
 
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
     For payments made on or before December 31, 1998, the Company will, where
required, report to the holders of Notes and the Internal Revenue Service the
amount of any interest paid on the Notes in each calendar year and the amounts
of tax withheld, if any, with respect to such payments.
 
     In the case of payments of interest to Non-United States Holders, temporary
Treasury regulations provide that the 31% backup withholding tax and certain
information reporting will not apply to such payments with respect to which
either the requisite certification, as described above, has been received or an
exemption has otherwise been established; provided that neither the Company nor
its payment agent has actual knowledge that the holder is a United States person
or that the conditions of any other exemption are not in fact satisfied. Under
temporary Treasury regulations, these information reporting and backup
withholding requirements will apply, however, to the gross proceeds paid to a
Non-United States Holder on the disposition of the Notes by or through a United
States office of a United States or foreign broker, unless the holder certifies
to the broker under penalties of perjury as to its name, address and status as a
foreign person or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Information
reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will also apply to a payment
of the proceeds of a disposition of the Notes by or through a foreign office of
a United States broker or foreign brokers with certain types of relationships to
the United States unless such broker has documentary evidence in its file that
the holder of the Notes is not a United States person, and such broker has no
actual knowledge to the contrary, or the holder establishes an exception.
Neither information reporting nor backup withholding generally will apply to a
payment of the proceeds of a disposition of the Notes by or through a foreign
office of a foreign broker not subject to the preceding sentence.
 
     For payments made after December 31, 1998, the New Withholding Regulations
provide that to the extent a Non-United States Holder certifies on Form W-8 (or
a permitted substitute form) as to such holder's status as a foreign person, the
backup withholding provisions and the information reporting provisions will
generally not apply. If a Non-United States Holder fails to provide such
certification, such holder may be subject to certain information reporting and
the 31% backup withholding tax.
 
     Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the Non-United
States Holder's United States federal income tax liability, provided that the
required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
   
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
    
 
   
     For a discussion of material federal income tax consequences of the
Exchange Offer, see "The Exchange Offer--Material Federal Income Tax
Consequences of the Exchange Offer."
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
     Certain legal matters will be passed upon on behalf of the Company by
Posternak, Blankstein & Lund, L.L.P., Boston, Massachusetts.
    
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements of the Company as of June 29, 1997 and June 30,
1996 and for each of the two years then ended and the statements of income and
of cash flows of the Allied Facility Services Business for the years ended June
28, 1996 and June 30, 1995 included in this Prospectus have been so included in
reliance on the report of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given
on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
                                       91
<PAGE>   97
 
     The statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the
Company for the year ended June 25, 1995 included in this Prospectus and
elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their report with respect
thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in giving said report.
 
   
     On March 14, 1997, the Company's management retained Price Waterhouse LLP
as its independent accountants. The reports of the Company's former accountants
on the Company's financial statements did not contain any adverse opinion or
disclaimer of opinion and were not modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or
accounting principles. There were no disagreements with the former accountants
on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement
disclosure or auditing scope or procedure with respect to the Company's
financial statements, which, if not resolved to the former accountants'
satisfaction, would have caused them to make reference to the subject matter of
the disagreement in connection with their reports. Prior to retaining Price
Waterhouse LLP, the Company had not consulted with such firm regarding
accounting principles or practices.
    
 
                                       92
<PAGE>   98
 
   
                     INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                       ------
<S>                                                                                    <C>
                                   UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
Report of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants..............................     F-2
Report of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Accountants...............................     F-3
Combined Balance Sheet at June 29, 1997, June 30, 1996 and September 28, 1997
  (unaudited)........................................................................     F-4
Combined Statement of Income for the years ended June 29, 1997, June 30, 1996 and
  June 25, 1995 and for the three month periods ended September 28, 1997 and
  September 29, 1996 (unaudited).....................................................     F-5
Combined Statement of Shareholders' Equity for the period from June 26, 1994 to June
  29, 1997 and to September 28, 1997 (unaudited).....................................     F-6
Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended June 29, 1997, June 30, 1996 and
  June 25, 1995 and for the three month periods ended September 28, 1997 and
  September 29, 1996 (unaudited).....................................................     F-7
Notes to Combined Financial Statements...............................................     F-8
 
                              ALLIED FACILITY SERVICES BUSINESS
Report of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants..............................    F-25
Combined Statements of Income for the years ended June 28, 1996 and June 30, 1995....    F-26
Combined Statements of Cash Flows at June 28, 1996 and June 30, 1995.................    F-27
Notes to Combined Financial Statements...............................................    F-28
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   99
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Trustees and the Board of Directors
and Shareholders of UNICCO Service Company and
USC, Inc.
 
   
     In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheet and the related
combined statements of income, of shareholders' equity and of cash flows present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UNICCO Service
Company and USC, Inc. and their subsidiaries (the "Company") at June 29, 1997
and June 30, 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
    
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
   
September 25, 1997, except
    
   
as to Note 6, which is
    
   
as of February 2, 1998
    
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   100
 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To UNICCO Service Company:
 
     We have audited the accompanying statements of income, shareholders' equity
and cash flows of UNICCO Service Company (a Massachusetts business trust) for
the year ended June 25, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audit.
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of UNICCO Service Company as of
June 25, 1995, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the year
ended June 25, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
   
September 11, 1995
    
 
   
                                       F-3
    
<PAGE>   101
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      
                                                          JUNE 29,      JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 28,
                                                            1997          1996           1997  
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
(s)                                                      <C>            <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................  $  3,928,310   $   157,169   $  2,106,195
  Accounts receivable, less reserves of approximately
     $1,561,000, $239,000 and $1,838,000 at 1997, 1996
     and September 28, 1997 (unaudited),
     respectively.....................................    61,890,192     7,892,087     59,230,321
  Unbilled receivables................................    27,036,284     3,569,177     29,022,933
  Notes receivable from officers, current portion.....            --       160,000             --
  Prepaid insurance...................................       247,530     2,208,272        223,939
  Other current assets................................     3,100,824     1,245,348      2,211,600
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
     Total current assets.............................    96,203,140    15,232,053     92,794,988
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
Property and equipment, at cost:
  Transportation equipment............................     1,416,402     1,232,434      1,381,654
  Machinery and equipment.............................     6,144,958     4,750,120      6,261,594
  Furniture and fixtures..............................     3,813,701     2,712,273      3,920,598
  Leasehold improvements..............................       318,257       348,754        329,282
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                          11,693,318     9,043,581     11,893,128
  Less -- accumulated depreciation and amortization...     7,045,884     4,400,360      7,596,005
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                           4,647,434     4,643,221      4,297,123
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
Notes receivable and accrued interest from officers,
  net of current portion..............................       716,125     1,103,211        686,125
Intangible assets, net of amortization................    55,436,560    60,185,501     54,245,113
Other assets, net.....................................     4,083,615     4,002,552      4,410,094
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                          60,236,300    65,291,264     59,341,332
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                        $161,086,874   $85,166,538    156,433,443
                                                        ============   ===========   ============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Cash overdraft......................................  $ 11,315,853   $ 2,041,535   $  9,014,812
  Current portion of long-term debt...................     7,000,000     5,500,000      6,900,000
  Accounts payable....................................     7,549,534     2,702,820      5,450,731
  Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses........    18,513,851     5,676,799     18,786,675
  Deferred income taxes...............................     2,823,247       655,216      2,823,247
  Other accrued expenses..............................     3,950,550       933,306      4,529,258
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
     Total current liabilities........................    51,153,035    17,509,676     47,504,723
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
Long-term liabilities:
  Line of credit......................................    50,587,111     6,220,153     51,751,857
  Long-term debt, less current portion................    49,278,403    50,848,000     47,611,003
  Note payable to officer.............................       281,675       281,675             --
  Other long-term liabilities.........................       950,982     1,023,613        348,829
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
     Total long-term liabilities......................   101,098,171    58,373,441     99,711,689
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)
Shareholders' equity:
  Common shares (Note 8)..............................       377,733       377,733        377,733
  Retained earnings...................................     9,202,003     9,660,003      9,580,804
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                           9,579,736    10,037,736      9,958,537
  Less treasury shares at cost........................      (501,825)     (501,825)      (501,825)
  Less notes receivable from stock sales..............      (242,243)     (252,490)      (239,681)
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
     Total shareholders' equity.......................     8,835,668     9,283,421      9,217,031
                                                        ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                        $161,086,874   $85,166,538   $156,433,443
                                                        ============   ===========   ============
</TABLE>
 
   
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   102
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
                          COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      FOR THE YEARS ENDED                FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                           ------------------------------------------    ------------------------------
                             JUNE 29,       JUNE 30,       JUNE 25,      SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 29,
                               1997           1996           1995            1997             1996
                           ------------   ------------   ------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>
Service revenues.........  $533,881,735   $ 98,314,682   $ 88,094,714    $ 134,716,796    $ 128,309,463
Cost of service
  revenues...............   482,525,702     84,244,087     74,695,338      121,146,468      115,928,533
                           ------------    -----------    -----------      -----------      -----------
  Gross profit...........    51,356,033     14,070,595     13,399,376       13,570,328       12,380,930
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses...............    31,660,453     11,491,303     10,204,328        8,605,463        6,565,109
Amortization of
  intangible assets......     4,748,941        550,822        535,164        1,191,447        1,191,436
                           ------------    -----------    -----------      -----------      -----------
  Income from
     operations..........    14,946,639      2,028,470      2,659,884        3,773,418        4,624,385
Interest income..........        66,693         84,589        107,142              702            1,161
Interest expense.........   (11,491,474)      (178,447)       (79,798)      (3,007,166)      (2,458,528)
                           ------------    -----------    -----------      -----------      -----------
  Income before provision
     for income taxes....     3,521,858      1,934,612      2,687,228          766,954        2,167,018
Provision for income
  taxes..................     2,338,858        188,541        213,509          189,153          939,726
                           ------------    -----------    -----------      -----------      -----------
  Net income.............  $  1,183,000    $ 1,746,071    $ 2,473,719      $   577,801      $ 1,227,292
                           ============    ===========    ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>
 
   
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   103

 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
                   COMBINED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             COMMON SHARES                        NOTES          TREASURY STOCK        TOTAL
                                           -----------------    RETAINED     RECEIVABLE FROM   ------------------   SHAREHOLDERS'
                                           SHARES    AMOUNT     EARNINGS       STOCK SALES     SHARES    AMOUNT        EQUITY
                                           ------   --------   -----------   ---------------   ------   ---------   ------------
<S>                                        <C>      <C>        <C>           <C>               <C>      <C>         <C>
UNICCO Service Company
- -----------------------------------------
Balance, June 26, 1994...................  1,093    $160,683   $ 7,032,213      $ (45,794)       11     $ (57,554)  $  7,089,548
  Net income.............................     --          --     2,473,719             --        --            --      2,473,719
  Repayment of notes receivable               --          --            --         10,249        --            --         10,249
  Distributions to shareholders..........     --          --      (792,000)            --        --            --       (792,000)
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
Balance June 25, 1995....................  1,093     160,683     8,713,932        (35,545)       11       (57,554)     8,781,516
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
UNICCO Service Company
- -----------------------------------------
Balance, June 25, 1995...................  1,093     160,683     8,713,932        (35,545)       11       (57,554)     8,781,516
  Issuance of shares.....................     27     216,945            --       (216,945)       --            --             --
  Repurchase of shares...................     --          --            --             --        55      (444,271)      (444,271)
  Net income.............................     --          --     1,746,071             --                      --      1,746,071
  Distributions to shareholders..........     --          --      (800,000)            --        --            --       (800,000)
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------               ---------    -----------
Balance, June 30, 1996...................  1,120     377,628     9,660,003       (252,490)       66      (501,825)     9,283,316
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
USC, Inc.
- -----------------------------------------
Balance, June 25, 1995...................     --          --            --             --        --            --             --
  Initial issuance of shares.............  1,054         105            --             --        --            --            105
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
Balance, June 30, 1996...................  1,054         105            --             --        --            --            105
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
Combined balances, June 30, 1996.........  2,174    $377,733   $ 9,660,003      $(252,490)       66     $(501,825)  $  9,283,421
                                           =====    ========   ===========      =========        ==     =========    ===========
UNICCO Service Company
- -----------------------------------------
Balance, June 30, 1996...................  1,120    $377,628   $ 9,660,003      $(252,490)       66     $(501,825)  $  9,283,316
  Net income.............................     --          --     1,971,149             --        --            --      1,971,149
  Cumulative foreign currency
    translation..........................     --          --        (4,000)            --        --            --         (4,000)
  Repayment of notes receivable..........     --          --            --         10,247        --            --         10,247
  Distributions to shareholders..........     --          --    (1,637,000)            --        --            --     (1,637,000)
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
Balance, June 29, 1997...................  1,120     377,628     9,990,152       (242,243)       66      (501,825)     9,623,712
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
USC, Inc.
- -----------------------------------------
Balance, June 30, 1996...................  1,054         105            --             --        --            --            105
  Net loss...............................     --          --      (788,149)            --        --            --       (788,149)
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
Balance, June 29, 1997...................  1,054         105      (788,149)            --        --            --       (788,044)
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
Combined balances, June 29, 1997.........  2,174    $377,733   $ 9,202,003      $(242,243)       66     $(501,825)  $  8,835,668
                                           =====    ========   ===========      =========        ==     =========    ===========
UNICCO Service Company
- -----------------------------------------
Balance, June 29, 1997...................  1,120    $377,628   $ 9,990,152      $(242,243)       66     $(501,825)  $  9,623,712
  Net income (unaudited).................     --          --       389,984             --        --            --        389,984
  Cumulative foreign currency translation
    (unaudited)..........................     --          --         1,000             --        --            --          1,000
  Repayment of notes receivable
    (unaudited)..........................     --          --                        2,562                      --          2,562
  Distributions to shareholders
    (unaudited)..........................     --          --      (200,000)            --        --            --       (200,000)
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
Balance, September 28, 1997
  (unaudited)............................  1,120     377,628    10,181,136       (239,681)       66      (501,825)     9,817,258
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
USC, Inc.
- -----------------------------------------
Balance, June 29, 1997...................  1,054         105   $  (788,149)            --        --            --   $   (788,044)
  Net income (unaudited).................     --          --       187,817             --        --            --        187,817
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
Balance, September 28, 1997
  (unaudited)............................     --         105      (600,332)            --                      --       (600,227)
                                           -----    --------   -----------      ---------        --     ---------    -----------
Combined balances, September 28, 1997
  (unaudited)............................  2,174    $377,733   $ 9,580,804      $(239,681)       66     $(501,825)  $  9,217,031
                                           =====    ========   ===========      =========        ==     =========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
   
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   104
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED                FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIODS
                                               -----------------------------------------                ENDED
                                                                                           --------------------------------
                                                 JUNE 29,       JUNE 30,      JUNE 25,     SEPTEMBER 28,      SEPTEMBER 29,
                                                   1997           1996          1995           1997               1996
                                               ------------   ------------   -----------   -------------      -------------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>                <C>
Cash flows relating to operating activities:
  Net income.................................  $  1,183,000   $  1,746,071   $ 2,473,719        577,801          1,227,292
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    cash provided by (used in) operating
    activities:
    Amortization of intangible assets........     4,748,941        550,822       535,164      1,191,447          1,191,436
    Amortization of debt issue costs and
      discount...............................     1,087,393             --            --        271,555            271,555
    Depreciation and amortization............     2,513,476        818,294       666,676        585,239            540,496
    Loss on disposals........................        60,628         43,131            --         14,376             20,318
    Deferred income taxes....................     1,797,611         31,000       177,000             --            176,638
    Forgiveness of notes receivable and
      accrued interest from officers.........       497,306        107,785            --             --                 --
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable....................   (53,998,105)     1,016,368    (2,375,498)     2,659,871        (46,599,654) 
      Unbilled receivables...................   (23,467,107)      (501,846)           --     (1,986,649)       (23,270,048) 
      Prepaid insurance......................     1,960,742        418,549            --         23,591            759,753
      Other current assets...................    (1,855,476)    (1,012,446)   (1,663,165)       889,224           (156,596) 
      Other long-term assets.................      (271,636)        56,400            --         87,234           (174,499) 
      Cash overdraft.........................     9,274,318        411,489       149,879     (2,301,041)         8,870,836
      Accounts payable.......................     4,846,714      1,393,632       809,357     (2,098,803)         5,710,570
      Accrued expenses and other current
        liabilities..........................    15,854,296      2,004,523       (54,204)       851,532         10,271,402
      Other long-term liabilities............       (72,631)    (1,440,986)      299,500       (602,153)          (376,987) 
                                               ------------   ------------   -----------    -----------       ------------
        Net cash provided by (used in)
          operating activities...............   (35,840,530)     5,642,786     1,018,428        163,224        (41,537,488) 
                                               ------------   ------------   -----------    -----------       ------------
Cash flows relating to investing activities:
  Acquisition................................            --    (51,004,351)           --             --                 --
  Purchases of property and equipment........    (2,578,317)    (1,226,724)     (949,191)      (249,304)          (355,230) 
  Increases in notes receivable and accrued
    interest from officers...................       (56,414)      (295,755)     (241,249)            --                 --
  Payments received for notes receivable from
    officers.................................       106,194        128,321            --         30,000                 --
                                               ------------   ------------   -----------    -----------       ------------
        Net cash used in investing
          activities.........................    (2,528,537)   (52,398,509)   (1,190,440)      (219,304)          (355,230) 
                                               ------------   ------------   -----------    -----------       ------------
Cash flows relating to financing activities:
  Net proceeds from line of credit...........    44,366,958      3,815,153     1,405,000      1,164,746         39,082,847
  Proceeds from debt.........................     3,000,003     47,000,000            --             --          3,000,003
  Payments on debt...........................    (3,600,000)            --      (250,000)    (1,900,000)                --
  Increase in debt issuance costs............            --     (2,779,097)     (190,655)      (551,668)                --
  Issuance of common stock...................            --            105            --             --                 --
  Purchase of treasury stock.................            --       (444,271)           --             --                 --
  Distribution to shareholders...............    (1,637,000)      (800,000)     (792,000)      (200,000)          (200,000) 
  Payment on note receivable from stock
    sale.....................................        10,247             --            --          2,562                 --
  Payment on note payable to related party...            --             --            --       (281,675)                --
                                               ------------   ------------   -----------    -----------       ------------
        Net cash provided by (used in)
          financing activities...............    42,140,208     46,791,890       172,345     (1,766,035)        41,882,850
                                               ------------   ------------   -----------    -----------       ------------
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents................................     3,771,141         36,167           333     (1,822,115)            (9,868) 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
  year.......................................       157,169        121,002       120,669      3,928,310            157,169
                                               ------------   ------------   -----------    -----------       ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year.......  $  3,928,310   $    157,169   $   121,002   $  2,106,195       $    147,301
                                               ============   ============   ===========    ===========       ============
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
  information:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest.................................  $  8,636,561   $    178,448   $    79,798   $  3,490,771       $    291,823
                                               ============   ============   ===========    ===========       ============
    Income taxes.............................  $    760,200   $      3,607   $     5,951   $     17,215       $     63,590
                                               ============   ============   ===========    ===========       ============
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   105
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
1.  OPERATIONS
 
   
     These combined financial statements include the accounts of UNICCO Service
Company and subsidiary ("UNICCO"), and USC, Inc. and subsidiaries ("USC"),
hereafter referred to collectively as the "Group", which are owned, managed and
controlled by common shareholders. One individual has voting control in the
amount of 51% of each of the combining entities. Each entity is managed as a
single operating company by the same functional and administrative corporate
services personnel. USC owns all of the outstanding common stock of UNICCO
Government Services, Inc. and UNICCO Security Services, Inc. and 21% of the
outstanding common stock of UNICCO Facility Services Canada Company ("UFSCC").
UNICCO owns the remaining 79% of the outstanding common stock of UFSCC. The
Group provides integrated facilities services, including industrial and
mechanical engineering, plant operations, custodial and maintenance services,
administrative services and security. The Group's customers include commercial,
industrial and financial institutions, educational and healthcare facilities,
and state and federal government agencies.
    
 
2.  ACQUISITION
 
   
     On June 28, 1996: (1) UNICCO acquired certain assets and the business, as
defined, of certain Allied Facility Services ("AFS") operations engaged in
janitorial, office, facility management and mechanical maintenance services,
primarily in the United States; (2) USC acquired all of the common stock and the
business of certain AFS operations engaged primarily in (a) building security
and (b) facility services to agencies of the federal government; and (3) UFSCC
acquired the assets and the business of certain AFS operations engaged in
janitorial, office facility management and mechanical maintenance services in
Canada. The aggregate purchase price of approximately $62 million was financed
in part by senior bank debt, subordinated debt and a $12 million note payable to
the seller (see Note 4). The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase, and
accordingly, the operations of the acquired businesses are included in the
accompanying financial statements from the date of acquisition. The operations
of the acquired businesses did not have a material effect on the Group's
combined statement of income for the year ended June 30, 1996.
    
 
     The allocation of the purchase price of the acquired businesses, including
acquisition related costs of approximately $946,000, is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
          <S>                                                           <C>
          Property and equipment......................................  $ 2,850,000
          Acquired contract rights....................................   42,324,000
          Favorable leasing...........................................      320,000
          Favorable financing.........................................    2,652,000
          Goodwill....................................................   14,858,000
                                                                        -----------
                                                                        $63,004,000
                                                                        ===========
</TABLE>
 
     The following unaudited pro forma amounts summarize the effect of the
businesses acquired as if the Acquisition had occurred on June 26, 1995. This
pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only. It is
derived from historical information and does not purport to represent the actual
results that may have occurred, nor is it necessarily indicative of future
results of operations of the combined enterprises.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR ENDED
                                                                            JUNE 30,
                                                                              1996
                                                                          (Unaudited)
                                                                          in thousands
                                                                          ------------
          <S>                                                             <C>
          Pro forma service revenues..................................      $487,415
          Pro forma net income........................................      $  6,342
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   106
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Unaudited Interim Financial Information
 
   
     The interim financial data as of September 28, 1997 and for the three month
periods ended September 28, 1997 and September 29, 1996 is unaudited; however,
in the opinion of the Company, the interim data includes all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement
of the financial position and the results of operations as of and for the
interim periods.
    
 
   
  Principles of Combination
    
 
   
     The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of the
entities referred to in Note 1. All significant transactions between the
entities in the Group have been eliminated in combination.
    
 
  Accounting Records
 
     UNICCO is on the cash basis of accounting for tax reporting purposes. USC,
Inc. and subsidiaries are on the accrual basis of accounting for tax reporting
purposes. All adjustments have been made to the financial statements to reflect
the accrual basis of accounting.
 
  Fiscal Year
 
     The Group is on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the close of business on
the last Sunday of June. The fiscal year end 1996 was a fifty-three week year.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     The Group considers all highly liquid investments with remaining maturities
of three months or less at the time of acquisition to be cash equivalents.
 
  Depreciation and Amortization
 
     The Group provides for depreciation and amortization by charges to
operations in amounts that allocate the cost of property and equipment and
leasehold improvements over their estimated useful lives using the declining
balance and straight-line methods as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ESTIMATED
                DESCRIPTION                                          USEFUL LIFE
          ------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------
          <S>                                               <C>
          Transportation equipment                                    3-5 years
          Machinery and equipment                                     5-10 years
          Furniture and fixtures                                      5-10 years
                                                                 Shorter of estimated
          Leasehold improvements                             useful life or life of lease
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   107
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
  Intangible Assets
 
   
     Intangible assets consist primarily of acquired contract rights, favorable
lease arrangements, noncompete agreements and goodwill, representing the excess
of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in each
acquisition accounted for as purchase. Acquired contract rights are amortized on
a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining lives of the customer
relationships, which range from seven to 15 years. These lives represent the
estimated remaining average lives of the contracts acquired which exceed the
actual contract lives and are based generally on the historical experience of
the individual businesses and contracts acquired. Capitalized noncompete
agreements are amortized over three years, representing the contractual
noncompete period. Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over an
estimated life of 15 years. Intangible assets (rounded to the nearest thousand)
consist of the following at June 29, 1997 and June 30, 1996:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997            1996
                                                          -----------     -----------
          <S>                                             <C>             <C>
          Acquired contract rights......................  $46,799,000     $46,799,000
          Favorable leases..............................      320,000         320,000
          Noncompete agreements.........................      803,000         803,000
          Goodwill......................................   14,858,000      14,858,000
                                                          -----------     -----------
                                                           62,780,000      62,780,000
          Less -- Accumulated amortization..............   (7,344,000)     (2,595,000)
                                                          -----------     -----------
                                                          $55,436,000     $60,185,000
                                                          ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Impairment
 
     The Group has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121,
"Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be
Disposed Of." In accordance with this Statement, the Group reviews long-lived
assets and related goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be fully
recoverable.
 
  Other Assets
 
     Other assets consist principally of deferred financing costs, which are
amortized over the repayment term of the respective debt.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     Service revenues are generated primarily by efforts expended on cost-plus
fixed-fee, fixed price and time and material contracts. Revenue from cost-plus
fixed-fee contracts is recognized on the basis of direct and indirect expenses
incurred plus the allocable portion of the fixed fee. Revenues on fixed price
contracts are recognized based on the monthly amount as stipulated in the
contract and the performance of services. Revenues under time and material
contracts are recorded at the contracted rates as labor efforts are expended and
other direct costs are incurred. Losses, if any, are provided for at the time
that management determines that costs, including estimated costs to complete,
exceed contract revenue.
 
  Financial Instruments
 
     The Group's financial instruments consist of cash, cash equivalents,
receivables, accounts payable and debt instruments. The estimated fair values of
the Group's cash, cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and fixed-rate
debt instruments approximate their carrying value.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     Income taxes for financial reporting purposes are recorded in accordance
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes" (FAS 109). The asset and liability approach underlying FAS 109 requires
the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future
tax
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   108
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases
of the Group's assets and liabilities.
 
  Foreign Currency Translation
 
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52,
"Foreign Currency Translation," the financial statements of UFSCC are translated
into U.S. dollars as follows: assets and liabilities at year-end exchange rates;
income, expenses and cash flows at average exchange rates; and shareholders'
equity at historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustment is
recorded as a component of shareholders' equity.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
   
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect amounts and disclosures reported in the accompanying
combined financial statements. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.
    
 
  Concentration of Credit Risk
 
     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable and
unbilled receivables are limited because a large number of North American
customers make up the Group's customer base, thus spreading trade credit risk.
In addition, the Group performs ongoing evaluations of customers' financial
position. The Group does not require collateral and maintains reserves for
potential uncollectible amounts which, in the aggregate, have not exceeded
management expectations.
 
  Reclassifications
 
     Certain amounts in the prior year financial statements have been
reclassified to conform with the current year's presentation.
 
4.  DEBT
 
     Subsequent to September 28, 1997 the Company consummated a refinancing
transaction in which it paid in full all amounts outstanding (including accrued
interest) under the revolving credit facility, the demand line of credit, Term
Loans A and B, the Seller Senior Subordinated promissory note and the Junior
Subordinated promissory notes (see Note 12).
 
   
  Line of Credit
    
 
     On June 28, 1996, the Group entered into a revolving credit and term loan
agreement (the Agreement) with a syndicated bank group for a $48 million
revolving line of credit (see Acquisition Financing below for discussion of term
loans). The maximum amount available to borrow is limited, as the total of all
revolving loans plus letters of credit outstanding cannot exceed the lesser of
the total line committed or 80% of net accounts receivable, as defined. This
credit agreement terminates on June 30, 2001. The Group may designate borrowings
as either Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans, as defined. For Base Rate Loans,
interest on borrowings is payable quarterly in arrears beginning October 1, 1996
at an annual rate equal to the base rate plus applicable base rate margin, as
defined (10.0% at June 29, 1997 and 8.5% at June 30, 1996). For Eurodollar
Loans, interest is payable at the end of each interest period, as defined, at an
annual rate equal to the adjusted Eurodollar rate plus the applicable Eurodollar
margin, as defined (8.8% at June 29, 1997 and 8.4% at June 30, 1996). Borrowings
outstanding under this line of credit were $46,424,112 at June 29, 1997 and
$6,220,153 at June 30, 1996. The provisions of the Agreement permit the Group to
obtain letters of credit up to a maximum amount, as defined (see Note 6).
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   109
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
     The Agreement provides for certain covenants, including maintenance of
defined levels of tangible net worth, earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization, and certain other financial ratios. The Group was
not in compliance with certain of these covenants at December 1996, March 1997
and June 1997. Subsequently, the bank waived the Group's defaults of these
covenants and financial provisions and amended the covenants and financial
provisions through the end of fiscal 1998 which brings the Group into
compliance. Borrowings under the Agreement are collateralized by substantially
all assets of the Group. The Agreement also provides for limited recourse
guarantees and pledge agreements from certain shareholders, an affiliated
company and UFSCC.
 
     On September 23, 1996, UNICCO entered into a demand line of credit
agreement with a bank. The agreement allows UNICCO to borrow up to $5,000,000 at
the bank's discretion, for working capital purposes. The terms and conditions of
the agreement are substantially the same as those contained in the $48 million
revolving line of credit and term loan agreement described above. The agreement
has been extended to expire on December 31, 1997. Borrowings outstanding under
this line of credit were $4,162,999 at June 29, 1997.
 
     In 1995 and until the date of the AFS acquisition described in Note 2,
UNICCO had a loan agreement with a bank providing UNICCO with a $6,500,000
annually renewable line of credit, inclusive of a $3,500,000 limit for letters
of credit and a $56,000,000 revolving facility for acquisition financing. This
agreement was terminated in June, 1996.
 
  Acquisition Financing
 
     Amounts outstanding at June 29, 1997 and June 30, 1996 related to debt
agreements entered into in connection with the AFS acquisition were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       JUNE 29,            JUNE 30,
                                                         1997                1996
                                                      -----------         -----------
          <S>                                         <C>                 <C>
          Term Loan A.............................    $28,400,000         $32,000,000
          Term Loan B.............................     10,000,000          10,000,000
          Senior subordinated promissory note.....      5,000,000           5,000,000
          Seller senior subordinated promissory
            note..................................      9,878,400           9,348,000
          Junior subordinated promissory notes....      3,000,003                  --
                                                      -----------         -----------
               Total debt.........................     56,278,403          56,348,000
          Less:
          Current portion.........................      7,000,000           5,500,000
                                                      -----------         -----------
               Long-term portion..................    $49,278,403         $50,848,000
                                                      ===========         ===========
</TABLE>
 
     Term Loan A requires payments of principal in varying quarterly
installments ranging from $1,500,000 to $1,800,000, expiring on June 30, 2001.
Term Loan B requires annual principal payments of $100,000 through June 30, 2000
and a balloon payment of $9,600,000 on June 30, 2001. The Group may designate
borrowings under both Term Loan A and Term Loan B as either Base Rate Loans or
Eurodollar Loans. Interest on borrowings of Term Loan A is payable quarterly in
arrears for Base Rate Loans, at an annual rate equal to the base rate plus
applicable base rate margin, as defined (10.0% at June 29, 1997 and 8.25% at
June 30, 1996). For Eurodollar Loans, interest is payable at the end of each
interest period, as defined, at an annual rate equal to the adjusted Eurodollar
rate plus applicable Eurodollar margin, as defined (8.8% at June 29, 1997 and
8.4% at June 30, 1996). Interest on borrowings of Term Loan B is payable
quarterly in arrears for Base Rate Loans, at a base rate plus 2%, (10.5% at June
29, 1997 and 8.25% at June 30, 1996). For Eurodollar Loans, interest is payable
at the end of each interest period, as defined, at the Eurodollar rate plus 3.5%
(9.3% at June 29, 1997 and 8.9% at June 30, 1996). The Agreement provides for
mandatory principal repayments of Term Loan A and Term Loan B in the event of
asset sales and excess cash flow, as defined.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   110
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
     On June 28, 1996, the Group entered into a $5,000,000 subordinated
promissory note agreement with Massachusetts Capital Resource Company ("MCRC").
The promissory note is due on September 30, 2001 and provides for quarterly
interest payments based on an annual interest rate of 14%. The agreement
provides for maintenance of certain financial ratio covenants. The agreement
includes a limited recourse guarantee from a principal shareholder and UFSCC, as
well as a pledge agreement from such shareholder.
 
     In connection with the AFS acquisition (Note 2), UNICCO entered into a
$12,000,000 subordinated promissory note agreement with the seller. The
promissory note is subordinated to the line of credit, Term Loans A and B, and
the MCRC loan described above, and is due on September 30, 2001. The agreement
provides for quarterly interest payments based on an annual interest rate of 8%
and includes a limited recourse guarantee from a key shareholder and UFSCC, as
well as a pledge agreement from a key shareholder. The approximate fair value of
this note at June 29, 1997 and June 30, 1996 was $9,878,400 and $9,348,000,
respectively. As more fully described in Notes 2 and 3, the favorable financing
associated with this note has been considered in the Group's purchase accounting
for the acquisition resulting in a $2,652,000 debt discount which is being
amortized over the five-year term of the note.
 
     Junior subordinated promissory note agreements were issued in July 1997 to
certain shareholders of the Group for approximately $3 million. The promissory
notes are due on October 1, 2001 and provide for annual interest payments at
15%.
 
     Minimum future payments of long-term debt are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  FISCAL YEAR                             AMOUNT
          ------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
          <S>                                                           <C>
          1998........................................................  $ 7,000,000
          1999........................................................    6,300,000
          2000........................................................    6,700,000
          2001........................................................    7,050,000
          2002........................................................   29,228,403
                                                                        -----------
                                                                        $56,278,403
                                                                        ===========
</TABLE>
 
5.  TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
 
  Notes Receivable From Officers
 
   
     Notes receivable from officers consist primarily of demand notes receivable
from officers/shareholders bearing interest at the applicable federal rate. The
long-term portion of the notes receivable represents the portion the Group will
not collect within the next year, in accordance with the repayment terms.
Interest income of approximately $56,000, $77,000 and $83,000 related to these
loans are included in the accompanying combined statements of income during
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Interest receivable related to these notes
was approximately $312,000 and $367,000 at June 29, 1997 and June 30, 1996,
respectively.
    
 
     On June 24, 1996, UNICCO loaned an officer of the Group approximately
$217,000 to purchase 27 shares of nonvoting common stock. This loan bears
interest at an average of the Applicable Federal Rate (5.68% at June 29, 1997
and 5.8% at June 30, 1996), is due on July 1, 2001 and is classified as a
deduction from shareholders' equity in the accompanying combined consolidated
balance sheet.
 
     In connection with the loan agreements discussed in Note 4, certain notes
receivable from officers and shareholders have been assigned to the lenders
under such loan agreements.
 
  Demand Note Payable To An Officer
 
   
     The demand note payable to an officer of approximately $282,000, included
in the accompanying combined balance sheet, bears interest at the prime rate or
20%, whichever is greater. This note was paid in full, including accrued
interest, on September 3, 1997.
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   111
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
  Junior Subordinated Promissory Notes
 
     In connection with the AFS acquisition (see Note 2), certain shareholders
loaned the Companies $3,000,003 (see Note 4).
 
  Lease Agreement With An Affiliate
 
     The Group leases certain office space from an affiliated company. The
agreement commenced on July 1, 1995 and will be effective for a term of five
years and five months. Approximate future minimum payments under this lease are
$51,800 per year from July 1996 through June 1998, and $57,000 per year from
July 1998 through November 2000. Such amounts are included in Note 6.
 
  Insurance Agreement With An Affiliate
 
     Prior to the end of fiscal 1995, the Group insured its workers'
compensation and general liability risks through a combination of a
self-insurance program and indemnity coverage obtained from a third-party
carrier. At the end of fiscal 1995, the Group entered into an agreement with a
commercial insurance carrier whereby its workers' compensation and general
liability insurance risks are reinsured with an affiliated company. Under the
terms of this arrangement, the Group's obligations with respect to workers'
compensation and general liability claims are limited to the premiums paid for
such insurance. The Group's insurance premiums are actuarially determined based
on its historical loss experience. The amount charged to expense related to the
arrangement was approximately $10,129,000, $3,501,000 and $1,244,000 in fiscal
1997, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995, respectively. Included in prepaid insurance
as of June 29, 1997 and June 30, 1996 are amounts of $0 and approximately
$2,026,000, respectively, related to this agreement. The affiliated company's
outstanding common stock has been pledged by the shareholder as collateral for
the Agreement described in Note 4.
 
     Included in the Group's combined consolidated results of operations for the
year ended June 30, 1996 is approximately $929,000 in income representing
refunds received in fiscal 1996 from a third-party insurance carrier as a result
of the Group's ultimate favorable claims experience from accident years prior to
fiscal 1996. Additionally, in fiscal 1996, as a result of the Company's
sustained favorable experience with respect to its self insurance program and,
as discussed above, the establishment of the reinsurance arrangement at the end
of fiscal 1995, the Company reevaluated its reserve requirements and reversed
approximately $1,148,000 of workers' compensation and general liability
insurance reserves.
 
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  Operating Leases
 
     The Group leases certain equipment and facilities under noncancelable
operating leases through June 30, 2005. Rent expense under these leases was
approximately $3,207,000, $1,095,000 and $999,000 for the years ended June 29,
1997, June 30, 1996 and June 25, 1995, respectively. The approximate future
minimum payments under these leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FISCAL YEAR                              AMOUNT
          ----------------------------------------------------------    -----------
          <S>                                                           <C>
          1998......................................................    $ 3,347,665
          1999......................................................      2,950,897
          2000......................................................      2,503,787
          2001......................................................      1,503,505
          2002......................................................        717,526
          Thereafter................................................        107,000
                                                                        -----------
                                                                        $11,130,380
                                                                        ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   112
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
     The Group leases certain facilities under tenancy-at-will agreements, which
are not included in the future minimum lease payments above. Future payments
above do not include the lease of a warehouse at an annual cost of approximately
$222,000 through 2001, which is fully reimbursed by a customer.
 
  Letters of Credit
 
     As of June 29, 1997, the Group was contingently liable under certain
letters of credit, in the aggregate amount of approximately $1,556,000,
primarily issued in connection with the Group's surety bonding arrangements. The
letters of credit expire on various dates through June 30, 2000.
 
  Stock Repurchase Agreement
 
   
     Prior to February 2, 1998, all nonvoting common shares (see Note 8) were
required to have been redeemed by the Group at the then book value of the
shares, as defined, in the event that the shareholders cease employment with the
Group. On February 2, 1998, the Company amended the repurchase feature of the
Stock Repurchase Agreement to eliminate the prior repurchase provisions and
provide that, upon termination (whether voluntary or involuntary), death or
disability, the Company may, at its option, reacquire the outstanding shares
held by the shareholder at the then book value.
    
 
  Litigation
 
     UNICCO was a party to a lawsuit filed in May 1994 by a former employee who
alleged breach of contract and misrepresentation in connection with his
employment. In 1996, the parties to the lawsuit reached agreement to settle the
litigation pursuant to a court-ordered mediation of the claims. The settlement
amount (approximately $400,000) is included in selling, general and
administrative expenses in the accompanying statement of income for fiscal 1996.
 
     In the ordinary course of business, the Group is party to various types of
litigation. The Group believes it has meritorious defenses to all claims, and,
in its opinion, all litigation currently pending or threatened will not have a
material adverse effect on the Group's financial position or results of
operations.
 
7.  INCOME TAXES
 
     UNICCO has elected to be taxed as an S corporation for federal and certain
state income tax purposes and is a business trust for Massachusetts state tax
purposes. UNICCO's provision for income taxes in 1997 and 1996 results from
states that do not recognize its S corporation status for state income tax
purposes and its business trust status in Massachusetts.
 
     Effective January 1, 1997, USC elected to be taxed as an S corporation for
federal and certain state income tax purposes. Prior to January 1, 1997, USC was
a C corporation and was subject to federal and state income taxes at the
corporate level.
 
     Income before income tax expense was taxed under the following
jurisdictions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED
                                                   ------------------------------------
                                                    JUNE 29,     JUNE 30,     JUNE 25,
                                                      1997         1996         1995
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
          <S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
          Domestic...............................  $3,322,953   $1,934,612   $2,687,228
          Foreign................................     198,905           --           --
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                   $3,521,858   $1,934,612   $2,687,228
                                                   ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   113
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
     The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED
                                                      --------------------------------
                                                       JUNE 29,    JUNE 30,   JUNE 25,
                                                         1997        1996       1995
                                                      ----------   --------   --------
          <S>                                         <C>          <C>        <C>
          Current...................................
            Federal.................................  $  309,187   $     --   $     --
            State...................................     133,060    157,541     36,509
            Foreign.................................      99,000         --         --
          Deferred..................................
            Federal.................................          --         --         --
            State...................................   1,797,611     31,000    177,000
                                                      ----------   --------   --------
                                                      $2,338,858   $188,541   $213,509
                                                      ==========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
     Deferred taxes arise primarily from book (accrual basis) and tax (cash
basis) differences in recording revenues and expenses.
 
     Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    JUNE 29,       JUNE 30,       JUNE 25,
                                                      1997           1996           1995
                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
     <S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>
     Receivables.................................. $(4,065,404)   $  (772,233)   $  (730,051)
     Prepaid insurance............................          --       (145,746)      (157,609)
     Other assets.................................    (113,249)      (117,557)      (173,508)
                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
     Gross deferred tax liabilities...............  (4,178,653)    (1,035,536)    (1,061,168)
                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
     Accounts payable.............................     313,741        133,943         78,551
     Accrued payroll..............................     687,220        148,667        147,170
     Accrued insurance............................          --             --        165,270
     Other accruals and reserves..................     354,445         97,710         45,961
     State net operating loss carryforwards.......   2,040,040             --             --
                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
     Gross deferred tax assets....................   3,395,446        380,320        436,952
     Valuation allowance..........................  (1,669,620)            --             --
                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
     Net deferred tax assets......................   1,725,826        380,320        436,952
                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
     Net deferred tax liabilities................. $(2,452,827)   $  (655,216)   $  (624,216)
                                                   ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
     As a cash basis tax payer, UNICCO generated an operating loss of
approximately $29,350,000 for income tax purposes in fiscal 1997, primarily as a
result of the increase in working capital from its June 28, 1996 acquisition of
AFS (Note 2). Such operating losses, which are limited to those states which do
not recognize UNICCO's subchapter S status, are further limited to the
carryforward period for each respective state in which such loss was generated,
generally ranging from three to fifteen years. Management believes that it is
more likely than not that it will realize approximately $370,000 of the tax
benefit associated with the operating loss described above. This belief is based
upon a review of all available evidence, including historical operating results,
projections of future taxable income, recognizing the limitations described
above, and tax planning strategies. The Group has recorded a valuation allowance
against the remaining portion of the tax benefit related to the above referenced
operating losses.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   114
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
     The effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax
rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                              --------------------------------
                                                              JUNE 29,    JUNE 28,    JUNE 25,
                                                                1997        1996        1995
                                                              --------    --------    --------
     <S>                                                      <C>         <C>         <C>
     Federal statutory rate..................................    34.0%       34.0%       34.0%
     Income from S corporations not taxable for corporate
       income tax purposes...................................   (22.5)      (34.0)      (34.0)
     State income taxes, net of federal benefit (1997
       only).................................................     4.9         9.7         7.9
     Valuation allowance.....................................    47.0          --          --
     Other...................................................     3.0          --          --
                                                                -----       -----       -----
                                                                 66.4%        9.7%        7.9%
                                                                =====       =====       =====
</TABLE>
 
8.  COMMON SHARES
 
     Common shares consist of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      JUNE 29,   JUNE 30,
                                                                        1997       1996
                                                                      --------   --------
     <S>                                                              <C>        <C>
     UNICCO --
       Common shares of beneficial interest, voting, no par value -
          Issued and outstanding -- 1,000 shares....................  $ 10,333   $ 10,333
       Common shares of beneficial interest, nonvoting, no par
          value -
          Issued-120 shares (includes 66 shares in treasury) at June
            29, 1997 and June 30, 1996, respectively................   367,295    367,295
                                                                      --------   --------
                                                                       377,628    377,628
                                                                      --------   --------
     USC --
       Common shares, voting, no par value -
          Issued and outstanding -- 1,000 shares....................       100        100
       Common shares, nonvoting, no par value -
          Issued and outstanding -- 54 shares.......................         5          5
                                                                      --------   --------
                                                                           105        105
                                                                      --------   --------
               Combined.............................................  $377,733   $377,733
                                                                      ========   ========
</TABLE>
    
 
9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
  Multi-employer Pension Plans
 
     Certain employees under collective bargaining agreements are covered by
union-sponsored, multi-employer pension plans. Group contributions, generally
based on hours worked, are in accordance with negotiated labor contracts. The
Group recorded expenses of approximately $5,398,000, $703,000 and $561,000 in
fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, related to the plans. Information is
not readily available for the Group to determine its share of unfunded vested
benefits, if any, under the plans.
 
  401(k) Investment Savings Plans
 
     UNICCO maintains two 401(k) retirement plans (the "Plans") covering all
employees who have completed one year of service, as defined, and are not
subject to a collective bargaining agreement. The Plans allow eligible employees
to make salary-deferred contributions for not less than 1% nor more than 20% of
their compensation for the contribution period, as defined, subject to certain
IRS limitations. UNICCO may contribute to the Plans in any year at its
discretion. UNICCO made contributions of approximately $1,017,000, $32,000 and
$33,000 in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   115
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
10.  RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
 
     On January 3, 1996, one of UNICCO's officers and shareholders resigned.
UNICCO repurchased the officer's 55 nonvoting outstanding shares for
approximately $444,000. The former officer also signed a noncompete agreement
with UNICCO for approximately $800,000, which UNICCO has capitalized and is
amortizing over the life of the noncompete agreement. The provisions of the
agreement require monthly payments of approximately $23,000, commencing on
January 1, 1996 through December 31, 1998, subject to the former officer not
competing with the Group. Further, the agreement provides for such payments to
cease and reimbursement of all payments previously made under the terms of the
arrangement if the former officer violates the agreement. Amortization expense
on the noncompete agreement was approximately $267,500 and $134,000 for the
years ended June 29, 1997 and June 30, 1996, respectively.
 
  Unaudited
 
   
     In July 1997 one of UNICCO's officers resigned. The severance agreement
with the officer provides for periodic payments totalling approximately
$370,000. Such amount is included in the accompanying condensed combining
financial statements.
    
 
11.  CONDENSED COMBINING CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
     Each guarantor subsidiary of UNICCO is under common management, is directly
or indirectly wholly-owned and the guarantees related to the Series A Note
Offering are full, unconditional and joint and several. UFSCC is indirectly
wholly-owned and is not a guarantor of this debt. Separate financial statements
of the guarantor subsidiaries are not presented because management has
determined that they would not be material to investors. However, condensed
combining financial information as of June 29, 1997 and for the year then ended,
and as of September 28, 1997 and for the three months then ended (unaudited) are
presented. The following presents condensed combining financial information
(rounded to the nearest thousand) for (i) UNICCO only, (ii) the guarantor
subsidiaries on a combined basis, (iii) the nonguarantor subsidiary -- UFSCC and
(iv) the Group on a combined basis (see Note 12).
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   116
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
  Condensed Combining Balance Sheet
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    JUNE 29, 1997
                                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    NONGUARANTOR
                                                                      GUARANTOR      SUBSIDIARY-                     COMBINED
                                                         UNICCO       AFFILIATES        UFSCC       ELIMINATIONS      TOTAL
                                                      ------------   ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................... $  1,997,853   $    621,457    $ 1,309,000    $         --   $  3,928,310
  Accounts receivable, less reserves of approximately
    $1,561,000.......................................   40,509,844     17,916,348      3,464,000              --     61,890,192
  Unbilled receivable................................   22,710,479      4,325,805             --              --     27,036,284
  Intercompany receivable (payable)..................   19,520,368    (17,420,273)    (2,100,095)             --             --
  Prepaid insurance..................................      236,470         11,060             --              --        247,530
  Other current assets...............................    2,633,650        427,174         40,000              --      3,100,824
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
    Total current assets.............................   87,608,664      5,881,571      2,712,905              --     96,203,140
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
Property and equipment, at cost:.....................   10,675,587        407,731        610,000              --     11,693,318
  Less -- accumulated depreciation and
    amortization.....................................    6,783,424        134,460        128,000              --      7,045,884
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
                                                         3,892,163        273,271        482,000              --      4,647,434
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
Due from (to) affiliates.............................   14,458,555       (569,910)            --     (13,888,645)            --
Investment in subsidiary.............................    2,053,925        545,980             --      (2,599,905)            --
Notes receivable and accrued interest from officers,
  net of current portion.............................      716,125             --             --              --        716,125
Intangible assets, net of amortization...............   40,880,753     12,644,807      1,911,000              --     55,436,560
Other assets, net....................................    4,055,562          7,053         21,000              --      4,083,615
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
                                                        62,164,920     12,627,930      1,932,000     (16,488,550)    60,236,300
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
                                                      $153,665,747   $ 18,782,772    $ 5,126,905    $(16,488,550)  $161,086,874
                                                      ============   ============    ===========     ===========   ============
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    JUNE 29, 1997
                                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    NONGUARANTOR
                                                                      GUARANTOR      SUBSIDIARY-                     COMBINED
                                                         UNICCO       AFFILIATES        UFSCC       ELIMINATIONS      TOTAL
                                                      ------------   ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Cash overdraft..................................... $ 10,839,753   $    476,100    $        --    $         --   $ 11,315,853
  Current portion of long-term debt..................    7,000,000             --             --              --      7,000,000
  Accounts payable...................................    5,177,237      1,585,297        787,000              --      7,549,534
  Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses.......   14,507,393      2,378,458      1,628,000              --     18,513,851
  Deferred income taxes..............................    2,823,450           (203)            --              --      2,823,247
  Other accrued expenses.............................    3,593,540        240,010        117,000              --      3,950,550
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
    Total current liabilities........................   43,941,373      4,679,662      2,532,000              --     51,153,035
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
Long-term liabilities:
  Line of credit.....................................   50,587,111             --             --              --     50,587,111
  Long-term debt, less current portion...............   49,278,403             --             --              --     49,278,403
  Note payable to officer............................      281,675             --             --              --        281,675
  Other long-term liabilities........................      950,982             --             --              --        950,982
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
    Total long-term liabilities......................  101,098,171             --             --              --    101,098,171
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)
  Shareholders' equity...............................    9,370,271     14,103,110      2,594,905     (16,488,550)     9,579,736
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
  Less treasury shares at cost.......................     (501,825)            --             --              --       (501,825)
  Less notes receivable from stock sales.............     (242,243)            --             --              --       (242,243)
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
    Total shareholders' equity.......................    8,626,203     14,103,110      2,594,905     (16,488,550)     8,835,668
                                                      ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
                                                      $153,665,747   $ 18,782,772    $ 5,126,905    $(16,488,550)  $161,086,874
                                                      ============   ============    ===========     ===========   ============
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   117
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
  Condensed Combining Balance Sheet
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               NONGUARANTOR
                                                                 GUARANTOR      SUBSIDIARY-                     COMBINED
                                                    UNICCO       AFFILIATES        UFSCC       ELIMINATIONS      TOTAL
                                                 ------------   ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..................... $  2,016,738   $      6,457    $    83,000    $         --   $  2,106,195
  Accounts receivable, less reserves of
    approximately $1,838,000 (unaudited)........   38,751,749     16,495,572      3,983,000              --     59,230,321
  Unbilled receivables..........................   24,440,329      4,582,604             --              --     29,022,933
  Intercompany receivable (payable).............   16,399,633    (14,321,949)    (2,077,684)             --             --
  Prepaid insurance.............................      212,879         11,060             --              --        223,939
  Other current assets..........................    1,643,486        423,114        145,000              --      2,211,600
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
         Total current assets...................   83,464,814      7,196,858      2,133,316              --     92,794,988
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
Property and equipment, at cost:................   10,854,893        417,235        621,000              --     11,893,128
  Less -- accumulated depreciation and
    amortization................................   (7,259,677)      (183,328)      (153,000)             --     (7,596,005)
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
                                                    3,595,216        233,907        468,000              --      4,297,123
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
Due from (to) affiliates........................   14,469,782       (581,137)                   (13,888,645)            --
Investment in subsidiary........................    2,055,040        546,276             --      (2,601,316)            --
Notes receivable and accrued interest from
  officers, net of current portion..............      686,125             --             --              --        686,125
Intangible assets, net of amortization..........   39,971,026     12,398,087      1,876,000              --     54,245,113
Other assets, net...............................    4,366,099         22,995         21,000              --      4,410,094
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
                                                   61,548,072     12,386,221      1,897,000     (16,489,961)    59,341,332
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
                                                 $148,608,102   $ 19,816,986    $ 4,498,316    $(16,489,961)  $156,433,443
                                                 ============   ============    ===========     ===========   ============
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               NONGUARANTOR
                                                                 GUARANTOR      SUBSIDIARY-                     COMBINED
                                                    UNICCO       AFFILIATES        UFSCC       ELIMINATIONS      TOTAL
                                                 ------------   ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Cash overdraft................................ $  7,369,659   $  1,323,153    $   322,000    $         --   $  9,014,812
  Current portion of long-term debt.............    6,900,000                                            --      6,900,000
  Accounts payable..............................    3,775,967      1,309,764        365,000              --      5,450,731
  Accrued payroll and payroll-related
    expenses....................................   14,989,354      2,673,321      1,124,000              --     18,786,675
  Deferred income taxes.........................    2,823,450           (203)                            --      2,823,247
  Other accrued expenses........................    4,231,406        207,852         90,000              --      4,529,258
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
    Total current liabilities...................   40,089,836      5,513,887      1,901,000              --     47,504,723
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
Long-term liabilities:
  Line of credit................................   51,751,857             --             --              --     51,751,857
  Long-term debt, less current portion..........   47,611,003             --             --              --     47,611,003
  Note payable to officer.......................           --             --             --              --             --
  Other long-term liabilities...................      348,829             --             --              --        348,829
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
    Total long-term liabilities.................   99,711,689             --             --              --     99,711,689
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)
  Shareholders' equity..........................    9,548,083     14,303,099      2,597,316     (16,489,961)     9,958,537
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
  Less treasury shares at cost..................     (501,825)            --             --              --       (501,825)
  Less notes receivable from stock sales........     (239,681)            --             --              --       (239,681)
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
    Total shareholders' equity..................    8,806,577     14,303,099      2,597,316     (16,489,961)     9,217,031
                                                 ------------   ------------    -----------     -----------   ------------
                                                 $148,608,102   $ 19,816,986    $ 4,498,316    $(16,489,961)  $156,433,443
                                                 ============   ============    ===========     ===========   ============
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   118
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
  Condensed Combining Statement of Income
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 29, 1997
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       NONGUARANTOR
                                                         GUARANTOR      SUBSIDIARY-                     COMBINED
                                            UNICCO       AFFILIATES        UFSCC       ELIMINATIONS      TOTAL
                                         ------------   ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Service revenues........................ $403,153,669   $102,189,066    $28,539,000     $  --         $533,881,735
Cost of service revenues................  358,928,696     96,835,170     25,792,000        969,836     482,525,702
                                         ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
  Gross profit..........................   44,224,973      5,353,896      2,747,000       (969,836)     51,356,033
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses..............................   28,620,927      1,746,268      2,263,094       (969,836)     31,660,453
Amortization of intangible
  assets................................    3,626,060        986,881        136,000        --            4,748,941
                                         ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
  Income from operations................   11,977,986      2,620,747        347,906        --           14,946,639
Interest income.........................       97,693        --             --             (31,000)         66,693
Interest expense........................   (9,381,721)    (1,991,752)      (149,001)        31,000     (11,491,474)
                                         ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
  Income before provision for income
     taxes..............................    2,693,958        628,995        198,905        --            3,521,858
Provision for income taxes..............    1,804,243        435,615         99,000        --            2,338,858
                                         ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
Income before equity in net earnings of
  subsidiaries..........................      889,715        193,380         99,905        --            1,183,000
Equity in net earnings of
  subsidiaries..........................       78,925         20,980        --             (99,905)        --
                                         ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
     Net income......................... $    968,640   $    214,360    $    99,905     $  (99,905)   $  1,183,000
                                         ============   ============    ===========    ===========    ============
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                                                               SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        NONGUARANTOR
                                                          GUARANTOR      SUBSIDIARY-                     COMBINED
                                             UNICCO       AFFILIATES        UFSCC       ELIMINATIONS      TOTAL
                                          ------------   ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Service revenues......................... $102,948,629   $ 24,001,167    $ 7,767,000      $ --         $134,716,796
Cost of service revenues.................   91,967,660     22,260,808      6,918,000        --          121,146,468
                                          ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
  Gross profit...........................   10,980,969      1,740,359        849,000        --           13,570,328
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...............................    7,476,414        544,049        585,000        --            8,605,463
Amortization of intangible
  assets.................................      911,727        246,720         33,000        --            1,191,447
                                          ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
  Income from operations.................    2,592,828        949,590        231,000        --            3,773,418
Interest income..........................          702                                                          702
Interest expense.........................   (2,164,406)      (730,171)      (112,589)       --           (3,007,166)
                                          ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
  Income before provision for income
     taxes...............................      429,124        219,419        118,411        --              766,954
Provision for income taxes...............       40,255         31,898        117,000        --              189,153
                                          ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
Income before equity in net earnings of
  subsidiaries...........................      388,869        187,521          1,411        --              577,801
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries...        1,115            296        --             (1,411)         --
                                          ------------   ------------    -----------    -----------    ------------
     Net income.......................... $    389,984   $    187,817    $     1,411      $ (1,411)    $    577,801
                                          ============   ============    ===========    ===========    ============
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   119
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
  Condensed Combining Statement of Cash Flows
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED JUNE 29, 1997
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                NONGUARANTOR
                                                                  GUARANTOR      SUBSIDIARY-                     COMBINED
                                                     UNICCO      SUBSIDIARIES       UFSCC       ELIMINATIONS      TOTAL
                                                  ------------   ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Cash flows relating to operating activities:
  Net income..................................... $    968,640   $    214,360    $    99,905      $(99,905)    $  1,183,000
  Net earnings from equity investment............      (78,925)       (20,980)       --             99,905          --
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
    Amortization of intangible assets............    3,615,060        986,881        147,000        --            4,748,941
    Amortization of debt issue costs and
      discount...................................    1,087,393        --             --             --            1,087,393
    Depreciation and amortization................    2,251,016        134,460        128,000        --            2,513,476
    Loss on disposals............................       60,628        --             --             --               60,628
    Deferred income taxes........................    1,797,814           (203)       --             --            1,797,611
    Forgiveness of notes receivable and accrued
      interest from officers.....................      497,306        --             --             --              497,306
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable........................  (32,617,757)   (17,916,348)    (3,464,000)       --          (53,998,105)
      Unbilled receivables.......................  (19,141,302)    (4,325,805)       --             --          (23,467,107)
      Intercompany receivable (payable)..........  (19,520,368)    17,420,273      2,100,095        --              --
      Other current assets.......................      583,395       (438,129)       (40,000)       --              105,266
      Other long-term assets.....................     (238,583)        (7,053)       (26,000)       --             (271,636)
      Cash overdraft.............................    8,798,218        476,100        --             --            9,274,318
      Accounts payable...........................    2,474,417      1,585,297        787,000        --            4,846,714
      Accrued expenses and other current
         liabilities.............................   11,490,828      2,618,468      1,745,000        --           15,854,296
      Other long-term liabilities................      (72,631)       --             --             --              (72,631)
                                                  ------------   ------------    -----------      --------     ------------
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating
      activities.................................  (38,044,851)       727,321      1,477,000        --          (35,840,530)
                                                  ------------   ------------    -----------      --------     ------------
Cash relating to investing activities:
  Due to/from affiliates.........................      (44,910)        44,910        --             --              --
  Purchases of property and equipment............   (2,259,543)      (150,774)      (168,000)       --           (2,578,317)
  Increases in notes receivable and accrued
    interest from officers.......................      (56,414)       --             --             --              (56,414)
  Payments received for notes receivable from
    officers.....................................      106,194        --             --             --              106,194
                                                  ------------   ------------    -----------      --------     ------------
    Net cash used in investing activities........   (2,254,673)      (105,864)      (168,000)       --           (2,528,537)
                                                  ------------   ------------    -----------      --------     ------------
Cash flows relating to financing activities:
  Net proceeds from line of credit...............   44,366,958        --             --             --           44,366,958
  Proceeds from debt.............................    3,000,003        --             --             --            3,000,003
  Payments on debt...............................   (3,600,000)       --             --             --           (3,600,000)
  Distribution to shareholders...................   (1,637,000)       --             --             --           (1,637,000)
  Payment on note receivable from stock sale.....       10,247        --             --             --               10,247
                                                  ------------   ------------    -----------      --------     ------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities....   42,140,208        --             --             --           42,140,208
                                                  ------------   ------------    -----------      --------     ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents........    1,840,684        621,457      1,309,000        --            3,771,141
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.....      157,169        --             --             --              157,169
                                                  ------------   ------------    -----------      --------     ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year........... $  1,997,853   $    621,457    $ 1,309,000      $ --         $  3,928,310
                                                  ============   ============    ===========      ========     ============
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest..................................... $  8,636,561   $    --         $   --           $ --         $  8,636,561
                                                  ============   ============    ===========      ========     ============
    Income taxes................................. $    760,200   $    --         $   --           $ --         $    760,200
                                                  ============   ============    ===========      ========     ============
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   120
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
  Condensed Combining Statement of Cash Flows
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 28, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     NONGUARANTOR
                                                                      GUARANTOR       SUBSIDIARY-                      COMBINED
                                                        UNICCO       SUBSIDIARIES        UFSCC        ELIMINATIONS       TOTAL
                                                      -----------    ------------    -------------    ------------    -----------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>
Cash flows relating to operating activities:
  Net income......................................... $   389,984     $  187,817      $     1,411       $  (1411)     $   577,801
  Net earnings from equity investments...............      (1,115)          (296)         --               1,411          --
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
    Amortization of intangible assets................     909,727        246,720           35,000         --            1,191,447
    Amortization of debt issue costs and discount....     271,555        --               --              --              271,555
    Depreciation and amortization....................     517,222         43,017           25,000         --              585,239
    Loss on disposals................................      (1,779)        16,155          --              --               14,376
    Deferred income taxes............................     --             --               --              --              --
    Change in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable............................   1,758,095      1,420,776         (519,000)        --            2,659,871
      Unbilled receivables...........................  (1,729,850)      (256,799)         --              --           (1,986,649)
      Intercompany receivable (payable)..............   3,120,735     (3,098,324)         (22,411)        --              --
      Other current assets...........................   1,013,755          4,060         (105,000)        --              912,815
      Other long-term assets.........................     102,176        (15,942)           1,000         --               87,234
      Cash overdraft.................................  (3,470,094)       847,053          322,000         --           (2,301,041)
      Accounts payable...............................  (1,401,270)      (275,533)        (422,000)        --           (2,098,803)
      Accrued expenses and other current
         liabilities.................................   1,119,827        262,705         (531,000)        --              851,532
      Other long-term liabilities....................    (602,153)       --               --              --             (602,153)
                                                      -----------    -----------      -----------        -------      -----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating
      activities.....................................   1,996,815       (618,591)      (1,215,000)        --              163,224
                                                      -----------    -----------      -----------        -------      -----------
Cash flows relating to investing activities:
  Due to/from affiliates.............................     (11,227)        11,227          --              --              --
  Purchases of property and equipment................    (230,668)        (7,636)         (11,000)        --             (249,304)
  Increases in notes receivable and accrued interest
    from officers....................................
  Payments received on notes receivable from
    officers.........................................      30,000        --               --              --               30,000
                                                      -----------    -----------      -----------        -------      -----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing
      activities.....................................    (211,895)         3,591          (11,000)        --             (219,304)
                                                      -----------    -----------      -----------        -------      -----------
Cash flows relating to financing activities:
  Net proceeds from line of credit...................   1,164,746        --               --              --            1,164,746
  Payments on debt...................................  (1,900,000)       --               --              --           (1,900,000)
  Increase in debt issuance costs....................    (551,668)       --               --              --             (551,668)
  Distribution to shareholders.......................    (200,000)       --               --              --             (200,000)
  Payment on note receivable from stock sale.........       2,562        --               --              --                2,562
  Payment on note payable to related party...........    (281,675)       --               --              --             (281,675)
                                                      -----------    -----------      -----------        -------      -----------
    Net cash provided by financing activities........  (1,766,035)       --               --              --           (1,766,035)
                                                      -----------    -----------      -----------        -------      -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents........................................      18,885       (615,000)      (1,226,000)        --           (1,822,115)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.........   1,997,853        621,457        1,309,000         --            3,928,310
                                                      -----------    -----------      -----------        -------      -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year............... $ 2,016,738     $    6,457      $    83,000       $ --          $ 2,106,195
                                                      ===========    ===========      ===========        =======      ===========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Interest......................................... $ 3,490,771     $  --           $   --            $ --          $ 3,490,771
                                                      ===========    ===========      ===========        =======      ===========
    Income taxes..................................... $    17,215     $  --           $   --            $ --          $    17,215
                                                      ===========    ===========      ===========        =======      ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   121
 
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
 
   
     On October 17, 1997 the Group consummated the Series A Note Offering and
entered into the Amended Facility. The net proceeds from the Series A Note
Offering and the Amended Facility were used to repay approximately $84.8 million
of indebtedness under the Group's existing credit facilities and $19.7 million
of certain other indebtedness, fees and expenses incurred in connection with
such financing. The Group recorded a $3.0 million extraordinary charge related
to such repayments in the second quarter of fiscal 1998.
    
 
     The Series A Note Offering will mature on October 15, 2007. The Notes will
not be redeemable at the issuers' option prior to October 15, 2002. Thereafter,
the Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at the option of the issuers
at redemption prices set forth in the Notes. Interest on the Notes will accrue
at the rate of 9 7/8% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on
April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 1998. The payment
of principal and interest on the Notes will be subordinated in right to the
prior payment of all Senior Debt, as defined.
 
     Upon the occurrence of a change in control, as defined, the issuers will be
obligated to make an offer to each holder of the Notes to repurchase all or any
part of such holders' Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Restrictions under
the Notes and the Amended Facility include certain sales of assets, certain
payments of dividends and incurrence of debt, and limitations on certain mergers
and transactions with affiliates. With respect to the Amended Facility, the
Company will be required to maintain certain financial ratios and covenants
which are similar to the credit facility in existence on September 28, 1997.
 
   
     As previously discussed, the accompanying combined financial statements
include the accounts of UNICCO and USC, Inc., which are owned, managed and
controlled by common shareholders. In connection with the Offering, the
shareholders of UNICCO contributed their ownership interests in USC, Inc. to
UNICCO. As a result, all of the operations of the Group will be conducted
through UNICCO and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. This transaction will be
accounted for in a manner similar to that in pooling of interests accounting
with the assets and liabilities being recorded at their historical cost due to
the exchange of stock occurring between entities under common control.
    
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   122
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Trustees and Shareholders of
UNICCO Service Company and the
Board of Directors and Shareholders of USC, Inc.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying combined statements of income and of cash
flows present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and
cash flows of the Allied Facility Services Business ("Services Business") for
the years ended June 28, 1996 and June 30, 1995, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Services Business' management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 1997
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   123
 
                       ALLIED FACILITY SERVICES BUSINESS
 
                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                      JUNE 28,       JUNE 30,
                                                                        1996           1995
                                                                    ------------   ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>
Service revenues..................................................  $389,100,108   $354,568,402
Cost of service revenues..........................................   350,069,709    315,855,811
                                                                    ------------   ------------
  Gross profit....................................................    39,030,399     38,712,591
Selling, general and administrative expenses......................    28,758,874     25,256,200
                                                                    ------------   ------------
  Income from operations before provision for income taxes........    10,271,525     13,456,391
Provision for income taxes........................................     4,577,385      5,782,306
                                                                    ------------   ------------
  Net income......................................................  $  5,694,140   $  7,674,085
                                                                    ============   ============
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   124
 
                       ALLIED FACILITY SERVICES BUSINESS
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                      -------------------------
                                                                       JUNE 28,      JUNE 30,
                                                                         1996          1995
                                                                      -----------   -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>
Cash flows relating to operating activities:
  Net income........................................................  $ 5,694,140   $ 7,674,085
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
     operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization..................................    1,275,152     1,101,568
     Deferred income taxes..........................................     (645,611)     (613,517)
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable............................................      923,829    (7,392,366)
     Unbilled receivables...........................................     (391,356)   (2,239,061)
     Allowance for doubtful accounts................................      972,892       244,606
     Other current assets...........................................      222,915       (62,263)
     Other long term assets.........................................     (225,224)      (54,539)
     Accounts payable...............................................     (229,999)    1,781,894
     Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.................     (899,715)   (1,187,008)
     Accrued insurance..............................................      807,817       766,416
     Accrued income taxes...........................................   (1,172,827)       35,524
                                                                      -----------   -----------
          Net cash provided by operating activities.................    6,332,013        55,339
Cash flows relating to investing activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment...............................   (1,280,111)   (1,470,734)
Cash flows relating to financing activities:
  Net change in parent company investment...........................   (5,262,232)    1,108,526
                                                                      -----------   -----------
Net decrease in cash................................................     (210,330)     (306,869)
Cash, beginning of year.............................................    1,104,821     1,411,690
                                                                      -----------   -----------
Cash, end of year...................................................  $   894,491   $ 1,104,821
                                                                      ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   125
 
                       ALLIED FACILITY SERVICES BUSINESS
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 The Business
 
     On June 28, 1996, UNICCO Service Company, ("UNICCO"), USC, Inc. ("USC") and
UNICCO Facility Services Canada Company ("UFSCC"), collectively "the Group",
affiliated and consolidated companies with common shareholders, acquired the
Allied Facility Services Business ("Services Business"), exclusive of the
operations in and surrounding the metropolitan New York City area (the "Excluded
Operations"), from the Services Business' parent in accordance with the Purchase
Agreement (the "Agreement") dated May 3, 1996. Under the terms of the Agreement,
the Group acquired i) certain assets, liabilities and operations of the facility
services business, exclusive of the Excluded Operations and ii) the stock of the
government and security businesses. The Services Business provides the following
services to its customers in the United States and Canada: janitorial services;
facility management services; mechanical maintenance; building security and
office services. Customers of the Services Business include corporate
headquarters, colleges and universities, financial institutions, governmental
agencies, healthcare facilities, industrial plants, tourism and convention
centers, retail malls and property management companies.
 
 Basis of Presentation
 
     The combined financial statements have been prepared by combining the
operating results and cash flows of the Services Business and reflecting the
allocation of certain overhead expenses (see Note 2).
 
 Use of Estimates
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
 Insurance Costs
 
     Included in the accompanying combined financial statements are workers'
compensation and general liability insurance premiums and claims costs, handled
under a parent company insurance program. These amounts are actuarially
determined based upon the loss experience of the Services Business and amounted
to $12,021,000 and $10,648,000 in fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively. These
costs are included in cost of service revenues. For the Services Business'
foreign operations, the insurance costs are incurred directly under government
directed programs.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
     Service revenues are generated primarily by efforts expended on cost-plus
fixed-fee, fixed price and time and material contracts. Revenue from cost-plus
fixed-fee contracts is recognized on the basis of direct and indirect expenses
incurred plus the allocable portion of the fixed fee. Revenues on fixed price
contracts are recognized based on the monthly amount as stipulated in the
contract and the performance of services. Revenues under time and material
contracts are recorded at the contracted rates as labor efforts are expended and
other direct costs are incurred. Losses, if any, are provided for at the time
that management determines that costs, including estimated costs to complete,
exceed contract revenue.
 
  Concentration of Credit Risk
 
     Financial instruments which potentially expose the Services Business to
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. To
minimize this risk, ongoing credit evaluations of customers' financial condition
are performed, although collateral is not required. In addition, the Services
Business
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   126
 
                       ALLIED FACILITY SERVICES BUSINESS
 
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
maintains allowances for potential uncollectible amounts and such amounts, in
the aggregate, have not exceeded management's expectations.
 
  Depreciation and Amortization
 
     The Services Business provides for depreciation and amortization by charges
to operations in amounts that allocate the cost of property, equipment and
leasehold improvements over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line
method as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ESTIMATED
                            DESCRIPTION                              USEFUL LIFE
          ------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------
          <S>                                               <C>
          Transportation equipment                                    3-5 years
          Machinery and equipment                                     5-10 years
          Furniture and fixtures                                      5-10 years
          Leasehold improvements                                 shorter of estimated
                                                             useful life or life of lease
</TABLE>
 
  Foreign Currency Translation
 
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52,
Foreign Currency Translation, the statements of income and of cash flows of the
Services Business' Canadian operations included in the combined financial
statements have been translated at average exchange rates for the respective
reporting periods. The impact of such translation is not significant in the
years ended June 28, 1996 and June 30, 1995.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     Historically, the results of the Services Business' operations have been
included in the consolidated income tax returns of its parent. The provision for
income taxes included in these financial statements have been calculated as if
the Services Business were a stand-alone taxpayer.
 
     The provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.109 ("FAS
109") have been applied to these financial statements. FAS 109 is an asset and
liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and
liabilities for the expected future consequences of events that have been
recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax
consequences, FAS 109 generally considers all expected future events other than
anticipated changes in the tax laws or rates.
 
2.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  Corporate Administrative Services
 
     Historically, the Services Business was not allocated or charged its
portion of corporate expenses. For purposes of these financial statements, such
expenses have been allocated, including executive management and corporate
overhead; employee benefit administration; information systems services; risk
management/insurance administration; tax and treasury/cash management services;
litigation administration services and other corporate support functions.
 
     All of the allocations and charges described above are included in selling,
general and administrative expenses in the accompanying combined financial
statements. Such allocations and charges are based on either a direct cost pass
through or a percentage of total costs for the services provided based on
factors such as headcount, management time or the specific level of activity
directly related to such costs (i.e., checks processed, etc.). Such allocations
and charges totaled approximately $3,943,000 and $3,365,000 for the years ended
June 28, 1996 and June 30, 1995, respectively. Management believes that the
basis of allocation is reasonable, however, such allocated expenses may differ
from those that the Services Business would incur if it operated as stand-alone
entity. Management does not believe it is practicable to quantify these expenses
as if the Services Business operated as a stand-alone entity.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>   127
 
                       ALLIED FACILITY SERVICES BUSINESS
 
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
3.  INCOME TAXES
 
     Income from operations before provision for income taxes was taxed under
the following jurisdictions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                            -------------------------
                                                             JUNE 28,      JUNE 30,
                                                               1996          1995
                                                            -----------   -----------
          <S>                                               <C>           <C>
          Domestic........................................  $ 8,488,048   $11,801,067
          Foreign.........................................    1,783,477     1,655,324
                                                            -----------   -----------
                                                            $10,271,525   $13,456,391
                                                            ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
     Provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                              -----------------------
                                                               JUNE 28,     JUNE 30,
                                                                 1996         1995
                                                              ----------   ----------
          <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
          Current:
          Federal...........................................  $3,534,378   $4,543,713
          State.............................................     796,878    1,024,448
          Foreign...........................................     891,740      827,662
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                               5,222,996    6,395,823
                                                              ----------   ----------
          Deferred:
          Federal...........................................    (568,378)    (540,124)
          State.............................................     (77,233)     (73,393)
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                                (645,611)    (613,517)
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                              $4,577,385   $5,782,306
                                                              ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Deferred tax assets are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                            -------------------------
                                                             JUNE 28,      JUNE 30,
                                                               1996          1995
                                                            -----------   -----------
          <S>                                               <C>           <C>
          Workers compensation and general liability
            insurance.....................................  $ 8,520,710   $ 8,197,145
          Reserves........................................    1,853,214     1,531,168
                                                            -----------   -----------
          Gross deferred tax assets.......................   10,373,924     9,728,313
          Valuation allowance.............................           --            --
                                                            -----------   -----------
          Net deferred tax assets.........................  $10,373,924   $ 9,728,313
                                                            ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
     No valuation allowance has been provided for the deferred tax assets as it
is believed that it is more likely than not that the associated tax benefits
will be realized.
 
     The effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax
rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                    -------------------
                                                                    JUNE 28,   JUNE 30,
                                                                      1996       1995
                                                                    --------   --------
          <S>                                                       <C>        <C>
          Federal statutory rate..................................     34%        34%
          State income taxes, net of federal benefit..............      5%         5%
          Foreign rate differential...............................      1%         1%
          Nondeductible items.....................................      5%         3%
                                                                    --------   -- -- --
                                                                       --        -- --
                                                                       45%        43%
                                                                    ========== ==========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>   128
 
                       ALLIED FACILITY SERVICES BUSINESS
 
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
4.  GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT AND MAJOR CUSTOMER INFORMATION
 
     The Services Business operates solely in the facility services market
segment as more fully described in Note 1. Revenues by geographic segments
approximated the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                        -----------------------------
                                                          JUNE 28,         JUNE 30,
                                                            1996             1995
                                                        ------------     ------------
          <S>                                           <C>              <C>
          United States.............................    $364,035,000     $331,375,000
          Canada....................................      25,065,000       23,193,000
                                                        ------------     ------------
                                                        $389,100,000     $354,568,000
                                                        ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
     No single customer's revenues exceeded 10% of net revenues for any of the
years presented.
 
5.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Operating Leases
 
     The Services Business leases certain equipment and facilities under
noncancelable operating leases expiring on various dates through June, 2005.
Rent expense under these leases was approximately $1,511,301 and $1,032,528 for
the years ended June 28, 1996 and June 30, 1995, respectively. The approximate
future minimum payments under these leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   FISCAL YEAR                             AMOUNT
          -------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
          <S>                                                            <C>
          1997.........................................................  $1,371,000
          1998.........................................................     906,000
          1999.........................................................     506,000
          2000.........................................................     363,000
          2001.........................................................     357,000
          Thereafter...................................................     312,000
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         $3,815,000
                                                                         ==========
</TABLE>
 
  Litigation
 
     The Services Business was a defendant to a class action lawsuit resulting
from the release of certain contaminants into the groundwater and air from a
facility owned by one of its customers (the Customer). The Services Business
provided various maintenance services at such facility from 1982 through 1993.
In January 1995, the Services Business entered into a settlement agreement with
the Customer whereby the Services Business' parent agreed to pay a total of $10
million to the Customer on behalf of the Services Business as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,                          AMOUNT
          -----------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
          <S>                                                    <C>
          1995.................................................  $3,000,000
          1996-2002............................................  $1,000,000 each year
</TABLE>
 
   
     In the ordinary course of business, the Services Business is party to
various lawsuits other than those pertaining to workers compensation and general
liability (see Note 1). In connection with the purchase of the Services Business
(see Note 6), the Group has been indemnified as to any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, relating to or arising from events occurring or accruing at the
Services Business prior to June 28, 1996, subject to a claim being asserted for
such obligation prior to June 30, 1998. Management of the Group is of the
opinion that all litigation of the Services Business currently pending or
threatened will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or
results of operations of the Services Business.
    
 
6.  SIGNIFICANT EVENT
 
     On June 28, 1996, the parent sold the Services Business to the Group for a
total purchase price of approximately $62 million, of which $12 million was
financed by the parent.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>   129
 
============================================================
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE ISSUERS OR THE INITIAL PURCHASER. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE ISSUERS
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES, OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO
WHICH IT RELATES, OR ANY OFFER TO BUY THE EXCHANGE NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION
WHERE OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION
IN SUCH JURISDICTION.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PAGE
                                             ----
<S>                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................   1
Risk Factors...............................   13
The Company................................   19
The Exchange Offer.........................   19
Use of Proceeds............................   28
Capitalization.............................   29
Selected Financial Data....................   30
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.........   32
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...............................   35
Business...................................   42
Management.................................   53
Share Ownership............................   57
Certain Transactions.......................   58
Description of Other Indebtedness..........   59
Description of the Exchange Notes..........   61
Plan of Distribution.......................   89
Material United States Federal Tax
  Considerations for Non-United States
  Holders..................................   90
Legal Matters..............................   91
Experts....................................   91
Index to Combined Financial Statements.....  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
============================================================
 
============================================================
 
                           [UNICCO Service Co. LOGO]
 
                                 UNICCO SERVICE
                                    COMPANY
 
                              UNICCO FINANCE CORP.
 
                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE
 
                                  $105,000,000
 
                           9 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
                            NOTES DUE 2007, SERIES B
                                      FOR
                           9 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
                                 NOTES DUE 2007
                            ------------------------
 
                             PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                           , 1998
    
 
============================================================
<PAGE>   130
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     Article VIII of the Company's Declaration of Trust provides that the
Trustees are entitled to reimbursement and exoneration out of the trust estate
for any liability incurred by the Trust or Trustees, except for the Trustees'
own acts, negligence and defaults in bad faith. Article 3 of the Company's
by-laws provides for indemnification of Trustees and officers and duly appointed
agents of Company against liabilities in connection with the defense of any
action, suit or proceeding to which such persons are made a party by reason of
being a Trustee, officer or duly appointed agent of the Company, except in
relation to matters as to which such persons are adjudged liable for negligence
or misconduct in the performance of their duties.
 
     The Company maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance which
may cover liabilities under the Act.
 
ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
   
 (a) Exhibits (All exhibits have been previously filed, except as noted.)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION
- -------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>      <S>
  1.1    Purchase Agreement dated October 14, 1997 among the Issuers and BancBoston
         Securities Inc.
  3.1    Amended Declaration of Trust of UNICCO Service Company
  3.2    Certificate of Incorporation of UNICCO Finance Corp.
  3.3    By-laws of UNICCO Service Company
  3.4    By-laws of UNICCO Finance Corp.
 *3.5    Articles of Organization of USC, Inc.
 *3.6    Certificate of Incorporation of UNICCO Government Services, Inc.
 *3.7    Certificate of Incorporation of UNICCO Security Services, Inc.
 *3.8    By-laws of USC, Inc.
 *3.9    By-laws of UNICCO Government Services, Inc.
 *3.10   By-laws of UNICCO Security Services, Inc.
  4.1    Indenture dated October 17, 1997 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and State Street
         Bank and Trust Company
  4.2    Form of Notes (included in Exhibit 4.1)
  4.3    Form of Guaranty (included in Exhibit 4.1)
  4.4    Registration Rights Agreement dated October 17, 1997 among the Issuers, the
         Guarantors and BancBoston Securities Inc.
  5.1    Opinion of Posternak, Blankstein & Lund, L.L.P.
 10.1    Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of October 17, 1997 by and
         among BankBoston, N.A. and other banks which may become parties thereto, and UNICCO
         Service Company, USC, Inc., UNICCO Finance Corp., UNICCO Security Services, Inc. and
         UNICCO Government Services, Inc.
 10.2    Employment Agreement with John P. McGillicuddy dated June 25, 1996
 10.3    Severance Agreement with Robert L. Trow dated July 31, 1997
*10.4    Share Purchase Agreement with George A. Keches dated June 20, 1996 and Amendment No.
         1 to Share Purchase Agreement dated February 2, 1998
*10.5    Share Purchase Agreement with John C. Feitor dated July 1, 1989 and Amendment No. 1
         to Share Purchase Agreement dated February 2, 1998
*10.6    Amendment to Employment Agreement with John P. McGillicuddy dated January 13, 1998.
*10.7    Non-Competition Agreement with John P. McGillicuddy dated January 13, 1998.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   131
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION
- -------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>      <S>
*10.8    Note Purchase Agreement dated June 28, 1996 by and among Massachusetts Capital
         Resource Company and UNICCO Service Company, USC, Inc., UNICCO Security Services,
         Inc. and UNICCO Government Services, Inc., as amended by First Amendment to Note
         Purchase Agreement dated October 17, 1997.
 12.1    Statements re Computation of Ratios
 16.1    Letter re change in certifying accountant
 21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
*23.1    Consent of Independent Accountants -- Price Waterhouse LLP
*23.2    Consent of Independent Public Accountants -- Arthur Andersen LLP
 23.3    Consent of Posternak, Blankstein & Lund, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature pages)
 25.1    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of State
         Street Bank and Trust Company
 27.1    Financial Data Schedule
 99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal
 99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
* -- Filed herewith.
    
 
   
 (b) Financial Statement Schedules.
    
 
         None
 
ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     Each undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
     (a)(l) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;
 
          (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
     Securities Act of 1933;
 
          (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
     the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent
     post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
     represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
     Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
     decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
     securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
     deviation from the low or high and of the estimated maximum offering range
     may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission
     pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and
     price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate
     offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in
     the effective registration statement;
 
          (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
     distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any
     material change to such information in the Registration Statement.
 
     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.
 
     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   132
 
     (b) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section
13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable,
each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference
in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
     (c) That, insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     (d) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by
reference into the Prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10 (b), 11 or 13 of this
Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the
incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This
includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective
date of the Registration Statement through the date of responding to the
request.
 
     (e) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information
concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that
was not the subject of and included in the Registration Statement when it became
effective.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   133
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this amendment to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on February 3, 1998.
    
 
                                          UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
 
   
                                          By: /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
    
 
                                            ------------------------------------
   
                                                 George A. Keches
    
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                        DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------  ------------------
 
<S>                                         <C>                                 <C>
 
*                                           Chief Executive Officer and           February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  Chairman of Board of Trustees
Steven C. Kletjian                          (Principal Executive Officer)
 
           /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES             Vice President -- Finance and         February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  Administration, Chief Financial
             George A. Keches               Officer and Treasurer
                                            (Principal Financial
                                            and Accounting Officer)
 
*                                           Vice Chairman of the Board of         February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  Trustees
Richard J. Kletjian
 
*                                           Vice President and Vice Chairman      February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  of Board of Trustees
Robert P. Kletjian
 
*                                           Trustee                               February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------
Sharkay Kletjian
</TABLE>
    
 
   
*By:    /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
     ------------------------------
    
   
        George A. Keches,
     Attorney-in-Fact
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   134
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this amendment to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on February 3, 1998.
    
 
                                          UNICCO FINANCE COMPANY
 
   
                                          By: /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
    
 
                                            ------------------------------------
   
                                                 George A. Keches
    
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                TITLE                      DATE
- ------------------------------------------  -------------------------------  ------------------
 
<S>                                         <C>                              <C>
 
*                                           President and Director             February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  (Principal Executive Officer)
Steven C. Kletjian
 
           /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES             Treasurer                          February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  (Principal Financial and
             George A. Keches               Accounting Officer)
 
*By: /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
              ----------------------------
              George A. Keches,
              Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   135
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this amendment to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on February 3, 1998.
    
 
                                          USC, INC.
 
   
                                          By: /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
    
 
                                            ------------------------------------
   
                                                 George A. Keches
    
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                               TITLE                       DATE
- ------------------------------------------  -----------------------------    ------------------
 
<S>                                         <C>                              <C>
 
*                                           President and Director             February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  (Principal Executive Officer)
Steven C. Kletjian
 
           /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES             Treasurer (Principal               February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  Financial and Accounting
             George A. Keches               Officer)
 
*                                           Director                           February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------
Richard J. Kletjian
 
*                                           Director                           February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------
Robert P. Kletjian
 
*                                           Director                           February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------
Sharkay Kletjian
 
        *By: /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
- ------------------------------------------
    George A. Keches, Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>   136
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this amendment to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on February 3, 1998.
    
 
                                          UNICCO GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC.
 
   
                                          By:     /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
    
 
                                            ------------------------------------
   
                                                  George A. Keches
    
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                              TITLE                       DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ----------------------------    ------------------
 
<S>                                         <C>                             <C>
 
*                                           President and Director            February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  (Principal Executive
Steven C. Kletjian                          Officer)
 
           /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES             Treasurer (Principal              February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  Financial and Accounting
             George A. Keches               Officer)
 
        *By: /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
- ------------------------------------------
    George A. Keches, Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>   137
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this amendment to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on February 3, 1998.
    
 
                                          UNICCO SECURITY SERVICES, INC.
 
   
                                          By: /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
    
                                            ------------------------------------
   
                                                   George A. Keches
    
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                               TITLE                      DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------
 
<S>                                         <C>                             <C>
 
*                                           President and Director            February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  (Principal Executive Officer)
Michael F. Dunn
 
           /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES             Principal Accounting Officer      February 3, 1998
- ------------------------------------------  (Principal Financial and
             George A. Keches               Accounting Officer)
 
        *By: /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
- ------------------------------------------
            George A. Keches,
             Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-8

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 3.5



                                                                               D


                        THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
                             WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
                          SECRETARY OF THE COMMONWEALTH
              One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
                           (GENERAL LAWS CHAPTER 156B)



                              ARTICLE I The name of
                               the corporation is:

                                    USC, INC.


                                   ARTICLE II
      The purpose of the corporation is to engage in the following business
                                  activities:

         To engage directly or indirectly in the business of providing
facilities management and security services;

         To engage in any other business permitted to the Massachusetts General
Business Laws.









NOTE: IF THE SPACE PROVIDED UNDER ANY ARTICLE OR ITEM ON THIS FORM IS
INSUFFICIENT, ADDITIONS SHALL BE SET FORTH ON ONE SIDE ONLY OF SEPARATE 8 1/2 X
11 SHEETS OF PAPER WITH A LEFT MARGIN OF AT LEAST 1 INCH. ADDITIONS TO MORE THAN
ONE ARTICLE MAY BE MADE ON A SINGLE SHEET SO LONG AS EACH ARTICLE REQUIRING EACH
ADDITION IS CLEARLY INDICATED.
<PAGE>   2


                                   ARTICLE III

State the total number of shares and par value, if any, of each class of stock
which the corporation is authorized to use:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             WITHOUT PAR VALUE                                                  WITH PAR VALUE

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TYPE                 NUMBER OF SHARES                TYPE               NUMBER OF SHARES             PAR VALUE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  <S>                   <C>                             <C>                       <C>                      <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Common:                voting 100,000                Common:                  -------                  -------
                        non-voting 100,000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Preferred:                   ------                   Preferred:                -------                  -------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
If more than one class of stock is authorized, state a distinguishing
designation for each class. Prior to the issuance of any shares of a class, if
shares of another class are outstanding, the corporation must provide a
description of the preferences, voting powers, qualifications, and special or
relative rights or privileges of that class and of each other class of which
shares are outstanding and of each series then established within any class.

         The Voting and Non-Voting Common Stock shall be identical in all
respects, provided only that the Non-Voting Common Stock shall not, except as
may otherwise be required by law, have any voting rights or powers.

                                    ARTICLE V
The restrictions, if any, imposed by the Articles of Organization upon the
transfer of shares of stock of any class are:

         N/A

                                   ARTICLE VI
**Other lawful provisions, if any, for the conduct and regulation of the
business and affairs of the corporation, for its voluntary dissolution, or for
limiting, defining, or regulating the powers of the corporation, or of its
directors or stockholders, of any class of stockholders:

         See Continuation Sheet 6A.









**If there are no provisions state "None".

NOTE: THE PRECEDING SIX (6) ARTICLES ARE CONSIDERED TO BE PERMANENT AND MAY ONLY
BE CHANGED BY FILING APPROPRIATE ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT.

<PAGE>   3




                                   ARTICLE VII
The effective date of organization of the corporation shall be the date approved
and filed by the Secretary of the Commonwealth. If a later effective date is
desired, specify such date which shall not be more than thirty (30) days after
the date of filing.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN ARTICLE VIII IS NOT A PERMANENT PART OF THE
ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION.

a. The street address (post office boxes are not acceptable) of the principal
   office of the corporation in Massachusetts is: 
                  Four Copley Place, Boston, MA 02116

b. The name, residential address and post office address of each director and
officer of the corporation is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          NAME               RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS                   POST OFFICE ADDRESS

<S>               <C>                        <C>                                 <C>                  
President:        Steven C. Kletjian         75 Cambridge Parkway,               75 Cambridge Parkway,
                                             610 E. Cambridge, MA  02142         610 E. Cambridge, MA  02142

Treasurer:        Sharkay Kletjian           111 Riverside Drive                 111 Riverside Drive
                                             Norwell, MA  02161                  Norwell, MA  02161

Clerk:            Noel G. Posternak          118 Marlborough Street              118 Marlborough Street
                                             Boston, MA  02116                   Boston, MA  02116

Directors:        Steven C. Kletjian         75 Cambridge Parkway,               75 Cambridge Parkway,
                                             610 E. Cambridge, MA  02142         610 E. Cambridge, MA  02142

                  Sharkay Kletjian           111 Riverside Drive                 111 Riverside Drive
                                             Norwell, MA  02161                  Norwell, MA  02161

                  Robert P. Kletjian         16 Powers Road                      16 Powers Road, Andover
                                             Andover, MA 01810                   MA, 01810

                  Richard J. Kletjian        6 Crooked Meadow                    6 Crooked Meadow
                                             Hingham, MA  02043                  Hingham, MA 02043

Assistant         George A. Keches           2 Chestnut Avenue                   2 Chestnut Avenue
Clerk:                                       Medfield, MA 02052                  Medfield, MA  02052
</TABLE>


c. The fiscal year (i.e., tax year) of the corporation shall end on the last day
   of the month of: June

d. The name and business address of the resident agent, if any, of the
   corporation is: N/A

                                   ARTICLE IX

By-laws of the corporation have been duly adopted and the president, treasurer,
clerk and directors whose names are set forth above, have been duly elected.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I/we, whose signature(s)
appear below as incorporator(s) and whose name(s) and business or residential
address(es) are clearly typed or printed beneath each signature do hereby
associate 





NOTE: IF AN EXISTING CORPORATION IS ACTING AS INCORPORATOR, TYPE IN THE EXACT
NAME OF THE CORPORATION, THE STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION WHERE IT WAS
INCORPORATED, THE NAME OF THE PERSON SIGNING ON BEHALF OF SAID CORPORATION AND
THE TITLE HE/SHE HOLDS OR OTHER AUTHORITY BY WHICH SUCH ACTION IS TAKEN.



<PAGE>   4



with the intention of forming this corporation under the provisions of
General Laws, Chapter 156B and do hereby sign these Articles of Organization as
incorporator(s) this 16th day of May, 1996,

                                 /s/ Michael J. Wolfson.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Michael J. Wolfson, Esq.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Posternak, Blankstein & Lund, L.L.P.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     100 Charles River Plaza
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Boston, MA 02114
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   5


                        THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
                          (GENERAL LAWS, CHAPTER 156B)


         ============================================================


         I hereby certify that, upon examination of these Articles of
         Organization, duly submitted to me, it appears that the
         provisions of the General Laws relative to the organization
         of corporations have been complied with, and I hereby
         approve said articles; and the filing fee in the amount of
         $200.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have
         been filed with me this 16th day of May, 1996.







         Effective date:        /s/ William Francis Galvin
                        ---------------------------------------------






                             WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
                          Secretary of the Commonwealth







         FILING FEE: One tenth of one percent of the total authorized
         capital stock, but not less than $200,000. For the purpose
         of filing, shares of stock with a par value less than $1.00,
         or no par stock shall be deemed to have a par value of $1.00
         per share.




                          TO BE FILED IN BY CORPORATION
                      PHOTOCOPY OF DOCUMENT TO BE SENT TO:


                     Michael J. Wolfson, Esq.
         ------------------------------------------------------------
                     Posternak, Blankstein & Lund, L.L.P.
         ------------------------------------------------------------
                     100 Charles River Plaza
         ------------------------------------------------------------
                     Boston, MA 02114
         ------------------------------------------------------------
         Telephone:        (617) 973-6117
                   --------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   6


                                   USC, INC>.

                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                              Continuation Sheet 6A

        The Board of Directors of the Corporation may make, amend, or repeal the
By-Laws of the Corporation, in whole or in part, except with respect to any
provision thereof which, by law, the Articles of Organization, or the By-Laws,
require action exclusively by the Stockholders entitled to vote thereon; but any
By-Law adopted by the Board of Directors may be amended or repealed by the
Stockholders.

        All meetings of Stockholders of the Corporation may be held within the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts or elsewhere within the United States. The place
of such meetings shall be fixed in, or determined in the manner provided in, the
By-Laws.

        The Corporation may be a partner, general or limited, in any business
enterprise which it would have the power to conduct by itself.

        A Director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its Stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a Director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such
liability, except for liability (i) for any breach of the Director's duty of
loyalty to the Corporation or Stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in
good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) under Section 61 or 62 of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General
Laws, or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper
personal benefit.

        Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the
Stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a Director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

         ============================================================



<PAGE>   1

                                                                     Exhibit 3-6



                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       of

                   ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION OF VIRGINIA

        WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, in order to for a corporation for the purposes
hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do hereby certify as follows:

        FIRST:  The name of the corporation is

                   ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION OF VIRGINIA

        SECOND: The principal office of the corporation is to be located in the
City of Dover, in the County of Kent, in the State of Delaware. The name of its
resident agent is the UNITED STATES CORPORATION COMPANY, whose address is No.
129 South Street in said city.

        THIRD: The nature of the business of the corporation and the objects or
purposes proposed to be transacted, promoted or carried on by it are:

               To engage in, carry on, conduct, manage and transact any and
        every kind of business, as agent or as principal, having to do with the
        furnishings of cleaning, maintaining and repairing service of every kind
        and character including, but not limited to, the following: to clean,
        maintain and repair buildings, houses, homes, churches, schools,
        auditoriums, office buildings, warehouses, refrigerating plants, hotels,
        stores, shops, restaurants, theaters, places of amusements, exhibition
        halls and places, public and private structures, terminals, stations,
        bridges, depots, garages, storehouses, parking area, shipyards, wharves
        and docks, factories, airports, airport terminals, aircraft services
        facilities, docks, land an sea, lighthouses, landing buoys, mooring
        facilities, parking area, ships and vehicles of every kind and
        description, and every structure, building, facility, edifice, place or
        places thing or things of every king and description, or wheresoever
        located; to clean, maintain and repair all and every kind of machinery,
        equipment, windows and glass of all kinds, furnishings, fixtures and
        appurtenances of all kinds and character in such building, structures,
        or edifices, and in all and every place or places or thing or things,
        and any and all other furnishings, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances
        of any kind and character and wheresoever located.


<PAGE>   2

               To engage in, carry on, conduct, manage and transact any and
        every kind of business relating, but not by way of limitation, to the
        building, construction, demolition, wrecking, repairing, altering, of
        buildings and structures of every kind and description; to engage in the
        business of making and grading roads, paths and walks; to do building,
        construction, structural, dredging, shoring, wreckage, salvage, and
        electrical work of every kind and description whatsoever and in every
        part of the world; to make all estimates and bid for itself and for
        others on the building, construction, repairing and altering of any and
        every kind of building, structure of edifice; to do day and all and
        every set and thing commonly done by building contractors.

               To design, make, build, construct, manufacture, purchase, lease
        or otherwise acquire, hold, own, improve, repair, service, manage,
        operate, mortgage, sell, lease, sublease or otherwise dispose of and
        also to obtain and grant rights, powers, licenses, privileges,
        franchises and concessions with respect to or in connection with any and
        every kind of structure, machinery, equipment, device or facility.

               To engage in, carry on, conduct, manage and transact, any and
        every kind of business having to do with transportation, loading,
        unloading, storage, maintaining, repairing and cleaning services of any
        and every kind and character including, without limitation, the business
        of carrying, transporting, delivering, loading, unloading, storing or
        transferring, persons, property, by any vehicle or means of
        transportation or conveyance whether not known or hereafter invented or
        developed, to the extent permitted a corporation organized under the
        General Corporation Law.

               To manufacture, buy, sell, deal in, and to engage in, conduct and
        carry on the business of manufacturing, buying, selling and dealing in
        goods, wares and merchandise of every class and description necessary or
        useful for the operations of this corporation.

               To improve, manage, develop, sell, assign transfer, lease,
        mortgage, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or turn to account or deal
        with all or any part of the property of the corporation and from time to
        time to vary any investment or employment of capital of the corporation.

               To borrow money, and to make and issue notes, bonds, debentures,
        obligations and evidences of indebtedness of all kinds, whether secured
        by mortgage, pledge or otherwise, without limit as to amount, and to
        secure the same by mortgage, pledge or otherwise; and generally to make
        and perform agreements and contracts of every kind and description.


<PAGE>   3

               To the same extent as natural persons might or could do, to
        purchase or otherwise acquire, and to hold, own, maintain, work,
        develop, sell, lease, exchange, hire, convey, mortgage or otherwise
        dispose of and deal in, lands and leaseholds, and any interest, estate
        and rights in real property, and any personal or mixed property, and any
        franchises, rights, licenses or privileges necessary, convenient or
        appropriate for any of the purposes herein expressed.

               To apply for, obtain, register, purchase, lease or otherwise to
        acquire and hold, own, use, develop, operate and introduce, and to sell,
        assign, grant licenses or territorial rights in respect to, or otherwise
        to turn the account or dispose of, any copyrights, trade marks, trade
        names, brands, labels, patent rights, letters patent of the United
        States or of any other country or government, inventions, improvements
        and processes, whether used in connection with or secured under letters
        patent or otherwise.

               To do all and everything necessary, suitable and proper for the
        accomplishment of any of the purposes or the attainment of any of the
        objects or the furtherance of any of the powers hereinbefore set forth,
        either alone or in association with other corporations, firms or
        individuals, and to do every other act or acts, thing or things
        incidental or appurtenant to or growing out of or connected with the
        aforesaid business or powers or any part or parts thereof, provided the
        same be not inconsistent with the laws under which this corporation is
        organized.

               To acquire by purchase, subscription or otherwise, and to hold
        for investment or otherwise and to use, sell, assign, transfer,
        mortgage, pledge or otherwise deal with or dispose of stocks, bonds or
        any other obligations or securities of any corporation or corporations;
        to merge or consolidate with any corporation in such manner as may be
        permitted by law; to aid in any manner any corporation whose stocks,
        bonds or other obligations are held or in any manner guaranteed by this
        corporation, or in which this corporation is in any way interested; and
        to do any other acts or things for the preservation, protection,
        improvement or enhancement of the value of any such stock, bonds or
        other obligations; and while owner of any such stocks, bonds or other
        obligations to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of
        ownership thereof, and to exercise any and all voting powers thereon; to
        guarantee the payment of dividends upon any stock, or the principal or
        interest or both, of any bonds or other obligations, and the performance
        of any contracts.

               The business or purpose of the corporation is from time to time
        to do any one or more of the acts and things hereinabove set forth, and
        it shall have power to conduct and carry on its said business, or any
        part 





<PAGE>   4

        thereof, and to have one or more offices, and to exercise any or all of
        its corporate powers and rights, in the State of Delaware, and in the
        various other states, territories, colonies and dependencies of the
        United States, in the District of Columbia, and in all or any foreign
        countries.

               The enumeration herein of the objects and purposes of this
        corporation shall be construed as powers as well as objects and purposes
        and shall not be deemed to exclude by inference any powers, objects or
        purposes which this corporation is empowered to exercise, whether
        expressly by force of the laws of the State of Delaware now or hereafter
        in effect or impliedly by the reasonable construction of the said laws.

        FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the corporation is
authorized to issue is one hundred (100) shares or the par value of ten dollars
($10.00) each, amounting in the aggregate to one thousand dollars ($1,000.00).

        FIFTH: The minimum amount of capital with which the corporation will
commence business is one thousand dollars ($1,000.00).

        SIXTH: The name and place of residence of each of the incorporators is
as follows:

        NAME                                           RESIDENCE

Thomas A. McCarthy                        50 Broad Street, New York 4, N.Y.
John Kirchner                             50 Broad Street, New York 4, N.Y.
George P. Gallagher                       50 Broad Street, New York 4, N.Y.

        SEVENTH: The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

        EIGHTH: The private property of the stockholders shall not be subject to
the payment of corporate debts to any extent whatever.

        NINTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the
business and for the conduct of the affairs of this corporation, and for further
definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of this corporation and of
its directors and stockholders:

        (1) The number of directors of the corporation shall be such as from
time to time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in the by-laws, but
shall not be less than three. Election of directors need not be by ballot unless
the by-laws so provide.


<PAGE>   5

        (2)    The Board of Directors shall have power

               (a) Without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to make,
        alter, amend, change, add to, or repeal the By-Laws of this corporation;
        to fix and vary the amount to be reserved for any proper purpose; to
        authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens upon any part of
        the property of the corporation provided it be less than substantially
        all; to determine the use and disposition of any surplus or net profits
        and to fix the times for the declaration and payment of dividends.

               (b) To determine from time to time whether, and to what extent,
        and at what times and places, and under what conditions and regulations,
        the accounts and books of the corporation (other than the stock ledger)
        or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders.

        (3)    The directors in their discretion may subject any contract or act
for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders or at any
meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of considering any such act
or contract, and any contract or act that shall be approved or be ratified by
the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the corporation which is
represented in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat
(provided that a lawful quorum of stockholders be there represented in person or
by proxy) shall be as valid and as binding upon the corporation and upon all the
stockholders as though it had been approved or ratified by every stockholder of
the corporation, whether or not the contract or act would otherwise be open to
legal attack because of the directors' interest, or for any other reason.

        (4)    In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by
statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to
exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or
done by the corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the
statutes of Delaware, of this certificate, and to any by-laws from time to time
made by the stockholders; provided, however, that no by-law so made shall
invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such
by-law had not been made.

        TENTH: No contract or other transaction between the corporation and any
other corporation shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any one or
more of the 





<PAGE>   6

directors of this corporation is or are interested in, or is a director or
officer, or are directors or officers of such other corporation, and any
director or directors, individually or jointly may be a party or parties to or
may be interested in any contract or transaction of this corporation or in which
this corporation is interested; and no contract, act or transaction of this
corporation which any person or persons, firm or association, shall be affected
or invalidated by the fact that any director or directors of this corporation is
a party, or are parties to, or interested in, such contract, act or transaction,
or in any way connected with such person or persons, firm or association, and
each and every person who may become a director of this corporation is hereby
relieved from any liability that might otherwise exist from contracting with the
corporation for the benefit of himself or any firm or corporation in which he
may be in any wise interested.

        ELEVENTH: Any person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by
reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director,
officer or employee of this corporation or of any corporation which he served as
such act the request of this corporation, shall be indemnified by the
corporation against the reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually
and necessarily incurred by him in connection with the defense of such action,
suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, except in relation
to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding
that such officer, director or employee is liable for negligence or misconduct
in the performance of his duties. Such right or indemnification shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which such director, officer or employee
may be entitled by law.

        TWELFTH: The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this certificate or incorporation in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights and powers conferred
herein on stockholders, directors and officers are subject to this reserved
power.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, the 24th
day of October, 1962.

In presence of:
<PAGE>   7

                                              /s/ Thomas A. McCarthy    (L.S.)
- ----------------------                   -------------------------------
                                              /s/ John Kirchner         (L.S.)
                                         -------------------------------
                                              /s/ George P. Gallagher   (L.S.)
                                         -------------------------------



STATE OF NEW YORK     )
                      )    ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK    )

        BE IT REMEMBERED that on this 24th day of October, 1962, personally came
before me, Edith Singer, a Notary Public, in and for the County and State
aforesaid, Thomas A. McCarthy, John Kirchner and George P. Gallagher, parties to
the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation, known to me personally to be such,
and severally acknowledged that said certificate to be the act and deed of the
signers respectively, and that the facts therein stated are truly set forth.

        GIVEN under my hand and seal of office the day year aforesaid.



                                              /s/ Edith Singer
                                         -------------------------------

<PAGE>   8


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                   ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION OF VIRGINIA

                              --------------------

                    Adopted in accordance with the provisions
                     of Sections 242 and 228 of the General
                    Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

                              --------------------

        We, DONALD H. McCAMPBELL, President and ARTHUR J. LEATHERMAN, Secretary
of ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION OF VIRGINIA, a corporation existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware, do hereby certify under the seal of the said
corporation as follows:

        1. On November 19, 1965, the written consent of all of the Stockholders
entitled to vote of ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION OF VIRGINIA was given, in
accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, to the proposed amendment to Certificate of Incorporation.

        2. The following is a true and correct copy of the amended Article FIRST
of the Certificate of Incorporation as consented to in writing by all of the
Stockholders as aforesaid:

           "FIRST: The name of the corporation is ALLIED EASTERN STATES 
        MAINTENANCE CORPORATION."

        3. Such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we DONALD H. McCAMPBELL, President, and ARTHUR J.
LEATHERMAN, Secretary of ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION OF VIRGINIA, have signed
this certificate and caused the corporate seal of the corporation to be hereunto
affixed this 19th day of November, 1965.


<PAGE>   9

                                             /s/ Donald H. McCampbell
                                         -------------------------------
                                                    President


                                             /s/ Arthur J. Leatherman
                                         -------------------------------
                                                    Secretary


<PAGE>   10


STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    )  SS.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )

        BE IT REMEMBERED, that on this 19th day of November, 1965, personally
came before, MARGERY B. WEISENFELD, a Notary Public in and for the County and
State aforesaid, duly commissioned and sworn to take acknowledgments or proofs
of deeds, DONALD H. McCAMPBELL, President of ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION OF
VIRGINIA, a corporation of the State of Delaware, the corporation described in
the foregoing Certificate, known to me personally to by such, and he the said
DONALD H. McCAMPBELL, as such President, acknowledged the said Certificate to be
his act and deed and made on behalf of said corporation; that the signatures of
said President and of the Secretary of said corporation to said foregoing
Certificate are in the handwriting of said President and of the Secretary of
said corporation, respectively, and that the seal affixed to said Certificates
is the common or corporate seal of said corporation, and that his act of
sealing, executing, acknowledging and delivering the said Certificate was duly
authorized by the directors and with the written consent of the holders of
record of all the shares of said corporation entitled to vote on an amendment to
the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, at the time outstanding.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal of office the
day and year aforesaid.


                                             /s/ Margery B. Weisenfeld
                                         ---------------------------------

<PAGE>   11


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                  ALLIED EASTERN STATES MAINTENANCE CORPORATION

                            ------------------------

                    Adopted in accordance with the provisions

                    of Section 242 of the General Corporation

                          Law of the State of Delaware

                            ------------------------

        We, Peter Allen, Vice President, and J.L. Effinger, Assistant Secretary
of ALLIED EASTERN STATES MAINTENANCE CORPORATION, a corporation existing under
the laws of the State of Delaware, do hereby certify as follows:

        FIRST: That the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation has
been amended as follows:

        By striking out the whole of Article FIRST thereof as it now exists and
inserting in lieu and instead thereof a new Article FIRST, reading as follow:

              "FIRST: The name of the corporation is OGDEN ALLIED EASTERN STATES
        MAINTENANCE CORPORATION."

        SECOND: That such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the
unanimous written consent of all of the stockholders entitled to vote in
accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have signed this certificate this 28th day of
August, 1986.

                                                 /s/ Peter Allen
                                         --------------------------------
                                                     Vice President

                                                /s/ J. L. Effinger
                                         -------------------------------
                                                  Assistant Secretary
<PAGE>   12


            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

               OGDEN ALLIED EASTERN STATES MAINTENANCE CORPORATION

It is hereby certified that:

        1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation") is
Ogden Allied Eastern States Maintenance Corporation;

        2. The certificate of incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended
by striking the First Article thereof and substituting in lieu of said Article
the following new Article:

        "First: The name of the Corporation shall be UNICCO Government Services,
Inc."

        3. In lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the stockholders have
given unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware; and

        4. That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.

        The effective time of the amendment herein certified shall be June 28,
1996.

           Signed on May 29, 1996.


                                              /s/ J. L. Effinger
                                         ------------------------------
                                              Assistant Secretary


<PAGE>   13


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       TO

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                        UNICCO GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC.

        I, Steven C. Kletjian, President and Secretary of UNICCO Government
Services, Inc., a corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the
State of Delaware, do hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: That the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation is hereby
amended by deleting Article EIGHTH thereof in its entirety and replacing it with
a new Article EIGHTH to read as follows:

        "EIGHTH: The private property of any stockholder who is a natural person
        shall not be subject to the payment of corporation debts to any extent
        whatsoever, except with the consent of such stockholder."

SECOND: That in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware, such amendment has been duly adopted and approved by the
Board of Directors and Stockholders of the corporation by their unanimous
written consent on June 28, 1996.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, UNICCO Government Services, Inc. has caused this
Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by
Steven C. Kletjian, its President and Secretary, this 28th day of June, 1996.


                                             UNICCO Government Services, Inc.


                                             By: /s/ Steven C. Kletjian
                                                -------------------------------
                                                 President and Secretary

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 3-7



                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                              OGDEN SECURITY, INC.

                                    * * * * *

                      FIRST. The name of the corporation is

                              OGDEN SECURITY, INC.

        SECOND. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware of
No. 100 West Tenth Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The
name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

        THIRD. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or
promoted is:

        To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
organized under the General Corporation Law Of Delaware.

        FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall
have authority to issue is Ten Thousand (10,000) of which stock five thousand
(5,000) shares of the par value of One Dollar ($1.00) each, amounting in the
aggregate to Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) shall be preferred stock and of
which five thousand (5,000) shares of the par value of One Dollar ($1.00) each,
amounting in the aggregate to Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) shall be common
stock.

        The Board of Directors is authorized to fix by resolution or
resolutions, the voting powers, if any, full or limited, the designations and
the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect
of the preferred stock to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws
of Delaware, except as otherwise provided in the certificate of 




<PAGE>   2

incorporation or any amendment thereto or any certificate setting forth the
resolutions fixing the terms of any class.

        FIFTH. The name and mailing address of each incorporator is as follows:

        NAME                                MAILING ADDRESS
        ----                                ---------------

S.E. Widdoes                                100 West Tenth Street
                                            Wilmington, Delaware 19801

W.J. Reif                                   100 West Tenth Street
                                            Wilmington, Delaware 19801

J.L. Rivera                                 100 West Tenth Street
                                            Wilmington, Delaware 19801

        SIXTH. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

        SEVENTH. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized:

        To make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

        To authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens upon the real
and personal property of the corporation.

        To set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for
dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and to abolish any such
reserve in the manner in which it was created.

        By a majority of the whole board, to designate one or more committees,
each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the corporation.
The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of
the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution or
in the by-laws of the corporation, 




<PAGE>   3

shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the
seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it;
provided, however, the by-laws may provide that in the absence or
disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member of
members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether
or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent of
disqualified member.

        When and as authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the stock issued and outstanding having voting power given at a
stockholders' meeting duly called upon such notice as is required by statute, or
when authorized by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the
voting stock issued and outstanding, to sell, lease or exchange all of
substantially all of the property and assets of the corporation, including its
good will and its corporate franchises, upon such terms and conditions and for
such consideration, which may consist in whole or in part of money or property
including shares of stock in, and/or other securities of, any other corporations
or corporations, as its board of directors shall deem expedient and for the best
interests of the corporation.

        EIGHTH. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this 



<PAGE>   4

corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code
or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers
appointed for this corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of
the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or
of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case
may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority
in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of
creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this
corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or
arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made,
be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the
stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this corporation.

        NINTH. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State
of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide. The books of the corporation may be
kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of
Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the
board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Elections of directors
need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation shall so
provide.

        TENTH. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation, in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.


<PAGE>   5

        WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, being each of the incorporators hereinbefore named,
for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and
certifying that this is our act and deed and the facts herein stated are true,
and accordingly have hereunto set our hands this ____________ day of
_______________, 19_____.



                                                  /s/ S.E. Widdoes
                                             --------------------------------
                                                  /s/ W.J. Reit
                                             --------------------------------
                                                  /s/ J.L. Rivera
                                             --------------------------------

<PAGE>   6


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                    * * * * *
     OGDEN SECURITY, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by
virtue of the General Corporation Law and the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY
CERTIFY:

        FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous
written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a
resolution proposing and declaring advisable of the following amendment to the
Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

        RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of Ogden Security, Inc.
        be amended by changing the Third Article thereof so that, as amended,
        said Article shall be and read as follows:

               "THIRD. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or
        promoted is:

               To make and perform contracts of any kind and description in
        carrying on its business or for the purpose of obtaining or furthering
        any of its objectives and to do any and all things authorized by law for
        the accomplishment of the purpose of the corporation.

               To acquire, lease, purchase, mortgage, hold or otherwise deal in
        real and personal property used in connection with its business.

               To engage in the business activities of providing security
        services; private investigative services; and alarm contracting
        services; and to provide all ancillary, associated and supportive
        activities and related services in support thereof and in conjunction
        thereto."


<PAGE>   7

        SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of shareholders, the sole
shareholder has given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the
provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

        THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with
the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Ogden Security, Inc. has cause this certificate
to be signed by Michael F. Dunn, its President, and attested by Peter Allen, its
Assistant Secretary, this 8th day of June, 1987.


                                             OGDEN SECURITY, INC.


                                             By: /s/ Michael F. Dunn
                                                --------------------------------
                                                 President


ATTEST:


By:   /s/ Peter Allen
   -----------------------------------
      Assistant Secretary


<PAGE>   8


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                    * * * * *


        Ogden Security, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under any and
by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY
CERTIFY:

        FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous
written consent of the members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a
resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the
Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

        RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of Ogden Security, Inc.
        be amended by changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended,
        said Article shall be and read as follows: "First: The name of the
        Corporation shall be Ogden Allied Security Services, Inc."

        SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the
stockholders have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in
accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.

        THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with
the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware.


<PAGE>   9

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Ogden Security, Inc. has caused this
certificate to be signed by Peter Allen, its Vice President, and attested by
J.L. Effinger, its Assistant Secretary, this 29th day of February, 1988.


                                             OGDEN SECURITY, INC.


                                                  /s/ Peter Allen
                                             --------------------------------
                                                  Vice President



ATTEST:


By:     /s/ J.L. Effinger
   ----------------------------------
        Assistant Secretary


<PAGE>   10


                       CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

                                     MERGING

                  Ogden Risk Management Control Services, Inc.

                                      INTO

                      Ogden Allied Security Services, Inc.

                                    * * * * *


        Ogden Allied Security Services, Inc., a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of Delaware,

        DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

        FIRST: That this corporation was incorporated on the 10th day of May,
1972, pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

        SECOND: That this corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of the
stock of Ogden Risk Management Control Services, Inc., a corporation
incorporated on the 15th day of February, 1984, pursuant to the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

        THIRD: That this corporation, by the following resolutions of its Board
of Directors, duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of its members,
filed with the minutes of the Board, on the 10th day of May, 1991, determined to
and did merge into itself said Ogden Risk Management Control Services, Inc.:

        RESOLVED, that Ogden Allied Security Services, Inc. merge, and it hereby
does merge into itself said Ogden Risk Management Control Services, Inc., and
assumes all of its obligations; and

        FURTHER RESOLVED, that the merger shall be effective upon the date of
filing with the Secretary of State of State of Delaware.

        FURTHER RESOLVED, that the proper officers of this corporation be and
they hereby are directed to make and execute a Certificate of Ownership and
Merger setting 



<PAGE>   11

forth a copy of the resolutions to merge said Ogden Risk Management Control
Services, Inc. and assume the liabilities and obligations, and the date of
adoption thereof, and to cause the same to be filed with the Secretary of State
and a certified copy recorded in the office of the Recorder of Deeds of New
Castle County and to do all acts and things whatsoever, whether within or
without the State of Delaware, which may be in anywise necessary or proper to
effect said merger; and

        FOURTH: Anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding,
this merger may be amended or terminated and abandoned by the Board of Directors
of Ogden Allied Security Services, Inc. at any time prior to the date of filing
the merger with the Secretary of State.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Ogden Allied Security Services, Inc. has caused
this Certificate to be signed by John W. Bauknecht, its Vice President and
attested by Peter Allen, its Assistant Secretary; and said Ogden Risk Management
Control Services, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be signed by Robert M.
DiGia, its Vice President and attested by J.L. Effinger, its Secretary, this
13th day of May, 1991.


OGDEN ALLIED SECURITY SERVICES,                   OGDEN RISK MANAGEMENT
INC.                                              CONTROL SERVICES, INC.


By:     /s/ John Bauknecht                        By:    /s/ Robert M. DiGia
   --------------------------------                  ---------------------------
        Vice President                                   Vice President


ATTEST:                                           ATTEST:


By:     /s/ Peter Allen                           By:    /s/ J.L. Effinger
   --------------------------------                  ---------------------------
        Assistant Secretary                              Secretary


<PAGE>   12


             CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE
                             AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

It is hereby certified that:

1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the "corporation") is

                      OGDEN ALLIED SECURITY SERVICES, INC.

2. The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware is
hereby changed to 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, City of Dover 19901, County
of Kent.

3. The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is
hereby changed to the Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., the business
office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as
hereby changed.

4. The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by
resolution of its Board of Directors.


Signed on Jan. 11, 1993


                                                  /s/ John Bauknecht
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                  Vice President


Attest:


    /s/ Peter Allen
- -----------------------------------
    Assistant Secretary


<PAGE>   13


            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                      OGDEN ALLIED SECURITY SERVICES, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

        1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation") is
Ogden Allied Security Services, Inc.

        2. The certificate of incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended
by striking out the First Article thereof and substituting in lieu of said
Article the following new Article:

        "First: The name of the Corporation shall be UNICCO Security Services,
Inc."

        3. In lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the stockholders have
given unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware; and

        4. That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.

        The effective time of the amendment herein certified shall be June 28,
1996.

        Signed on May 29, 1996


                                             By:    /s/ James Gall
                                                --------------------------------
                                                    Vice President

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 3-8

                                     BY-LAWS

                                       of

                                    USC, Inc.



                                  ARTICLE FIRST

        The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the year ending with the
31st day of December in each year.

                                 ARTICLE SECOND

                                  Stockholders

        SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of stockholders shall
initially be held on the second Tuesday of June in each year commencing with the
year 1996 (or if that be a legal holiday in the place where the meeting is to be
held, on the next succeeding full business day) at the hour fixed by the
Directors or the President and stated in the notice of the meeting, provided
that the Directors or an officer designated by the Directors may, for any
subsequent year or years, fix a different date for the annual meeting, which
date shall be within six (6) months after the end of the fiscal year of the
corporation. The purposes for which the annual meeting is to be held, in
addition to those prescribed by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these
By-Laws, may be specified by the Directors or the President. If no annual
meeting is held in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a special meeting
may be held in lieu thereof, and any action taken at such meeting shall have the
same effect as if taken at the annual meeting.

        SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders may be
called by the President, or by a majority of the Directors acting by vote or by
written instrument or instruments signed by such a majority of them. Special
meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Clerk, or in case of the
death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Clerk, by any other officer, upon
written application of one or more stockholders who are entitled to vote at the
meeting and who hold at least one-tenth part in interest of the capital stock
entitled to vote at the meeting, stating the 




<PAGE>   2

time, place and purposes of the meeting. No call of a special meeting of the
stockholders shall be required if such notice of the meeting shall have been
waived either in writing or by a telegram by every stockholder entitled to
notice thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized.

        SECTION 3. PLACE OF MEETINGS. All meetings of stockholders shall be held
at the principal office of the corporation unless a different place (within the
United States) is fixed by the Directors or the President and stated in the
notice of the meeting.

        SECTION 4. NOTICES. Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be
given as follows, to wit:- A written notice, stating the place, day and hour
thereof, shall be given by the Clerk or an Assistant Clerk or the person or
persons calling the meeting, at least seven days before the meeting, to each
stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, by law, the
Articles of Organization, or these By-laws, is entitled to such notice, by
leaving such notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business, or
by mailing it, postage prepaid, and addressed to such stockholder at his address
as it appears upon the books of the corporation. Notices of all meetings of
stockholders shall state the purposes for which the meetings are called. No
notice need be given to any stockholder if a waiver of notice in writing or by
telegram, executed before or after the meeting by the stockholder or his
attorney thereunto authorized is filed with the records of the meeting.

        SECTION 5. QUORUM. At any meeting of stockholders a quorum for the
transaction of business shall consist of one or more individuals appearing in
person and/or as proxies and owning and/or representing a majority of the shares
of the corporation then outstanding and entitled to vote. Any meeting may be
adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the
question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as
adjourned without further notice.

        SECTION 6. VOTING AND PROXIES. Each stockholder shall have one vote for
each share of stock entitled to vote, and a proportionate vote for any
fractional share entitled to vote, held by him of record according to the
records of the corporation, unless otherwise provided by the Articles of
Organization. Stockholders may vote either in person or by written proxy dated
not more than six 



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

months before the meeting named therein; provided that a proxy coupled with an
interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power, including, without
limitation, an interest in the shares or in the corporation generally, may be
made irrevocable if it so provides, need not specify the meeting to which it
relates, and shall be valid and enforceable until the interest terminates, or
for such shorter period as may be specified in the proxy. Proxies shall be filed
with the Clerk or other person responsible for recording the proceedings before
being voted at any meeting or any adjournment thereof. Except as otherwise
provided therein, proxies shall entitle the persons named therein to vote at the
meeting specified therein and at any adjourned session of such meeting but shall
not be valid after final adjournment of the meeting. A proxy with respect to
stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by one
of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the corporation receives a
specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting
to be executed by or on behalf of a stockholder shall be deemed valid unless
challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity
shall rest on the challenger.

        SECTION 7. ACTION AT MEETING. When a quorum is present, the action of
the stockholders on any matter properly brought before such meeting shall be
decided by the stockholders of a majority of the stock present or represented
and entitled to vote and voting on such matter, except where a different vote is
required by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-laws. Any election by
stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the
stockholders entitled to vote at the election. No ballot shall be required for
such election unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the
meeting and entitled to vote in the election.

        SECTION 8. SPECIAL ACTION. Any action to be taken by stockholders may be
taken without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the matter
consent to the action by a writing filed with the records of the meetings of
stockholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a
meeting.

        SECTION 9. RECORD DATE. The Directors may fix in advance a time which
shall be not more than sixty days prior to (a) the date of any meeting of
stockholders, (b) the date for the payment of 
                                      -3-

<PAGE>   4

any dividend or the making of any distribution to stockholders, or (c) the last
day on which the consent or dissent of stockholders may be effectively expressed
for any purpose, as the record date for determining the stockholders having the
right to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, the
right to receive such dividend or distribution, or the right to give such
consent or dissent. In such case only stockholders of record on such record date
shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the
corporation after the record date. Without fixing such record date the Directors
may for any of such purposes close the transfer books for all or any part of
such period.

                                  ARTICLE THIRD

                                    Directors

        SECTION 1. POWERS. The business of the corporation shall be managed by a
Board of Directors who shall have and may exercise all the powers of the
corporation except as otherwise reserved to the stockholders by law, by the
Articles of Organization or by these By-laws.

        SECTION 2. ELECTION. A Board of Directors of such number, not less than
three (except that whenever there shall be only two stockholders the number of
directors shall be not less than two and whenever there shall be only one
stockholder or prior to the issuance of any stock the number of directors shall
be not less than one), nor more than fifteen, as shall be fixed by the
stockholders, shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting.

        SECTION 3. VACANCIES. Any vacancy at any time existing in the Board may
be filled by the Board at any meeting. The stockholders having voting power may,
at a special meeting called at least in part for the purpose, choose a successor
to a Director whose office is vacant, and the person so chosen shall displace
any successor chosen by the Directors. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of
Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may
exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

        SECTION 4. ENLARGEMENT OF THE BOARD. The number of the Board of
Directors may be increased and one or more additional Directors elected at any
special meeting of the stockholders, called at least in part for the purpose, or
by the Directors by vote of a majority of the Directors then 



                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

in office.

        SECTION 5. TENURE. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles
of Organization or by these By-laws, a Director shall hold office until the next
annual meeting of stockholders and thereafter until his successor is chosen and
qualified or until he sooner dies, resigns or is removed. Any Director may
resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal
office or to the President or Clerk. Such resignation shall be effective upon
receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the
happening of some other event.

        SECTION 6. REMOVAL. A Director may be removed from office (a) with or
without cause by vote of a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote in the
election of Directors or (b) for cause by vote of a majority of the Directors
then in office. A Director may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice
and opportunity to be heard before the body proposing to remove him.

        SECTION 7. ANNUAL MEETING. Immediately after each annual meeting of
stockholders, or the special meeting held in lieu thereof, and at the place
thereof, if a quorum of the Directors elected at such meeting were present
thereat, there shall be a meeting of the Directors without notice; but if such a
quorum of the Directors elected thereat were not present at such meeting, or if
present do not proceed immediately thereafter to hold a meeting of the
Directors, the annual meeting of the Directors shall be called in the manner
hereinafter provided with respect to the call of special meetings of Directors.

        SECTION 8. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Directors may be
held at such times and places as shall from time to time be fixed by resolution
of the Board and no notice need be given of regular meetings held at times and
places so fixed, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any resolution relating to the holding
of regular meetings shall remain in force only until the next annual meeting of
stockholders, or the special meeting held in lieu thereof, and that if at any
meeting of Directors at which a resolution is adopted fixing the times or place
or places for any regular meetings any Director is absent, no meeting shall be
held pursuant to such resolution until either each such absent Director has in
writing or by telegram approved the resolution or seven days have elapsed after
a copy of the resolution certified by the Clerk has been mailed, postage
prepaid, 


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

addressed to each such absent Director at his last known home or business
address.

        SECTION 9. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Directors may be
called by the President or by the Treasurer or by any two Directors and shall be
held at the place designated in the call thereof.

        SECTION 10. NOTICES. Notices of any special meeting of the Directors
shall be given by the Clerk or any Assistant Clerk to each Director, by mailing
to him, postage prepaid, and addressed to him at his address as registered on
the books of the corporation, or if not so registered at his last known home or
business address, a written notice of such meeting at least four days before the
meeting or by delivering such notice to him at least forty-eight hours before
the meeting or by sending to him at least forty-eight hours before the meeting,
by prepaid telegram addressed to him at such address, notice of such meeting. If
the Clerk refuses or neglects for more than twenty-four hours after receipt of
the call to give notice of such special meeting, or if the office of Clerk is
vacant or the Clerk is absent from the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or
incapacitated, such notice may be given by the officer or one of the Directors
calling the meeting. Notice need not be given to any Director if a waiver of
notice in writing or by telegram, executed by him before or after the meeting,
is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any director who is present in
person at the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement
the lack of notice to him. A notice or waiver of notice of a Directors' meeting
need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

        SECTION 11. QUORUM. At any meeting of the Directors a majority of the
number of Directors required to constitute a full Board, as fixed in or
determined pursuant to these By-laws as then in effect, shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business. Whether or not a quorum is present, any
meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly
cast upon the question and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further
notice.

        SECTION 12. ACTION AT MEETING. At any meeting of the Directors at which
a quorum is present, the action of the Directors on any matter brought before
the meeting shall be decided by the vote of a majority of those present and
voting, unless a different vote is required by law, the 


                                      -6-

<PAGE>   7

Articles of Organization, or these By-laws.

        SECTION 13. PARTICIPATION BY TELEPHONE AT A MEETING.

Any Director or member of any committee designated by the Directors may
participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee by means of a conference
telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time, and
participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting for
all purposes, including, without limitation, for purposes of Sections 10, 11, 12
and 15 of this Article.

        SECTION 14. SPECIAL ACTION. Any action by the Directors may be taken
without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all the Directors
and filed with the records of the Directors' meetings. Such consent shall be
treated as a vote of the Directors for all purposes.

        SECTION 15. COMMITTEES. The Directors may, by vote of a majority of the
number of Directors required to constitute a full Board as fixed in or
determined pursuant to these By-laws as then in effect, elect from their number
an executive or other committees and may by like vote delegate thereto some or
all of their powers except those which by law, the Articles of Organization or
these By-laws they are prohibited from delegating. Except as the Directors may
otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its
business, but unless otherwise provided by the Directors or in such rules, its
business shall be conducted as nearly as may be in the same manner as is
provided by these By-laws for the Directors.

                                 ARTICLE FOURTH

                                    Officers

        SECTION 1. ENUMERATION. The officers of the corporation shall be a
President, a Treasurer, a Clerk, and such Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers,
Assistant Clerks, and other officers as may from time to time be determined by
the Directors. SECTION 2. ELECTION. The President, Treasurer and Clerk shall be
elected by the incorporator(s) at their initial meeting and thereafter shall be
elected annually by the Directors at their first meeting following the annual
meeting of stockholders, or the special meeting held in lieu thereof. Other
officers may be chosen by the incorporator(s) at their initial meeting and by
the Directors.



                                      -7-


<PAGE>   8

        SECTION 3. QUALIFICATION. Any officer may, but need not be, a Director
or a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The
Clerk shall be a resident of Massachusetts unless the corporation has a resident
agent appointed for the purpose of service of process. Any officer may be
required by the Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of his
duties to the corporation in such amount and with such sureties as the Directors
may determine.

        SECTION 4. TENURE. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles
of Organization or by these By-laws, the President, Treasurer and Clerk shall
hold office until the first meeting of the Directors following the annual
meeting of stockholders, or the special meeting held in lieu thereof, and
thereafter until his successor is chosen and qualified. Other officers shall
hold office until the first meeting of the Directors following the annual
meeting of stockholders, or the special meeting held in lieu thereof, unless a
shorter term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing them. Any officer
may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its
principal office or to the President or Clerk, and such resignation shall be
effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time
or upon the happening of some other event.

        SECTION 5. REMOVAL. The Directors may remove any officer with or without
cause by a vote of a majority of the entire number of Directors then in office,
provided, that an officer may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice
and opportunity to be heard by the Board of Directors prior to action thereon.

        SECTION 6. PRESIDENT. The President when present shall preside at all
meetings of the stockholders and of the Directors. It shall be his duty and he
shall have the power to see that all orders and resolutions of the Directors are
carried into effect. The President, as soon as reasonably possible after the
close of each fiscal year, shall submit to the Directors a report of the
operations of the corporation for such year and a statement of its affairs and
shall from time to time report to the Directors all matters within his knowledge
which the interests of the corporation may require to be brought to its notice.
The President shall perform such duties and have such powers additional to the
foregoing as the Directors shall designate.

        SECTION 7. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the
President or a vacancy in 



                                      -8-


<PAGE>   9

such office, his powers and duties shall be performed by the Vice President, if
only one, or, if more than one, by the one designated for the purpose by the
Directors. Each Vice President shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as the Directors shall from time to time designate.

        SECTION 8. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall keep full and accurate
accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and
shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the
credit of the corporation in such depositaries as shall be designated by the
Directors or in the absence of such designation in such depositaries as he shall
from time to time deem proper. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as
shall be ordered by the Directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements. He shall promptly render to the President and to the Directors
such statements of his transactions and accounts as the President and Directors
respectively may from time to time require. The Treasurer shall perform such
duties and have such powers additional to the foregoing as the Directors may
designate.

        SECTION 9. ASSISTANT TREASURERS. In the absence or disability of the
Treasurer, his powers and duties shall be performed by the Assistant Treasurer,
if only one, or, if more than one, by the one designated for the purpose by the
Directors. Each Assistant Treasurer shall have such other powers and perform
such other duties as the Directors shall from time to time designate.

        SECTION 10. CLERK. The Clerk shall record in books kept for the purpose
all votes and proceedings of the stockholders and, if there be no Secretary or
Assistant Secretary, the Clerk may be referred to as Secretary and shall record
as aforesaid all votes and proceedings of the Directors at their meetings.
Unless the Directors shall appoint a transfer agent and/or registrar or other
officer or officers for the purpose, the Clerk shall be charged with the duty of
keeping, or causing to be kept, accurate records of all stock outstanding, stock
certificates issued and stock transfers; and, subject to such other or different
rules as shall be adopted from time to time by the Directors, such records may
be kept solely in the stock certificate books. The Clerk shall perform such
duties and have such powers additional to the foregoing as the Directors shall
designate.

        SECTION 11. ASSISTANT CLERKS. In the absence or disability of the Clerk
or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the Assistant Clerk, if one be
elected, or, if there be more than one, the one 



                                      -9-


<PAGE>   10

designated for the purpose by the Directors, shall perform the duties of the
Clerk. Each Assistant Clerk shall have such other powers and perform such other
duties as these By-laws may provide or as the Directors may from time to time
designate. A Temporary Clerk designated by the person presiding shall perform
the duties of the Clerk in the absence of the Clerk and Assistant Clerks from
any meeting of stockholders or Directors.

        SECTION 12. SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. If a Secretary is
elected, he shall keep a record of the meetings of the Directors and in his
absence, an Assistant Secretary, if one be elected, or, if there be more than
one, the one designated for the purpose by the Directors, otherwise the
Clerk/Secretary, or, in his absence, a Temporary Clerk/Secretary designated by
the person presiding at the meeting, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.
Each Assistant Secretary shall have such other powers and perform such other
duties as the Directors may from time to time designate.

                                  ARTICLE FIFTH

                      Provisions Relating to Capital Stock

        SECTION 1. UNISSUED STOCK. The Board of Directors shall have the
authority to issue from time to time the whole or any part of any unissued
balance of the authorized stock of the corporation to such persons, for such
consideration, whether cash, property, services or expenses, and on such terms
as the Directors may from time to time determine without first offering the same
for subscription to stockholders of the corporation.

        SECTION 2. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. Each stockholder shall be entitled to
a certificate or certificates representing in the aggregate the shares owned by
him and certifying the number and class thereof, which shall be in such form as
the Directors shall adopt. Each certificate of stock shall be signed by the
President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer,
but when a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or a registrar,
other than a Director, officer or employee of the corporation, such signatures
may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such
officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation
with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its issue. Every
certificate for shares of stock which



                                      -10-

<PAGE>   11

are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Articles of
Organization, the By-laws or any agreement to which the corporation is a party,
shall have the restriction noted conspicuously on the certificate and shall also
set forth on the face or back either the full text of the restriction or a
statement of the existence of such restriction and a statement that the
corporation will furnish a copy to the holder of such certificate upon written
request and without charge. Every certificate issued when the corporation is
authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on
its face or back either the full text of the preferences, voting powers,
qualifications and special and relative rights of the shares of each class and
series authorized to be issued or a statement of the existence of such
preferences, powers, qualifications and rights, and a statement that the
corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate upon
written request and without charge.

        SECTION 3. TRANSFER OF STOCK. The stock of the corporation shall be
transferable, so as to affect the rights of the corporation, only by transfer
recorded on the books of the corporation, in person or by duly authorized
attorney, and upon the surrender of the certificate or certificates properly
endorsed or assigned.

        SECTION 4. EQUITABLE INTERESTS NOT RECOGNIZED. The corporation shall be
entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the
holder in fact hereof and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other
claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person
except as may be otherwise expressly provided by law.

        SECTION 5. LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. The Directors of the
corporation may, subject to Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section
29, as amended from time to time, determine the conditions upon which a new
certificate of stock may be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have
been lost, destroyed, or mutilated.

                                  ARTICLE SIXTH

                           Stock in Other Corporations

        Except as the Directors may otherwise designate, the President or
Treasurer may waive notice of, and appoint any person or persons to act as proxy
or attorney in fact for this corporation 



                                      -11-


<PAGE>   12

(with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or
shareholders of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which
may be held by this corporation.

                                 ARTICLE SEVENTH

                              Inspection of Records

        Books, accounts, documents and records of the corporation shall be open
to inspection by any Director at all times during the usual hours of business.
The original, or attested copies, of the Articles of Organization, By-laws and
records of all meetings of the incorporators and stockholders, and the stock and
transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders and the
record address and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept in
Massachusetts at the principal office of the corporation, or at an office of its
transfer agent or of the Clerk or of its registered agent. Said copies and
records need not all be kept in the same office. They shall be available at all
reasonable times to the inspection of any stockholder for any proper purpose but
not to secure a list of stockholders for the purpose of selling said list or
copies thereof or of using the same for a purpose other than in the interest of
the applicant, as a stockholder, relative to the affairs of the corporation.

                                 ARTICLE EIGHTH

                   Checks, Notes, Drafts and Other Instruments

        Checks, notes, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money
drawn or endorsed in the name of the corporation may be signed by any officer or
officers or person or persons authorized by the Directors to sign the same. No
officer or person shall sign any such instrument as aforesaid unless authorized
by the Directors to do so.

                                  ARTICLE NINTH

                                      Seal

        The seal of the corporation shall be circular in form, bearing its name,
the word "Massachusetts", and the year of its incorporation. The Clerk or any
Assistant Clerk may affix the seal (as may any other officer if authorized by
the Directors) to any instrument requiring the corporate seal.

                                  ARTICLE TENTH





                                      -12-

<PAGE>   13

                                   Amendments

        These By-laws may at any time be amended by vote of the stockholders,
provided that notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the
notice of the meeting. If authorized by the Articles of Organization, the
Directors may also make, amend, or repeal these By-laws in whole or in part,
except with respect to any provision thereof which by law, the Articles of
Organization, or these By-laws requires action by the stockholders. Not later
than the time of giving notice of the meeting of stockholders next following the
making, amending or repealing by the Directors of any by-law, notice thereof
stating the substance of such change shall be given to all stockholders entitled
to vote on amending the By-laws. Any By-law adopted by the Directors may be
amended or repealed by the stockholders.

                                ARTICLE ELEVENTH

                        Transactions With Related Parties

        The corporation may enter into contracts or transact business with one
or more of its Directors, officers, or stockholders or with any corporation,
association, trust company, organization or other concern in which any one or
more of its Directors, officers or stockholders are Directors, officers,
trustees, shareholders, beneficiaries or stockholders or otherwise interested
and other contracts or transactions in which any one or more of its Directors,
officers or stockholders is in any way interested; and in the absence of fraud,
no such contract or transaction shall be invalidated or in any way affected by
the fact that such Directors, officers or stockholders of the corporation have
or may have interests which are or might be adverse to the interest of the
corporation even though the vote or action of Directors, officers or
stockholders having such adverse interests may have been necessary to obligate
the corporation upon such contract or transaction. At any meeting of the Board
of Directors of the corporation (or any duly authorized committee thereof) which
shall authorize or ratify any such contract or transaction, any such Director or
Directors, may vote or act thereat with like force and effect as if he had not
such interest, provided that, in such case the nature of such interest (though
not necessarily the extent or details thereof) shall be disclosed or shall have
been known to the Directors or a majority thereof. 




                                      -13-


<PAGE>   14

A general notice that a Director or officer is interested in any corporation or
other concern of any kind above referred to shall be a sufficient disclosure as
to such Director or officer with respect to all contracts and transactions with
such corporation or other concern. No Director shall be disqualified from
holding office as Director or officer of the corporation by reason of any such
adverse interests. In the absence of fraud, no Director, officer or stockholder
having such adverse interest shall be liable to the corporation or to any
stockholder or creditor thereof or to any other person for any loss incurred by
it under or by reason of such contract or transaction, nor shall any such
Director, officer or stockholder be accountable for any gains or profits
realized thereon.

                                 ARTICLE TWELFTH

                Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others

        The corporation shall, to the extent legally permissible, indemnify any
person serving or who has served as a Director or officer of the corporation, or
at its request as a Director, trustee, officer, employee or other agent of any
organization in which the corporation owns shares or of which it is a creditor
against all liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of
judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees reasonably
incurred by him in connection with the defense or disposition of any action,
suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative, in which he
may be involved or with which he may be threatened, while serving or thereafter,
by reason of his being or having been such a Director, officer, trustee,
employee or agent, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall have
been adjudicated in any proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the
reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the corporation;
provided, however, that as to any matter disposed of by a compromise payment by
such Director, officer, trustee, employee or agent, pursuant to a consent decree
or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other
expenses shall be provided unless:

               (a)     such compromise shall be approved as in the best 
        interests of the corporation, after notice that it involves such
        indemnification;

                       (i)  by a disinterested majority of the directors then in
               office; or



                                      -14-


<PAGE>   15

                       (ii) by the holders of a majority of the outstanding 

               stock at the time entitled to vote for Directors, voting as a
               single class, exclusive of any stock owned by any interested
               Director or officer; or

               (b) in the absence of action by disinterested Directors or
        stockholders, there has been obtained at the request of a majority of
        the Directors then in office an opinion in writing of independent legal
        counsel to the effect that such Director or officer appears to have
        acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that this action was in
        the best interests of the corporation.

Expenses including counsel fees, reasonably incurred by any such Director,
officer, trustee, employee or agent in connection with the defense or
disposition of any such action, suit or other proceeding may be paid from time
to time by the corporation in advance of the final disposition thereof upon
receipt of an undertaking by such individual to repay the amounts so paid to the
corporation if it is ultimately determined that indemnification for such
expenses is not authorized under this section. The right of indemnification
hereby provided shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which
any such Director, officer, trustee, employee or agent may be entitled. Nothing
contained in this Article shall affect any rights to indemnification to which
corporate personnel other than such Directors, officers, trustees, employees or
agents may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law. As used in this
Article the terms 'Director,' 'officer,' 'trustee,' employee,' and 'agent'
include their respective heirs, executors and administrators, and an
'interested' Director, officer, trustee, employee or agent is one against whom
in such capacity the proceedings in question or other proceeding on the same or
similar grounds is then pending.




                                      -15-


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 3-9



                                    BY - LAWS

                                       OF

                   ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION OF VIRGINIA

                                    ---------

                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES

        SECTION 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. -- The principal office shall be
established and maintained at the office of the United States Corporation
Company, in the City of Dover, in the County of Kent, in the State of Delaware,
and said corporation shall be the resident agent of this corporation in charge
thereof.

        SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. -- The corporation may have other offices,
either within or outside of the State of Delaware, at such place or places as
the Board of Directors may Prom time to time appoint or the business of the
corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

        SECTION 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. -- The annual meeting of stockholders
shall be held in the City of New York, N. Y., at the place therein determined by
the directors and set -forth in the notice thereof, but other meetings of the
stockholders may be held at such place or places as shall be fixed by the
directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

        SECTION 2. ANNUAL EJECTION OF DIRECTORS. -- The annual meeting of
stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of other business
shall be held, in each year, commencing in 1963, on the third Thursday in April
at 2:15 o'clock P.M.

        If this date shall fall upon a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held
on the next succeeding business day. At each annual meeting the stockholders
entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors and they may transact such
other corporate business as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

        No change of the time or place of a meeting for the election of
directors, as fixed by the By-Laws, shall be made within sixty days next before
the day on which such election is to be held. In case of any change in such time
or place for such election of directors, notice thereof shall be given to each
stockholder entitled to vote, in person, or by letter mailed to his last known
post office address, twenty days before the election is held.

        SECTION 3. VOTING. -- Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance
with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with the
provisions of these By-Laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by
proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder, but no
proxy shall be voted after three years from its date unless such proxy provides
for a longer period. After the first election of directors, except where the
transfer books of the corporation shall have been closed or a date shall have
been fixed as the record date for the determination of its stockholders entitled
to vote, no share of stock shall be voted on at any election for directors which
shall have been transferred on the books of the corporation within twenty days




<PAGE>   2

next preceding such election. Upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote for
directors and the vote upon any question before the meeting, shall be by ballot.
All elections for directors shall be decided by plurality vote; all other
questions shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by the
Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware.

        A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the ensuing
election, arranged in alphabetical order, with the residence of each, and the
number of voting shares held by each, shall be prepared by the Secretary and
filed in the office where the election is to be held, at least ten days before
every election, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and
during the whole time of said election, be open to examination of any
stockholder.

        SECTION 4. QUORUM. -- Except as otherwise required by law, by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the presence, in person or by
proxy, of stockholders holding a majority of the stock of the corporation
entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders.
In case a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority in interest of
the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall
have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until the requisite amount of stock entitled to
vote shall be present. At any such adjourned meeting at which the requisite
amount of stock entitled to vote shall be represented, any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
noticed, but only those stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting as
originally noticed shall be entitled to vote at any adjournment or adjournments
thereof.

        SECTION 5. SPECIAL MEETINGS. -- Special meetings of the stockholders for
any purpose or purposes may be called by the President or Secretary, and shall
be called upon a requisition in writing therefor, stating the purpose or
purposes thereof, delivered to the President or Secretary, signed by a majority
of the directors or by twenty-five percent in interest of the stockholders
entitled to vote, or by resolution of the directors.

        SECTION 6. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. -- Written or printed notice, stating the
place and time of the meeting, and the general nature of the business to be
considered, shall be given by the Secretary to each stockholder entitled to vote
thereat at his last known post-office address, at least ten days before the
meeting in the case of an annual meeting and five days before the meeting in the
case of a special meeting.

        No business other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at
any meeting without the unanimous consent of all the stockholders entitled to
vote thereat.

        SECTION 7. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. -- Whenever the vote of stockholders
at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken in connection with any
corporate action by any provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of
Incorporation or of these By-Laws, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be
dispensed with, if all the stockholders who would have been entitled to vote
upon the action if such meeting were held, hall consent in writing to such
corporate action being taken.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    DIRECTORS

        SECTION 1. NUMBER AND TERM. -- The number of directors shall be three
(3). The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders
and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected
and shall quality. Directors need not be 



<PAGE>   3

stockholders.

        SECTION 2. RESIGNATIONS. -- Any director, member of a committee or other
officer may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing, and
shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be speckled, at
the time of its receipt by the President or Secretary. The acceptance of a
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

        SECTION 3. VACANCIES. -- It the office of any director, member of a
committee or other officer becomes vacant, the remaining directors in office, by
a majority vote, may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy, who
shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor shall be duly
chosen.

        SECTION 4. REMOVAL. -- Any director or directors may be removed either
for or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of all the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote, at a
special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose.

        SECTION 5. INCREASE OF NUMBER. -- The number of directors may be
increased by amendment of these By-Laws by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the directors, though less than a quorum, or, by the affirmative vote of a
majority in interest of the stockholders, at the annual meeting or at a special
meeting called for that purpose, and by like vote the additional directors may
be chosen at such meeting to hold office until the next annual election and
until their successors are elected and quality.

        SECTION 6. POWERS. -- The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the
powers of the corporation except such as are by law, or by the Certificate of
Incorporation of the corporation, or by these By-Laws conferred upon or reserved
to the stockholders.

        SECTION 7. COMMITTEES. -- The Board of Directors may, by resolution or
resolutions, passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more
committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the
corporation, which, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions or
in these By-Laws, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and
may have power to authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name
or names as may be stated in these By-Laws or as may be determined from time to
time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The committees shall keep
regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the board when
required.

        SECTION 8. MEETINGS. -- The newly elected directors may hold their first
meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of business, it a
quorum be present, immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders; or
the time and place of such meeting may be fixed by consent in writing of all the
directors.

        Regular meetings of the directors may be held without notice at such
places and times as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the
directors. Special meetings of the board may be called by the President or by
the Secretary on the written request of any two directors on at least two days'
notice to each director and shall be held at such place or places as may be
determined by the directors, or as shall be stated in the call of the meeting.

        SECTION 9. QUORUM. -- A majority of the directors shall constitute a
quorum for the 



<PAGE>   4

transaction of business. It at any meeting of the board there shall be less than
a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time
to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given
other than by announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned.

        SECTION 10. COMPENSATION. -- Directors shall not receive any stated
salary for their services as directors or as members of committees, but by
resolution of the board a fixed fee and expenses of attendance may be allowed
for attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to
preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an
officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

        SECTION 1. OFFICERS. -- The officers of the corporation shall be a
President, one or more Vice-Presidents, a Treasurer, and a Secretary, and such
Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries as the Board of Directors may
deem proper. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the
Board of Directors. All of such officers shall be elected by the Board of
Directors. None of the officers, except the Chairman of the Board of Directors
and the President, need be directors. The officers shall be elected at the first
meeting of the Board of Directors after each annual meeting. Any two offices,
other than those of President and Vice-President, may be held by the same
person. More than two offices, other than those of President and Secretary, may
be held by the same person.

        SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICERS AND AGENTS. -- The Board of Directors may
appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, who shall hold
their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such
duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 3. CHAIRMAN. -- The Chairman of the Board of Directors, it one
be elected, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and he shall
have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him
by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

        SECTION 4. PRESIDENT. -- The President shall be the chief executive
officer of the corporation and shall have the general powers and duties of
supervision and management usually vested in the office of President of a
corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders if present
thereat, and in the absence or non-election of the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall have general
supervision, direction and control of the business of the corporation. Except as
the Board of Directors shall authorize the execution thereof in some other
manner, he shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts in behalf of the
corporation, and shall cause the seal to be affixed to any instrument requiring
it and when so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the
Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer.

        SECTION 5. VICE-PRESIDENT. -- Each Vice-President shall have such powers
and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him by the Directors.

        SECTION 6. TREASURER. -- The Treasurer shall have the custody of the
corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation. He shall
deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to 




<PAGE>   5

the credit of the corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the
Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as
may be ordered by the Board of Directors, or the President, taking proper
vouchers for such disbursements. He shall render to the President and Board of
Directors at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they
may request it, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the
financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors,
he shall give the corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in
such amount and with such surety as the board shall prescribe.

        SECTION 7. SECRETARY. -- The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given,
notice of all meetings of stockholders and directors, and all other notices
required by law or by these By-Laws, and in case of his absence or refusal or
neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed
by the President, or by the directors, or stockholders, upon whose requisition
the meeting is called as provided in these By-Laws. He shall record all the
proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the directors in a book to
be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned
to him by the directors or the President. He shall have the custody of the seal
of the corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it,
when authorized by the directors or the President, and attest the same.

        SECTION 8. ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. --Assistant
Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, if any, shall be elected and she In have
such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them,
respectively, by the directors.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

        SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. -- Certificates of stock, numbered and
with the seal of the corporation affixed, signed by the President or
Vice-President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, shall be issued to each stockholder certifying the number
of shares owned by him in the corporation. When such certificates are signed by
a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent or by a transfer clerk acting on
behalf of the corporation and a registrar, the signatures of such officers may
be facsimiles.

        SECTION 2. LOST CERTIFICATES. -- A new certificate of stock may be
issued in the place of any certificate therefore issued by the corporation,
alleged to have been lost or destroyed, and the directors may, in their
discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal
representatives; to give the corporation a bond, in such sum as they may direct,
not exceeding double the value of the stock, to indemnify the corporation
against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of
any such certificate, or the issuance of any such new certificate.

        SECTION 3. TRANSFER OF SHARES. -- The shares of stock of the corporation
shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by
their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, and upon such transfer
the old certificates shall be surrendered to the corporation by the delivery
thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers, or
to such other person as the directors may designate, by whom they shall be
canceled, and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made
of each transfer, and a duplicate thereof mailed to the Delaware office, and
whenever a transfer shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely,
it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer.

        SECTION 4. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS. -- The Board of Directors shall
have power to close the stock transfer books of the corporation for a period not
exceeding fifty days 




<PAGE>   6

preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for payment of any
dividend or the date for the allotment of rights or the date when any change or
conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect; provided, however,
that in lieu of closing the stock transfer books as aforesaid, the Board of
Directors may fix in advance a date, not exceeding fifty days preceding the date
of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or
the date for the allotment of rights or the date when any change or conversion
or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, as a record date for the
determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any
such meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividends or to any
such allotment of rights or to exercise the rights in respect of any such
change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, and in such case such
stockholders only as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall
be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, or to receive
payment of such dividend or to receive such allotment of rights or to exercise
such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on
the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

        SECTION 5. DIVIDENDS. -- SubJect to the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available
therefor at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the capital
stock of the corporation as and when they deem expedient. Before declaring any
dividend there may be set apart out of any funds of the corporation available
for dividends, such sum or sums as the directors from time to time in their
discretion deem proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet
contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for such other purposes as the
directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the corporation.

        SECTION 6. SEAL. -- The corporate seal shall be circular in form and
shall contain the name of the corporation, the year of its creation and the
words "CORPORATE SEAL DELAWARE". Said seal may be used by causing it or a
facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

        SECTION 7. FISCAL YEAR. -- The fiscal year of the corporation shall end
on March 31st.

        SECTION 8. CHECKS. --All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment
of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the
corporation, and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 9. NOTICE AND WAIVER OF NOTICE. -- Whenever any notice is
required by these By-Laws to be given, personal notice is not meant unless
expressly so stated, and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient
if given by depositing the same in a post office box in a sealed post-paid
wrapper, addressed to the person entitled thereto at his last known post office
address, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such
mailing. Stockholders not entitled to vote shall not be entitled to receive
notice of any meetings except as otherwise provided by Statute.

        Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the
provisions of any law, or under the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the corporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing,
signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after
the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.


<PAGE>   7


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   AMENDMENTS

        These By-Laws may be altered or repealed and By-Laws may be made at any
annual meeting of the stockholders or at any special meeting thereof it notice
of the proposed alteration or repeal or By-Law or By-Laws to be made be
contained in the notice of such special meeting, by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, or by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, at any regular
meeting of the Board of Directors, or at any special meeting of the Board of
Directors, it notice of the proposed alteration or repeal, or By-Law or By-Laws
to be made, be contained in the Notice of such Special Meeting. -


<PAGE>   8


                              BALLOT FOR DIRECTORS

                                       OF

                   ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION OF VIRGINIA

                                   ---------

FOR DIRECTORS:

                         Daniel Fraad, Jr.
                         Donald H. McCampbell
                         Amos J. Buckley


Dated: October 25th, 1962.


<PAGE>   9



               OGDEN ALLIED EASTERN STATES MAINTENANCE CORPORATION

               Action by Unanimous Consent in Writing of the Sole
         Shareholder in Lieu of the 1987 Annual Meeting January 19, 1987
         ---------------------------------------------------------------

        The undersigned, constituting the holder of all the outstanding shares
of Ogden Allied Eastern States Maintenance Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
by unanimous consent in writing pursuant to the authority of Section 228 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, without the formality of convening a meeting,
does hereby consent to the following actions by the Corporation:

        RESOLVED, that the following persons be and are hereby elected Directors
        of this Corporation to serve until the next annual meeting of
        shareholders and their successors are duly elected and qualified to
        serve:

                      R. Richard Ablon
                      Albert O. Cornelison, Jr.
                      Robert M. DiGia
                      Salvatore S. Ferrara
                      Daniel Fraad, Jr.
                      Frank L. Rosenberg

and it is further

        RESOLVED, that the appropriate section of this Corporation's By-Laws is
        hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

        "The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law
any person who is or was a party to or witness or participant in, or is
threatened to be made a party to or witness or participant in, any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person or such
person's testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the Corporation or serves or served at the request of the Corporation any
other enterprise as a director, officer, employee or agent against expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action,
suit or proceeding. Any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by
any such person in defending or settling any such action, suit or proceeding in
advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be
paid or reimbursed by the Corporation promptly upon receipt by it of an
undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it shall
ultimately be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that
such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized
by this by-law. The rights provided to any person by this by-law shall be
enforceable against the Corporation by such person who shall be presumed to have
relied upon it in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer,
employee or agent as provided above. No amendment of this by-law shall impair
the rights of any person arising at any time with respect to events occurring
prior to such amendment. For purposes of this by-law, the term "Corporation"
shall include any predecessor of the Corporation and any constituent corporation
(including al constituent of a constituent) absorbed by the Corporation in a
consolidation or merger; the term "other enterprise" shall include any
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan; service
"at the request of the Corporation" shall include service as a director, officer
or employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by
such director, officer or employee with respect to any employee benefit plan,
its participants or beneficiaries; any excise taxes assessed on a person with
respect to an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to be indemnifiable
expenses; and action by a person with respect to any employee benefit plan which



<PAGE>   10

such person reasonably believes to be in the interest of the participants and
beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be action not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation.";

and it is further

        RESOLVED, that the officers of this Corporation and each of them be and
        they hereby are authorized to execute and deliver all documents and take
        all actions which in their opinion are necessary or desirable to expand
        or implement the foregoing resolutions.

                      OGDEN ALLIED MAINTENANCE CORPORATION

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 3-10



                      OGDEN ALLIED SECURITY SERVICES, INC.

                                    ********

                                     BY-LAWS

                                    ********

                                ARTICLE I OFFICES

        Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County
of Kent, State of Delaware.

        Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places
both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from
time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.

        Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of
directors shall be held in the City of New York, State of New York, at such
place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such
other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be
designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice
of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at
such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated
in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

        Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year
1973, shall be held on the fourth day of May if not a legal holiday, and if a
legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 11:20 A.M., or at such
other date and time an shall be designated from time to time by the board of
directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by
a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may
properly be brought before the meeting.

        Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date
and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the
meeting.

        Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of
stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during 



<PAGE>   2

ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting,
either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the
place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept
at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.

        Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or
purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the
president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of
directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in
amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the
proposed meeting.

        Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date
and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the
date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

        Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

        Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding
and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of
business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at
any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the
meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the
meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned
meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the
adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.

        Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the
holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or
represented by proxy sham decide any question brought before such meeting,
unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of
the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case
such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

        Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation each stockholder 



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or
by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such
stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date,
unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

        Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting
of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any
annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting,
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth
the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having
not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize
or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon
were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action
without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
stockholders who have not consented in writing.

                              ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

        Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole
board shall be one. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the
stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director
shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need
not be stockholders.

        Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of
the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining
director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual
election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless
sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of
directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of
filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in
office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted
immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon
application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of
the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote
for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such
vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by
the directors then in office.

        Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by its board
of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all
such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done
by the stockholders.

                       MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        Section 4. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings,
both regular and 


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Section 5. The first
meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and
place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting
and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors
in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present.
In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such
first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such
meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the
meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice
given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or
as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

        Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held
without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be
determined by the board.

        Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the president
on two days t notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by
telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like
manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors.

        Section 8. At all meetings of the board one-third but not less than two
directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act
of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum
shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise
specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a
quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors the
directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without
notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

        Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

                             COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

        Section 10. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to
consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may
designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may
replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any
such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of
directors, shall have and may exercise an the powers and authority of the board
of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation,
and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which
may require it; but no such committee sham have the power or authority in


                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of
merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or
exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and assets,
recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution, or amending the by-laws of the corporation; and,
unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide,
no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to
authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such
name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by
the board of directors.

        Section 11. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings
and report the same to the board of directors when required.

                            COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

        Section 12. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the
compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of
attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum
for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as
director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.

                               ARTICLE IV NOTICES

        Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the
certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given
to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal
notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such
director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the
corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be
given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.
Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

        Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the
provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these
by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled
to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent thereto.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

        Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board
of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president,-a secretary and a
treasurer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents,
and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any 



                                      -5-



<PAGE>   6

number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws otherwise provide.

        Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual
meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, one or more vice-presidents, a
secretary and a treasurer. Section 3. The board of directors may appoint such
other officers and agents as it sham deem necessary who shall hold their offices
for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall
be determined from time to time by the board.

        Section 4. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their
successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board
of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation
shall be filled by the board of directors.

                                  THE PRESIDENT

        Section 5. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the
corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of
directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the
Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of
directors are carried into effect.

        Section 6. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts
requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or
permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the
signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of
directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

                               THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

        Section 7. In the absence of the president or in the event of his
inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more
than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated, or in the
absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform
the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of
and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents
shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of
directors may from time to time prescribe.

                     THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

        Section 8. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of
directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of
the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees
when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or
president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the
corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall 




                                      -6-


<PAGE>   7

have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so
affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such
assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any
other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by
his signature.

        Section 9. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the
assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if
there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in
the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act,
perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform
such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from
time to time prescribe.

                     THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

        Section 10. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds
and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and
disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys
and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in
such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

        Section 11. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be
ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at
its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of
all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the
corporation.

        Section 12. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the
corporation a bond (which sham be renewed every six years) in such sum and with
such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for
the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to
the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from
office, of all books., papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever
kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

        Section 13. The assistant treasurer, or if there sham be more than one,
the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors (or
if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall,
in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to
act, perform the duties and exercise the powers 4 of the treasurer and shall
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors
may from time to time prescribe.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

        Section 1. Every holder of stock in the corporation sham be entitled to
have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the
chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors or the president or a
vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the 



                                      -7-


<PAGE>   8

secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of
shares owned by him in the corporation.

        If the corporation sham be authorized to issue more than one class of
stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of
each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights sham be set forth in full or
summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall
issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as
otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in
lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back
of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or
series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to
each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such
preferences and/or rights.

        Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be
facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were
such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

                                LOST CERTIFICATES

        Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such
issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its
discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the
owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his
legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require
and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

                               TRANSFERS OF STOCK

        Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of
the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by
proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be
the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.



                                      -8-


<PAGE>   9

                               FIXING RECORD DATE

        Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of
such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A
determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided,
however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.

                             REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

        Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive
right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive
dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall
not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of
Delaware.

                    ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS DIVIDENDS

        Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject
to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared
by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

        Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of
any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the
directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other
purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the
corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the
manner in which it was created.

                                ANNUAL STATEMENT

        Section 3. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting,
and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the
stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the
corporation.

                                     CHECKS

        Section 4. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation
shall be signed by 




                                      -9-

<PAGE>   10

such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of
directors may from time to time designate.

                                   FISCAL YEAR

        Section 5. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by
resolution of the board of directors.

                                      SEAL

        Section 6. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of
the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal,
Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

        Section 1. These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new
by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors, when
such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of
incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of
directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of
directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new
by-laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

                           ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION

        The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law
any person who is or was a party to or witness or participant in, or is
threatened to be made a party to -or witness or participant in, any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person or such
person's testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the Corporation or serves or served at the request of the Corporation any
other enterprise as a director, officer, employee or agent against expenses
(including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action,
suit or proceeding. Any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by
any such person in defending or settling any such action, suit or proceeding in
advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be
paid or reimbursed by the Corporation promptly upon receipt by it of an
undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it shall
ultimately be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that
such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized
by this by-law. The rights provided to any person by this by-law shall be
enforceable against the Corporation by such person who shall be presumed to have
relied upon it in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer,
employee or agent as provided above. No amendment of this by-law shall impair
the rights of any person arising at any time with respect to 



                                      -10-


<PAGE>   11

events occurring prior to such amendment. For purposes of this by-law, the term
"Corporation" shall include any predecessor of the Corporation any constituent
corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed by the
Corporation in a consolidation or merger; the term "other enterprise" shall
include any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit
plan; service "at the request of the Corporation" shall include service as a
director, officer or employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or
involves services by such director, officer or employee with respect to any
employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; any excise taxes
assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to
be indemnifiable expenses; and action by a person with respect to any employee
benefit plan which such person reasonably believes to be in the interest of the
participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be action not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.




                                      -11-


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4




                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            (UNICCO Service Company)


        This Share Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of June 20,
1996, is between UNICCO Service Company, a Massachusetts business trust
("UNICCO") and George A. Keches (the "Purchaser").

        UNICCO hereby offers to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser hereby
subscribes for, 27 Non-Voting shares (the "Shares") of UNICCO under the terms
and conditions set forth herein.

        Therefore, the Parties agree as follows:

        1. PURCHASE AND SALE. Upon the execution of this Agreement, UNICCO shall
issue and deliver to the Purchaser a certificate representing 27 Shares in
consideration of the Purchaser's payment of $8,035.42 per share (for a total of
$216,945.00) to be paid by delivery of a Promissory Note in the form of EXHIBIT
A hereto.

        2. REPURCHASE OF SHARES. If at any time the Purchaser's employment with
UNICCO is terminated for any reason (including, without limitation, voluntary
termination, involuntary termination by UNICCO with or without cause, or death
or disability), the Purchaser shall be required to sell, and UNICCO shall be
required to purchase, for the purchase price described below, all of the Shares
sold to the purchaser hereunder. The purchase price of the Shares sold pursuant
to this Section 2 shall be the book value of such shares, determined by UNICCO's
independent public accountants (the "Accountants") as of the last day of the
month next preceding the month in which the termination of Purchaser's
employment with UNICCO shall have occurred, which determination shall be final
and binding on all parties hereto in the absence of manifest error.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if (a) UNICCO terminates the
Purchaser's employment without cause and (b) UNICCO or Steven C. Kletjian,
Robert P. Kletjian, Richard J. Kletjian, and George A. Keches (the "Existing
Stockholders") enter into an agreement within one year after the effective date
of the Purchaser's termination of employment in which (i) UNICCO agrees to sell
all or substantially all of its assets not in the ordinary course of its
business or (ii) the Existing Stockholders agree to sell more than fifty (50%)
percent of their shares of UNICCO (to persons or entities other than Permitted
Transferees, as defined below), the Purchaser shall be entitled to receive a
percentage of the consideration received by UNICCO from the sale of its assets
after satisfaction of all liabilities or received by the Existing Stockholders
for the sale of their shares, as the case may be, equivalent to the percentage
of the shares of UNICCO previously owned by the Purchaser on the effective date
of such termination as reduced by all previous payments made to the Purchaser
pursuant to this Section.

        "Permitted Transferees" as used herein means (i) other Existing
Stockholders, (ii) the spouses, parents, sisters, brothers, ancestors and lineal
descendants ("Family Members") of Existing Stockholders or any trust established
for the benefit of any Family Members of Existing 





<PAGE>   2

Stockholders, (iii) any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which
the Existing Stockholders or Family Members own more than fifty (50%) percent of
the outstanding capital stock, partnership interest or other beneficial interest
or (iv) any estate of a deceased Existing Stockholder or Family Member.

        3. CLOSING OF UNICCO PURCHASE. The closing of any purchase and sale of
Shares required under the provisions of Section 2 shall be held within a
reasonable time, not to exceed sixty (60) days, after the termination of the
Purchaser's employment with UNICCO. At the closing, UNICCO shall make payment
for the Shares being purchased by delivering the full amount of the total
purchase price in cash or by certified or bank check, and the Purchaser (or his
legal representative, in the event of the Purchaser's death) shall deliver to
UNICCO the certificates for the Shares being sold, free and clear of all liens
and encumbrances, together with duly executed stock powers. At the closing, the
Purchaser shall repay UNICCO, in cash or by certified or bank check, the full
principal amount (and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) of all loans and
advances made by UNICCO to the Purchaser.

        4. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. The Purchaser agrees that, during the term
of his employment with UNICCO, he will not sell, assign, give, transfer, pledge,
hypothecate, mortgage or otherwise encumber or dispose of all or any of the
Shares (or any interest therein) transferred to him pursuant hereto. UNICCO may
at any time waive any restriction imposed by this Section 4 with respect to all
or any portion of such shares.

        5. TERMINATION OF RESTRICTIONS UPON PUBLIC OFFERING. The restrictions on
transfer set forth in Section 4 hereof, and the obligations set forth in Section
2 hereof, shall terminate upon an offering and distribution (if ever) to the
public of shares of UNICCO's voting shares of Common Stock pursuant to a
registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), or a successor statute.

        6. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION. The Purchaser represents that his
acquisition of the Shares is for his own account for investment and not with a
view to the resale or distribution thereof, and that no subsequent sale or offer
for sale of the Shares shall be made unless (i) the Shares are registered under
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or (ii), in the opinion
of UNICCO's counsel, an exemption from such registration is available.

        7. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. The Purchaser's ownership of the Shares shall not
confer upon him any right with respect to his employment by UNICCO, UNICCO or
any parent or subsidiary of UNICCO nor shall such ownership interfere in any way
with the right of any of such companies to terminate the employment of the
Purchaser.

        8. LEGEND ON CERTIFICATES. UNICCO shall place a legend on each
certificate representing the Shares transferred to the Purchaser hereunder
reflecting the restrictions on transfer and UNICCO's repurchase obligations set
forth herein.

        9. NOTICES. Any communication or notice required or permitted to be
given under this 





<PAGE>   3

Agreement shall be in writing and mailed by registered or certified mail or
delivered in hand, if to UNICCO and the Existing Stockholders, to UNICCO's
Treasurer at 4 Copley Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02116 or such other address
as UNICCO may specify in writing to the Purchaser, and if to the Purchaser, to
such address as the Purchaser shall last have furnished to UNICCO.

        10. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon the
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the respective
parties hereto.

        Executed as a sealed instrument as of June 20, 1996.

                                      UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY



                                      By: /s/ STEVEN C. KLETJIAN
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Steven C. Kletjian, Chairman/CEO



                                      /s/ GEORGE A. KECHES
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      George A. Keches




<PAGE>   4
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                           TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      Agreement, made as of the 2nd day of February, 1998, by and among UNICCO
Service Company, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Company"), and George A.
Keches (the "Purchaser").

      WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchaser are parties to a Share Purchase
Agreement dated June 20, 1996 (the "Agreement"); and

      WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchaser wish to amend the Agreement to
amend the terms upon which the Company may repurchase the Purchaser's shares
upon a termination of the Purchaser's employment with the Company;

      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreement set
forth below, the parties hereby agree with one another as follows:

      The first sentence of the first paragraph of Section 2 of the Agreement
shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

      2. REPURCHASE OF SHARES. If at any time the Purchaser's employment with
UNICCO is terminated for any reason (including, without limitation, voluntary
termination, involuntary termination by UNICCO, with or without cause, or death
or disability), UNICCO shall have the right, at its option, but not the
obligation to repurchase, for the purchase price described below, the all of the
Shares sold to the Purchaser below.

      As amended hereby, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all
respects by all of the parties hereto and thereto and continues in full force
and effect.

      Executed as a sealed instrument as of February 2, 1998.

                                    UNICCO Service Company


                                    By: /s/ George A. Keches
                                       -------------------------------
                                        George A. Keches
                                        Chief Financial Officer

                                    PURCHASER

                                    /s/ George A. Keches
                                    ----------------------------------
                                    George A. Keches


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5



                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


        This Share Purchase Agreement ("Agreement") dated as of July 1, 1989, is
between Unicco Service Company, a Massachusetts business trust ("Unicco") and
John C. Feitor (the "Purchaser").

        Unicco hereby offers to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser hereby
subscribes for, 27 shares of Non Voting Beneficial Interest (the "Shares") of
Unicco under the terms and conditions set forth herein.

        Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

        1. PURCHASE AND SALE. Upon the execution of this Agreement, Unicco shall
issue and deliver to the Purchaser a certificate representing 27 Shares in
consideration of the Purchaser's payment of $70,983.00 therefor, payable ten
(10%) percent by certified or bank check and the remainder by issuance and
delivery to Unicco of a Promissory Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with
interest at the minimum rate which must be stated to avoid imputed interest for
Federal income tax purposes.

        2. REPURCHASE OF SHARES If at any time the Purchaser's employment with
Unicco is terminated for any reason (including, without limitation, voluntary
termination, involuntary termination by Unicco with or without cause, or death
or disability), the Purchaser shall be required to sell, and Unicco shall be
required to purchase, for the purchase price described below, all of the Shares
sold to the Purchaser hereunder. The purchase price of the Shares shall be the
book value of such shares, determined by Unicco's independent public accountants
as of the last day of the month next preceding the month in which the
termination of Purchaser's employment with Unicco shall have occurred.

        The closing of any purchase and sale of Shares required under the
provisions of this Section 2 shall be held within a reasonable time, not to
exceed sixty (60) days, after the termination of the Purchaser's employment with
Unicco. At the closing, Unicco shall make payment for the Shares being purchased
by delivering the full amount of the total purchase price in cash or by
certified or bank check, and the Purchaser (or his legal representative, in the
event of the Purchaser's death) shall deliver to Unicco the certificates for the
Shares being sold, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, together with
duly executed stock powers. At the closing, the Purchaser shall repay Unicco, in
cash or by certified or bank check, the full principal amount (and all accrued
and unpaid interest thereon) of all loans and advances made by Unicco to the
Purchaser.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if (a) Unicco terminates the
Purchaser's employment without cause and (b) Unicco or Steven C. Kletjian,
Robert P. Kletjian, Richard J. Kletjian and Louis J. Lanzillo (the "Existing
Stockholders") enter into an agreement within one year after the effective date
of the Purchaser's termination of employment in which (i) Unicco agrees to sell
all or substantially all of its assets not in the ordinary course of its
business or (ii) the Existing Stockholders agree to sell more than 50% of their
shares of beneficial interest in Unicco (to persons or entities other than
Permitted Transferees, as defined below), the Purchaser shall be entitled to
receive a percentage of the consideration received by Unicco from the sale of
its assets 





<PAGE>   2

after satisfaction of all corporate liabilities or received by the Existing
Stockholders for the sale of their shares, as the case may be, equivalent to the
percentage of the beneficial interest of Unicco previously owned by the
Purchaser on the effective date of such termination as reduced by all previous
payments made to the Purchaser pursuant to this Section.











                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3


        "Permitted Transferees" as used herein means (i) other Existing
Stockholders, (ii) the spouses, parents, sisters, brothers, ancestors and lineal
descendants ("Family Members") of Existing Stockholders, (iii) any corporation,
partnership, trust or other entity in which the Existing Stockholders or Family
Members own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock,
partnership interest or other beneficial interest or (iv) any estate of a
deceased Existing Stockholder or Family Member.

        3. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. The Purchaser agrees that, during the term
of his employment with Unicco, he will not, except pursuant to the Pledge and
Escrow Agreement of even date herewith among the Purchaser, Unicco and Noel G.
Posternak, P.C., as Escrow Agent, sell, assign, give, transfer, pledge,
hypothecate, mortgage or otherwise encumber or dispose or dispose of all or any
of the Shares (or any interest therein) transferred to him pursuant hereto.
Unicco may at any time waive any restriction imposed by this Section 3 with
respect to all or any portion of such shares.

        4. TERMINATION OF RESTRICTIONS UPON PUBLIC OFFERING. The restrictions on
transfer set forth in Section 3 hereof, and the obligations imposed by Section 2
hereof, shall terminate upon an offering and distribution (if ever) to the
public of shares of Unicco's voting shares of beneficial interest pursuant to a
registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), or a successor statute.

        5. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION. The Purchaser represents that his
acquisition of the Shares is for his own account for investment and not with a
view to the resale or distribution thereof, and that no subsequent sale or offer
for sale of the Shares shall be made unless (i) the Shares are registered under
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or (ii), in the opinion
of Unicco's counsel, an exemption from such registration is available.

        6. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. The Purchaser's ownership of the Shares shall not
confer upon him any right with respect to his employment by Unicco or any parent
or subsidiary corporation of Unicco nor shall such ownership interfere in any
way with the right of any of such corporations to terminate the employment of
the Purchaser.

        7. LEGEND ON CERTIFICATES. Unicco shall place a legend on each
certificate representing the Shares transferred to the Purchaser hereunder
reflecting the restrictions on transfer and Unicco's repurchase obligations set
forth herein.

        8. NOTICES. Any communication or notice required or permitted to be
given under this Agreement shall be in writing and mailed by registered or
certified mail or delivered in hand, if to Unicco and the Existing Stockholders,
to Unicco's Treasurer at 41 William Linskey Way, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 02142
or such other address as Unicco may specify in writing to the Purchaser, and if
to the Purchaser, to such address as the Purchaser shall last have furnished to
Unicco.

        9. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon the
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the respective
parties hereto.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4


        Executed as a sealed instrument as of July 1, 1989.


                                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY


                                       By: /s/ STEVEN C. KLETJIAN
                                           -------------------------------------

                                           /s/ JOHN C. FEITOR
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           John C. Feitor














                                      -4-

<PAGE>   5
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                           TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      Agreement, made as of the 2nd day of February, 1998, by and among UNICCO
Service Company, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Company"), and John C.
Feitor (the "Purchaser").

      WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchaser are parties to a Share Purchase
Agreement dated July 1, 1989 (the "Agreement"); and

      WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchaser wish to amend the Agreement to
amend the terms upon which the Company may repurchase the Purchaser's shares
upon a termination of the Purchaser's employment with the Company;

      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreement set
forth below, the parties hereby agree with one another as follows:

      The first sentence of the first paragraph of Section 2 of the Agreement
shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

      2. REPURCHASE OF SHARES. If at any time the Purchaser's employment with
UNICCO is terminated for any reason (including, without limitation, voluntary
termination, involuntary termination by UNICCO, with or without cause, or death
or disability), UNICCO shall have the right, at its option, but not the
obligation, to repurchase, for the purchase price described below, the all of
the Shares sold to the Purchaser below.

      As amended hereby, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all
respects by all of the parties hereto and thereto and continues in full force
and effect.

      Executed as a sealed instrument as of February 2, 1998.

                                    UNICCO Service Company


                                    By: /s/ George A. Keches
                                       ------------------------------
                                        George A. Keches
                                        Chief Financial Officer

                                    PURCHASER

                                    /s/ John C. Feitor
                                    ---------------------------------
                                    John C. Feitor
  


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6


                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY




                                             January 13, 1998

John P. McGillicuddy
UNICCO Service Company
Four Copley Place
Boston, MA  02116

Dear John:

        This letter will modify the employment agreement ("Agreement") dated
June 25, 1996 between you and UNICCO Service Company in the following respects:

1.  Your salary for the third year of the Agreement commencing July 1, 1998 will
    be partially deferred, and will be payable in equal monthly installments of
    $20,833.33 each from July 1, 1998 through June of 1999. The balance of your
    salary with respect to that year, which will be considered to have been
    previously earned in full, will be payable in one lump sum of $125,000.00 on
    October 15, 1999 (together with the guaranteed bonus payment of $75,000 for
    the third year of the Term referred to in Paragraph 3. below).

2.  Your employment with UNICCO will end on June 30, 1999; however, that shall
    not affect UNICCO's obligation to make any of the payments referred to
    herein.

3.  Your bonus (referred to in Paragraph 3(d) of the Agreement) will be fixed
    and not contingent on UNICCO's profits, incentive targets or any other
    factors. For the second year of the Term, it will be in the amount of
    $100,000.00 and be payable on October 15, 1998; and for the third year of
    the Term, it will be in the amount of $75,000.00 and be payable on October
    15, 1999.

4.  Paragraphs 3(e), (f) and (h) are deleted from the Agreement.

5.  UNICCO will reimburse you (on a net after-tax basis) for reasonable
    out-of-pocket expenses associated with moving your home furnishings
    (including packing and shipping) from your current home in the Boston area
    to your home in Florida.

6.  Paragraph 1 of the Agreement is modified to provide that effective January
    15, 1998, you shall no longer hold the title of COO and shall be relieved of
    the duties and obligations of such office. Thereafter, you shall only be
    required to expend such time and perform such services as UNICCO
    specifically requests, provided that such services shall be of a similar
    nature to those which you previously performed.






     Four Copley Place, Boston, MA 02116 - 617-859-9100 - FAX 617-859-0724
          Boston - Hartford - Providence - Syracuse - Washington, D.C.


<PAGE>   2

                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY


7.  UNICCO agrees to reimburse your reasonable legal fees at normal hourly rates
    in connection with the negotiation of this modification.

        Except as herein expressly modified, all of the terms of the Agreement
and the Non-Competition Agreement dated this date, are hereby confirmed and
approved and shall remain in full force and effect.

        Please confirm your agreement to the foregoing by signing and returning
the enclosed copy of this letter.

                                              UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY


                                              By: /s/ George Keches
                                                  ---------------------
                                                   George Keches

AGREEMENT CONFIRMED:

By: /s/ John P. McGillicuddy
    ---------------------------
     John P. McGillicuddy




<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7



                            NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

        AGREEMENT between UNICCO Service Company, a Massachusetts business trust
with offices at Four Copley Place, Boston, MA 02116 ("Company"), and John
McGillicuddy ("Employee").

        WHEREAS, Employee has this day entered into an amendment to his
employment agreement (such agreement, as amended, the "Agreement") with the
Company; and

        WHEREAS, this agreement is a material inducement for the Company to
enter into the amendment with Employee;

        NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants herein contained, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

        (a) Employee agrees, provided the Company complies in a timely manner
with its obligations under the Agreement, that during the term of his employment
by the Company and for a period of two (2) years after the termination of his
employment with the Company in accordance with the terms of the Agreement (the
"Restriction Period"), he shall not directly or indirectly:

               (i) solicit any customer (except on behalf of the Company) for a
Competitive Business (as hereinafter defined), or to persuade any customer to
cease to do business or to reduce the amount of business which such customer has
customarily done with the Company, whether or not the relationship between the
Company and such customer was originally established in whole or in part through
Employee's efforts; or

               (ii) solicit for employment any person who at any time during the
        year preceding the termination of his employment with the Company, was
        in the Company's employ.


<PAGE>   2

               As used herein, the term "customer" shall include (i) anyone who
is a customer of the Company on the date hereof. As used herein, the term
"Competitive Business(es)" shall include any business or entity which is in the
office cleaning, facilities service or security business (provided the Company
remains in that business).

        (b) Employee also agrees that during the Restriction Period Employee
shall not divulge or publish to anyone any knowledge or information of a
confidential nature relating to the business of the Company without the prior
written consent of the Company.

        (c) If Employee commits a breach or is about to commit a breach of any
of the provisions of (a) or (b) above, the Company shall have the right to have
the provisions of this Agreement specifically enforced by any court having
equity jurisdiction without being required to post bond or other security and
without having to prove the inadequacy of the available remedies at law, it
being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach will cause irreparable injury
to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the
Company; the Company in consideration thereof, waives its right to sue for such
damages which it may claim it has sustained by reason of such breach.

        (d) The parties acknowledge that the type and period of restriction
imposed in the provisions of (a) or (b) above are fair and reasonable and are
reasonably required for the protection of the Company and the goodwill
associated with the business of the Company. If any of the covenants in (a) or
(b) above, or any part thereof, is hereafter construed to be invalid or
unenforceable, the same shall not affect the remainder of the covenant or
covenants, which shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid
portions. If any of the covenants contained in (a) or (b), or any part thereof,
is held to be unenforceable because of the duration of such provision or the
area covered thereby, or both, the parties agree that the court making such


                                      -2-

<PAGE>   3

determination shall have the power to reduce the duration and/or areas of such
provision and, in its reduced form said provision shall then be enforceable.

        (e) For the purposes of this Agreement, reference to the "Company" shall
be deemed to include Unicco Security Services, Inc., Unicco Government Services,
Inc. and Unicco Facility Services Canada Company.

        (f) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
of this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the
parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof, superseding all prior
understandings and agreements, whether written or oral. This Agreement may not
be amended or revised except by a writing signed by the parties. No delay or
omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement will
operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the
Company on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be
construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion. This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives. The
undertakings of Employee regarding confidentiality include any confidential
information or trade secret of the Company whether or not the same shall or may
have been in part originated, discovered or created by Employee during the
course of normal business hours.

        (g) The covenants set forth herein may not be modified, amended,
altered, repealed nor shall they deem to have been abandoned by the Company
unless the Company shall have executed a written instrument which expressly
refers to this Agreement and which expressly sets forth the Company's intent to
so modify, amend, alter or repeal any one or more of the covenants herein set
forth.



                                      -3-


<PAGE>   4

        (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Employee
shall be free, after the term of his employment with Employer, to work as an
employee, officer, director, consultant or another similar position for
Ogden-Allied and any subsidiary or affiliate of Ogden-Allied, subject to the
agreements and restrictions set forth herein.

        Executed under seal as of the 13th day of January, 1998.

                                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY


                                             By:    /s/ George A. Keches
                                                 --------------------------

                                                

                                                  /s/ John P. McGillicuddy
                                                 --------------------------
                                                    Employee





                                      -4-


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8

                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
                                    USC, INC.
                         UNICCO SECURITY SERVICES, INC.
                  (f/k/a OGDEN ALLIED SECURITY SERVICES, INC.)
                        UNICCO GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC.
           (f/k/a OGDEN ALLIED EASTERN STATES MAINTENANCE CORPORATION)


                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                            DATED AS OF JUNE 28, 1996
<PAGE>   2
                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                            DATED AS OF JUNE 28, 1996

                                      INDEX

                                                                            Page

ARTICLE I ..............................................................      1

PURCHASE, SALE AND TERMS OF NOTES ......................................      1

   1.01.  The Notes ....................................................      1
   1.02.  Purchase and Sale of Notes ...................................      1
     (a)  The Closing ..................................................      1
     (b)  Commitment Fee ...............................................      2
     (c)  Use of Proceeds ..............................................      2
   1.03.  Payments and Endorsements ....................................      2
   1.04.  Redemptions ..................................................      2
     (a)  Required Redemptions .........................................      2
     (b)  Optional Redemptions Without Premium .........................      2
     (c)  Optional Redemptions With Premium ............................      2
     (d)  Notice of Redemptions; Pro Rata Redemptions ..................      3
   1.05.  Payment on Non-Business Days .................................      3
   1.06.  Registration, etc ............................................      3
   1.07.  Transfer and Exchange of Notes ...............................      3
   1.08.  Replacement of Notes .........................................      4
   1.09.  Subordination ................................................      4
     (a)  Payment of Senior Debt .......................................      4
     (b)  No Payment on Notes Under Certain Conditions .................      5
     (c)  Payments Held in Trust .......................................      5
     (d)  Subrogation ..................................................      5
     (e)  Scope of Section .............................................      5
     (f)  Survival of Rights ...........................................      6
     (g)  Amendment or Waiver ..........................................      6
     (h)  Senior Debt Defined ..........................................      6
     (i)  Subordination Agreement ......................................      6
   1.10.  Representations by the Purchaser .............................      7
   1.11.  Disclosure of Information by the Purchaser ...................      7

ARTICLE II .............................................................      7

CONDITIONS TO PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION ...................................      7

   2.01.  Representations and Warranties ...............................      7
   2.02.  Documentation at Closing .....................................      7
   2.03.  Other Transactions ...........................................      9


                                      (i)
<PAGE>   3
                                                                            Page


ARTICLE III ............................................................      9

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .........................................      9

   3.01.  Organization and Standing ....................................      9
   3.02.  Corporate Action .............................................     10
   3.03.  Governmental Approvals .......................................     10
   3.04.  Litigation ...................................................     10
   3.05.  Compliance with Other Instruments ............................     11
   3.06.  Federal Reserve Regulations ..................................     11
   3.07.  Title to Assets, Patents .....................................     11
   3.08.  Financial Information ........................................     12
   3.09.  Taxes ........................................................     12
   3.10.  ERISA ........................................................     13
   3.11.  Transactions with Affiliates .................................     13
   3.12.  Assumptions or Guaranties of Indebtedness of Other Persons ...     13
   3.13.  Investments in Other Persons .................................     13
   3.14.  Equal Employment Opportunity .................................     13
   3.15.  Status of Notes as Qualified Investments .....................     14
   3.16.  Securities Act ...............................................     14
   3.17.  Disclosure ...................................................     14
   3.18.  No Brokers or Finders ........................................     15
   3.19.  Other Agreements of Officers .................................     15
   3.20.  Capitalization; Status of Capital Stock ......................     15
   3.21.  Labor Relations ..............................................     15
   3.22.  Insurance ....................................................     15
   3.23.  Books and Records ............................................     15
   3.24.  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ................................     16
   3.25.  Assets Acquisition ...........................................     16
   3.26.  Solvency, Etc ................................................     16
   3.27.  Interdependence of the Companies .............................     16

ARTICLE IV .............................................................     17

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANIES .............................................     17

   4.01.  Affirmative Covenants Other Than Reporting Requirements ......     17
     (a)  Punctual Payment .............................................     17
     (b)  Payment of Taxes and Trade Debt ..............................     17
     (c)  Maintenance of Insurance .....................................     17
     (d)  Preservation of Corporate Existence ..........................     17
     (e)  Compliance with Laws .........................................     18
     (f)  Visitation Rights ............................................     18
     (g)  Keeping of Records and Books of Account ......................     18
     (h)  Maintenance of Properties, etc ...............................     18
     (i)  Compliance with ERISA ........................................     18
     (j)  Maintenance of Indebtedness Ratio ............................     18


                                      (ii)
<PAGE>   4
                                                                            Page


     (k)  Maintenance of Fixed Charge Ratio ............................     19
     (l)  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ................................     19
     (m)  Equal Employment Opportunity .................................     19
     (n)  Status of Notes as Qualified Investments .....................     20
     (o)  Compensation .................................................     20
   4.02.  Negative Covenants ...........................................     20
     (a)  Liens ........................................................     20
     (b)  Indebtedness .................................................     21
     (c)  Lease Obligations ............................................     21
     (d)  Assumptions or Guaranties of Indebtedness of Other Persons ...     22
     (e)  Mergers, Sale of Assets, etc .................................     22
     (f)  Investments in Other Persons .................................     22
     (g)  Distributions ................................................     23
     (h)  Dealings with Affiliates .....................................     24
     (i)  Maintenance of Ownership of Subsidiaries .....................     24
     (j)  Change in Nature of Business .................................     24
     (k)  Junior Subordinated Notes ....................................     24
   4.03.  Reporting Requirements .......................................     24

ARTICLE V ..............................................................     26

EVENTS OF DEFAULT ......................................................     26

   5.01.  Events of Default ............................................     26
   5.02.  Annulment of Defaults ........................................     27

ARTICLE VI .............................................................     28

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS .......................................     28

   6.01.  Certain Defined Terms ........................................     28
   6.02.  Accounting Terms .............................................     31

ARTICLE VII ............................................................     31

MISCELLANEOUS ..........................................................     31

   7.01.  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies ...............................     31
   7.02.  Amendments, Waivers and Consents .............................     32
   7.03.  Addresses for Notices, etc ...................................     32
   7.04.  Costs, Expenses and Taxes ....................................     33
   7.05.  Binding Effect; Assignment ...................................     33
   7.06.  Survival of Representations and Warranties ...................     33
   7.07.  Prior Agreements .............................................     33
   7.08.  Severability .................................................     33
   7.09.  Governing Law ................................................     34
   7.10.  Headings .....................................................     34


                                     (iii)
<PAGE>   5
                                                                            Page

   7.11.  Sealed Instrument ............................................     34
   7.12.  Counterparts .................................................     34
   7.13.  Further Assurances ...........................................     34


EXHIBITS

   1.01      Form of Promissory Notes
   3.01      Schedule of Affiliates
   3.04      Schedule of Litigation
   3.05      Schedule of Indebtedness
   3.07      Schedule of Mortgages, Pledges, etc.
   3.11      Schedule of Transactions with Affiliates
   3.15      Certificate re "Qualified Investments"
   3.20      Schedule of Capital Stock, Options and Other Rights


                                      (iv)
<PAGE>   6
                             UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY
                                    USC, INC.
                         UNICCO SECURITY SERVICES, INC.
                  (f/k/a OGDEN ALLIED SECURITY SERVICES, INC.)
                        UNICCO GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC.
           (f/k/a OGDEN ALLIED EASTERN STATES MAINTENANCE CORPORATION)
                                 4 COPLEY PLACE
                           BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02116

                                                             AS OF JUNE 28, 1996

MASSACHUSETTS CAPITAL RESOURCE COMPANY
420 BOYLSTON STREET
BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS  02116

RE:  PROMISSORY NOTES DUE 2001

GENTLEMEN:

         Unicco Service Company ("Unicco"), a Massachusetts business trust
organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, USC, Inc., a
Massachusetts corporation, Unicco Security Services, Inc. (f/k/a Ogden Allied
Security Services, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, and Unicco Government
Services, Inc. (f/k/a Ogden Allied Eastern States Maintenance Corporation), a
Delaware corporation(individually, a "Company" and collectively, the
"Companies"), hereby, jointly and severally, agree with Massachusetts Capital
Resource Company, a Massachusetts special purpose limited partnership (the
"Purchaser") as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                        PURCHASE, SALE AND TERMS OF NOTES

         1.01. THE NOTES. The Companies have authorized the issuance and sale to
the Purchaser of the Companies' Promissory Notes, due September 30, 2001, in the
original principal amount of $5,000,000. The Promissory Notes shall be
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 1.01 hereto and are herein
referred to individually as a "Note" and collectively as the "Notes", which
terms shall also include any notes delivered in exchange or replacement
therefor.

         1.02. PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES.

               (a) THE CLOSING. The Companies agree to issue and sell to the
Purchaser, and, subject to and in reliance upon the representations, warranties,
terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees to purchase, the
Notes for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000. Such purchase and sale
shall take place at a closing (the "Closing") to be held at the office of Testa,
Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP, High Street Tower, 125 High Street, Boston,
<PAGE>   7
Massachusetts, 02110, on June 28, 1996 at 1:00 P.M., or on such other date and
at such time and place as may be mutually agreed upon. At the Closing the
Companies will initially issue one Note, payable to the order of the Purchaser,
in the principal amount of $5,000,000, against receipt by the Companies (or such
payee as the Companies may direct) of a wire transfer in the amount of
$5,000,000, in payment of the full purchase price for the Notes.

               (b) COMMITMENT FEE. At the Closing, the Companies will pay to the
Purchaser, by check or wire transfer, a non-refundable commitment fee of Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($50,000).

               (c) USE OF PROCEEDS. The Companies agree to use the full proceeds
from the sale of the Notes solely to help fund the acquisition of assets
referred to in Section 3.26 and for working capital and agree that full proceeds
from the sale of the Notes will be utilized for purposes which increase or
maintain equal opportunity employment in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

         1.03. PAYMENTS AND ENDORSEMENTS. Payments of principal, interest and
premium, if any, on the Notes, shall be made directly by check duly mailed or
delivered to the Purchaser at its address referred to in Section 7.03 hereof,
without any presentment or notation of payment, except that prior to any
transfer of any Note, the holder of record shall endorse on such Note a record
of the date to which interest has been paid and all payments made on account of
principal of such Note.

         1.04. REDEMPTIONS.

               (a) REQUIRED REDEMPTIONS. On the stated or accelerated maturity
date of the Notes, the Companies will redeem, without premium, the entire
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, together with all accrued and
unpaid interest then due thereon. No optional redemption of less than all of the
Notes shall affect the obligation of the Companies to make the redemption
required by this subsection.

               (b) OPTIONAL REDEMPTIONS WITHOUT PREMIUM. The Companies may, at
any time and from time to time, on and after July 1, 1999 (no optional
redemptions being permitted prior to that date), redeem, without premium, up to
$250,000 in principal amount of the Notes (in integral multiples of $50,000) in
each calendar quarter, together with interest due on the amount so redeemed
through the date of redemption. The right of redemption under this subsection
1.04(b) shall not be cumulative.

               (c) OPTIONAL REDEMPTIONS WITH PREMIUM. In addition to the
redemptions of the Notes permitted under subsection 1.04(b), the Companies may
at any time and from time to time, on and after July 1, 1999 (no redemptions
under this subsection being permitted prior to that date), redeem all or any
portion of the Notes not redeemed pursuant to subsection 1.04(b), in whole or in
part, (in integral multiples of $50,000), together with interest due on the
amount so redeemed through the date of redemption, and a premium equal to ten
percent (10%) of the principal amount of the Notes so redeemed.



                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   8
               (d) NOTICE OF REDEMPTIONS; PRO RATA REDEMPTIONS. Notice of any
optional redemptions pursuant to subsections 1.04(b) or (c) shall be given to
all registered holders of the Notes at least ten (10) business days prior to the
date of such redemption. Each redemption of Notes pursuant to subsections
1.04(a), (b) or (c) shall be made so that the Notes then held by each holder
shall be redeemed in a principal amount which shall bear the same ratio to the
total principal amount of Notes being redeemed as the principal amount of Notes
then held by such holder bears to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding.

         1.05. PAYMENT ON NON-BUSINESS DAYS. Whenever any payment to be made
shall be due on a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, such payment may be made on the next succeeding
business day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the
computation of payment of interest due.

         1.06. REGISTRATION, ETC. Unicco, on behalf of itself and each of the
other Companies shall maintain at its principal office a register of the Notes
and shall record therein the names and addresses of the registered holders of
the Notes, the address to which notices are to be sent and the address to which
payments are to be made as designated by the registered holder if other than the
address of the holder, and the particulars of all transfers, exchanges and
replacements of Notes. No transfer of a Note shall be valid unless made on such
register for the registered holder or his executors or administrators or his or
their duly appointed attorney, upon surrender therefor for exchange as
hereinafter provided, accompanied by an instrument in writing, in form and
execution reasonably satisfactory to Unicco. Each Note issued hereunder, whether
originally or upon transfer, exchange or replacement of a Note or Notes, shall
be registered on the date of execution thereof by the Companies and shall be
dated the date to which interest has been paid on such Notes or Note. The
registered holder of a Note shall be that Person in whose name the Note has been
so registered by Unicco. A registered holder shall be deemed the owner of a Note
for all purposes of this Agreement and, subject to the provisions hereof, shall
be entitled to the principal, premium, if any, and interest evidenced by such
Note free from all equities or rights of setoff or counterclaim between the
Companies, or any of them, and the transferor of such registered holder or any
previous registered holder of such Note.

         1.07. TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES. Subject to compliance with
federal and applicable state securities laws, the registered holder of any Note
or Notes may, prior to maturity or prepayment thereof, surrender such Note or
Notes at the principal office of Unicco for transfer or exchange. Within a
reasonable time after notice to Unicco from a registered holder of its intention
to make such exchange and without expense (other than transfer taxes, if any) to
such registered holder, the Companies shall issue in exchange therefor another
Note or Notes, in such denominations as requested by the registered holder, for
the same aggregate principal amount as the unpaid principal amount of the Note
or Notes so surrendered and having the same maturity and rate of interest,
containing the same provisions and subject to the same terms and conditions as
the Note or Notes so surrendered. Each new Note shall be made payable to such
Person or Persons, or registered assigns, as the registered holder of such
surrendered Note or Notes may designate, and such transfer or exchange shall be
made in such a manner that no gain or loss of principal or interest shall result
therefrom.



                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   9
         1.08. REPLACEMENT OF NOTES. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to
Unicco of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note and, if
requested in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of
an indemnity bond or other agreement or security reasonably satisfactory to
Unicco, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation
of such Note, the Companies will issue a new Note, of like tenor and amount and
dated the date to which interest has been paid, in lieu of such lost, stolen,
destroyed or mutilated Note; provided, however, if any Note of which
Massachusetts Capital Resource Company, its nominee, or any of its partners is
the registered holder is lost, stolen or destroyed, the affidavit of the
President, Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the registered holder setting
forth the circumstances with respect to such loss, theft or destruction shall be
accepted as satisfactory evidence thereof, and no indemnification bond or other
security shall be required as a condition to the execution and delivery by the
Companies of a new Note in replacement of such lost, stolen or destroyed Note
other than the registered holder's written agreement to indemnify the Companies.

         1.09. SUBORDINATION. Each Company, for itself, its successors and
assigns, covenants and agrees, and the Purchaser and each successor holder of
the Notes by his or its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that
notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Notes, the payment
of the principal of and interest on each and all of the Notes shall be
subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter
set forth, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (as hereinafter
defined) at any time outstanding. The provisions of this Section 1.09 shall
constitute a continuing representation to all Persons who, in reliance upon such
provisions, become the holders of or continue to hold Senior Debt, and such
provisions are made for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt, and such
holders are hereby made obligees hereunder the same as if their names were
written herein as such, and they or any of them may proceed to enforce such
provisions against any Company or against the holder of any Note without the
necessity of joining any Company as a party.

               (a) PAYMENT OF SENIOR DEBT. In the event of any insolvency or
bankruptcy proceedings, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or
other similar proceedings in connection therewith, relative to the Companies or
to their property, or, in the event of any proceedings for voluntary
liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Companies or distribution or
marshaling of its assets or any composition with creditors of the Companies,
whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, then and in any such event
all Senior Debt shall be paid in full before any payment or distribution of any
character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made on
account of the Notes; and any such payment or distribution, except securities
which are subordinated and junior in right of payment to the payment of all
Senior Debt then outstanding on terms of substantially the same tenor as this
Section 1.09, which would, but for the provisions hereof, be payable or
deliverable in respect of the Notes shall be paid or delivered directly to the
holders of Senior Debt (or their duly authorized representatives), in the
proportions in which they hold the same, until all Senior Debt shall have been
paid in full, and every holder of the Notes by becoming a holder thereof shall
have designated and appointed the holder or holders of Senior Debt (and their
duly authorized representatives) as his or its agents and attorney-in-fact to
demand, sue for, collect and receive such Senior Debt holder's ratable share of
all such payments and distributions and to file any



                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   10
necessary proof of claim therefor and to take all such other action in the name
of the holders of the Notes or otherwise, as such Senior Debt holders (or their
authorized representatives) may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the
enforcement of this Section 1.09. The Purchaser and each successor holder of the
Notes by its or his acceptance thereof agrees to execute, at the request of the
Companies, a separate agreement with any holder of Senior Debt on the terms set
forth in this Section 1.09, and to take all such other action as such holder or
such holder's representative may request in order to enable such holder to
enforce all claims upon or in respect of such holder's ratable share of the
Notes.

               (b) NO PAYMENT ON NOTES UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS. In the event
that any default occurs in the payment of the principal of or interest on any
Senior Debt (whether as a result of the acceleration thereof by the holders of
such Senior Debt or otherwise) and during the continuance of such default for a
period up to ninety (90) days and thereafter if judicial proceedings shall have
been instituted with respect to such defaulted payment, or (if a shorter period)
until such payment has been made or such default has been cured or waived in
writing by such holder of Senior Debt then and during the continuance of such
event no payment of principal or interest on the Notes shall be made by the
Companies or accepted by any holder of the Notes who has received notice from
the Companies or from a holder of Senior Debt of such events.

               (c) PAYMENTS HELD IN TRUST. In case any payment or distribution
shall be paid or delivered to any holder of the Notes before all Senior Debt
shall have been paid in full, despite or in violation or contravention of the
terms of this subordination, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust
for and paid and delivered ratably to the holders of Senior Debt (or their duly
authorized representatives), until all Senior Debt shall have been paid in full.

               (d) SUBROGATION. Subject to the payment in full of all Senior
Debt and until the Notes shall be paid in full, the holders of the Notes shall
be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt (to the extent of
payments or distributions previously made to such holders of Senior Debt
pursuant to the provisions of subsections (a) and (c) of this Section 1.09) to
receive payments or distributions of assets of the Companies applicable to the
Senior Debt. No such payments or distributions applicable to the Senior Debt
shall, as between the Companies and their creditors, other than the holders of
Senior Debt and the holders of the Notes, be deemed to be a payment by the
Companies to or on account of the Notes; and for the purposes of such
subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of Senior Debt to which
the holders of the Notes would be entitled except for the provisions of this
Section 1.09 shall, as between the Companies and their creditors, other than the
holders of Senior Debt and the holders of the Notes, be deemed to be a payment
by the Companies to or on account of the Senior Debt.

               (e) SCOPE OF SECTION. The provisions of this Section 1.09 are
intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders
of the Notes, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Debt, on the other
hand. Nothing contained in this Section 1.09 or elsewhere in this Agreement or
the Notes is intended to or shall impair, as between the Companies, their
creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the holders of the Notes,
the obligation of the Companies, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay to
the holders of the


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   11
Notes the principal of and interest on the Notes as and when the same shall
become due and payable in accordance with the terms thereof, or to affect the
relative rights of the holders of the Notes and creditors of the Companies other
than the holders of the Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein
prevent the holder of any Note from accepting any payment with respect to such
Note or exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon
default under such Note, subject to the rights, if any, under this Section 1.09
of the holders of Senior Debt in respect of cash, property or securities of the
Companies received by the holders of the Notes.

               (f) SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS. The right of any present or future holder
of Senior Debt to enforce subordination of the Notes pursuant to the provisions
of this Section 1.09 shall not at any time be prejudiced or impaired by any act
or failure to act on the part of the Companies or any such holder of Senior
Debt, including, without limitation, any forbearance, waiver, consent,
compromise, amendment, extension, renewal, or taking or release of security of
or in respect of any Senior Debt or by noncompliance by the Companies with the
terms of such subordination regardless of any knowledge thereof such holder may
have or otherwise be charged with.

               (g) AMENDMENT OR WAIVER. The provisions of this Section 1.09 may
not be amended or waived in any manner which is detrimental to any Senior Debt
without the consent of the holders of all then existing Senior Debt.

               (h) SENIOR DEBT DEFINED. The term "Senior Debt" shall mean (i)
all Indebtedness of the Companies for money borrowed from banks or other
institutional lenders, including any extension or renewals or refinancings
thereof, whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created or
incurred, which is not by its terms subordinate and junior to or on a parity
with the Notes and which is permitted hereby at the time it is created or
incurred, and (ii) all guaranties by the Companies which are not by their terms
subordinate and junior to or on a parity with the Notes and which are permitted
hereby at the time they are made, of Indebtedness of any Affiliate if such
Indebtedness would have been Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of clause
(i) of this sentence had it been Indebtedness of the Companies; provided,
however, that the sum of all such Senior Debt under clauses (i) and (ii) shall
not exceed the principal amount of $110,000,000 at any one time outstanding . In
making any loans which are (or the guaranties of which are) intended to be
Senior Debt, the lenders or purchasers shall be entitled to rely as to the fact
that such Indebtedness or guaranty is permitted hereby upon a certificate by the
Companies' chief financial officers purporting to show such Indebtedness or
guaranty will not result in the Companies' failure to comply with the provisions
of Article IV hereof as of the date of the loan or guarantee.

               (i) SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT Notwithstanding this Section 1.09,
the terms and conditions of that certain Subordination Agreement of even date
herewith by and among the Purchaser, the Companies, The First National Bank of
Boston and Fleet National Bank shall be deemed to supersede and replace all of
the provisions of this Section 1.09 for as long as such Subordination Agreement
shall be in full force and effect.


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   12
         1.10. REPRESENTATIONS BY THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser represents that:
(i) it is its present intention to acquire the Notes for its own account and
that the Notes are being and will be acquired for the purpose of investment and
not with a view to distribution or resale thereof; subject, nevertheless, to the
condition that the disposition of the property of the Purchaser shall at all
times be within its control; and (ii) the Purchaser has taken all necessary
partnership action to authorize the acquisition by it of the Notes. The
acquisition by the Purchaser of the Notes shall constitute a confirmation of
this representation.

         1.11. DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION BY THE PURCHASER. Each Company
understands that the Purchaser is a special purpose limited partnership
organized under Chapter 109 of the General Laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts and Chapter 816 of the Acts and Resolves of 1977 of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the "Capital Resource Company Act"), and as such,
in accordance with such provisions, the Purchaser, in order to obtain certain
benefits for itself and its partners, is required to file certain reports and
otherwise disclose information relating to the business, financial affairs, and
future prospects of the Companies and their affiliates (as defined in the
aforesaid legislation) with the Clerk of the Senate and the Clerk of the House
of Representatives of the General Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,
the Secretary of Manpower Affairs, the Commissioner of Insurance and the
Department of Revenue of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and that such
reports and other information may constitute "public records" within the purview
of Section 7 of Chapter 4 of the General Laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts. In addition, information relating to the business, financial
affairs and future prospects of the Companies and their affiliates must be
disclosed to others in order to obtain independent confirmation that financing
on substantially similar terms to financing provided pursuant to this Agreement
was not elsewhere available to the Companies. Each Company hereby authorizes the
Purchaser to disclose all such information relating to the business, financial
affairs and future prospects of the Companies and their affiliates as has been
or may in the future be presented to the Purchaser to all such persons as the
Purchaser in good faith deems necessary or appropriate in order to fulfill its
obligations under the Capital Resource Company Act.

                                   ARTICLE II

                      CONDITIONS TO PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION

         The obligation of the Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Notes at
the Closing is subject to the following conditions:

         2.01. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each of the representations and
warranties of the Company set forth in Article III hereof shall be true on the
date of the Closing.

         2.02. DOCUMENTATION AT CLOSING. The Purchaser shall have received prior
to or at the Closing all of the following, each in form and substance
satisfactory to the Purchaser and its counsel:



                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>   13
               (a) A Limited Recourse Guarantee, in favor of the Purchaser,
shall have been executed and delivered to the Purchaser by each of Steven C.
Kletjian and Unicco Facility Services Canada Company, a Nova Scotia unlimited
liability company ("U-Canada"), each such Limited Recourse Guarantee to be in
form and substance acceptable to the Purchaser.

               (b) A Pledge Agreement between the Purchaser and Steven C.
Kletjian granting the Purchaser a second priority and recourse pledge in all of
the shares of any class of capital stock of Ashmont Insurance Company Limited, a
Bermuda exempted company ("Ashmont"), now or hereafter owned by Steven C.
Kletjian, shall have been executed and delivered to the Purchaser, such Pledge
Agreement to be in form and substance acceptable to the Purchaser.

               (c) A certified copy of all charter documents of each Company; a
certified copy of the resolutions of the Trustees or directors, as the case may
be, and, to the extent required, the stockholders of each Company evidencing
approval of this Agreement, the Notes and other matters contemplated hereby; a
certified copy of the By-laws, if any, of each Company; and certified copies of
all documents evidencing other necessary corporate or other action and
governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement and the Notes.

               (d) A favorable opinion of Posternak, Blankstein & Lund, L.L.P.,
counsel for each Company and for Steven C. Kletjian, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Purchaser, and a favorable opinion of counsel for U-Canada,
in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser..

               (e) A certificate of the Secretary or Clerk or an Assistant
Secretary or Assistant Clerk of each Company which shall certify the names of
the officers of such Company, authorized to sign this Agreement, the Notes and
the other documents or certificates to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement
by such Company, or any of its officers, together with the true signatures of
such officers. The Purchaser may conclusively rely on such certificates until it
shall receive a further certificate of the Secretary or Clerk or an Assistant
Secretary or Assistant Clerk of such Company canceling or amending the prior
certificate and submitting the signatures of the officers named in such further
certificate.

               (f) A certificate from a duly authorized officer of each Company
stating that: (i) the representations and warranties of the Companies contained
in Article III hereof and otherwise made by the Companies in writing in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby are true and correct, (ii)
all of the transactions set forth in Section 2.03 have been consummated and
(iii) no condition or event has occurred or is continuing or will result from
execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Notes which constitute an Event
of Default or would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that
notice be given or time elapse or both.

               (g) A certificate, in the form attached as Exhibit 3.15 hereto,
shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each
Company.

               (h) Payment for the costs, expenses, taxes and filing fees
identified in Section 7.04 as to which the Purchaser gives Unicco notice prior
to the Closing.



                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   14
         2.03. OTHER TRANSACTIONS. On or prior to the Closing, each of the
following transactions shall have been consummated:

               (a) The closing under the Asset Purchase Agreement described in
Section 3.26 shall have been consummated and the Companies shall have acquired
all of the rights, title and interest in and to all of the assets to be acquired
by them in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement as described therein.

               (b) The Companies shall have:

                   (i) consummated a revolving line of credit with The First
         National Bank of Boston and Fleet National Bank for a sum of not less
         than an aggregate of $48,000,000, such line of credit to be in form and
         substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser; and

                  (ii) consummated term loans with The First National Bank of
         Boston and Fleet National Bank for a sum of not less than an aggregate
         of $42,000,000, such term loans to be in form and substance reasonably
         satisfactory to the Purchaser; and

                 (iii) received a sum of not less than $3,000,000 by way of a
         capital contribution or Shareholder Subordinated Debt (which is
         subordinated, on terms and conditions acceptable to the Purchaser, to
         the Notes) from the existing shareholders of Unicco and/or Ashmont.

               (c) Unicco and each seller under the Asset Purchase Agreement
described in Section 3.26 who receives a promissory note of Unicco in connection
with the payment of the purchase price thereunder (collectively, the "Junior
Subordinated Notes") shall have entered into a Subordination Agreement with the
Purchaser, such Subordination Agreement to be in form and substance satisfactory
to the Purchaser and the original aggregate principal of such Junior
Subordinated Notes to be in a sum of not less than $12,000,000, as may be
reduced pursuant to the adjustment mechanism provided by Section 1.03(b) of such
Asset Purchase Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Companies, jointly and severally, represent and warrant (which
representations and warranties give effect to the consummation of the
transactions described in Section 2.03 hereof) as follows:

         3.01. ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. Each Company is a duly organized and
validly existing business trust or corporation in good standing under the laws
of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and has all requisite
power and authority for the ownership and operation of its properties and for
the carrying on of its business as now conducted and as now proposed to be
conducted. Unicco has no Subsidiaries, other than a seventy nine percent (79%)


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   15
equity interest in U-Canada. Each Company is duly licensed or qualified and in
good standing as a foreign trust or corporation, as the case may be, authorized
to do business in all jurisdictions wherein the character of the property owned
or leased, or the nature of the activities conducted, by it makes such licensing
or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed or
qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the Companies as a whole.
Attached hereto as Exhibit 3.01 is a schedule which correctly identifies the
Affiliates of the Companies as of the date hereof and shows with respect to each
Affiliate its jurisdiction of incorporation. All of the outstanding capital
stock of each Affiliate has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully
paid and nonassessable, and is owned beneficially and of record by the Persons
indicated in Exhibit 3.01, free and clear of any lien, right, encumbrance or
restriction of any nature, including, without limitation, any lien, right,
encumbrance or restriction on transfer.

         3.02. CORPORATE ACTION. Each Company has all necessary power and has
taken all action required to make all the provisions of this Agreement, the
Notes and any other agreements and instruments executed in connection herewith
and therewith the valid and enforceable obligations they purport to be. The
issuance of the Notes is not subject to preemptive or other similar statutory or
contractual rights and will not conflict with any provisions of any agreement or
instrument to which any Company or any Affiliate is a party or by which it is
bound.

         3.03. GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS. No authorization, consent, approval,
license, exemption of or filing or registration with any court or governmental
department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or
foreign, is or will be necessary for, or in connection with, the offer,
issuance, sale, execution or delivery by any Company of, or for the performance
by it of its obligations under, this Agreement or the Notes, except as shall be
obtained on or prior to the Closing.

         3.04. LITIGATION. Except as set forth in Exhibit 3.04, there is no
litigation or governmental proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best
of the knowledge of any Company, threatened against any Company or any Affiliate
affecting any of its properties or assets, or against any officer, key employee
or principal stockholder of any Company or any Affiliate where such litigation,
proceeding or investigation, either individually or in the aggregate, would have
a material adverse effect on the Companies and the Affiliates taken as a whole,
nor, to the best of the knowledge of any Company, has there occurred any event
or does there exist any condition on the basis of which any litigation,
proceeding or investigation might properly be instituted. No Company or
Affiliate, nor, to the best of the knowledge of any Company, any officer or key
employee of any Company or any Affiliate, or principal stockholder of any
Company or any Affiliate, is in default with respect to any material order,
writ, injunction, decree, ruling or decision of any court, commission, board or
other government agency known to any Company to be affecting any Company or any
Affiliate. There are no actions or proceedings pending or threatened (or any
basis therefor known to any Company) which might result, either in any case or
in the aggregate, in any material adverse change in the business, operations,
affairs or condition of the Companies and the Affiliates as a whole or in any of
their properties or assets, or which might call into question the validity of
this Agreement or the Notes or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto
or thereto.


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>   16
         3.05. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS. Each Company and each
Affiliate is in compliance in all respects with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement and of its charter and by-laws and in all material respects with the
terms and provisions of the mortgages, indentures, leases, agreements and other
instruments and, to the knowledge of each Company, of all judgments, decrees,
governmental orders, statutes, rules and regulations by which it is bound or to
which its properties or assets are subject. There is no term or provision in any
of the foregoing documents and instruments which materially adversely affects
the business, assets or financial condition of any Company or any Affiliate.
Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Notes, nor the
consummation of any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby has constituted
or resulted in or will constitute or result in a default or violation of any
term or provision in any of the foregoing documents or instruments. A schedule
of Indebtedness of the Companies and each Affiliate for borrowed money
(including lease obligations required to be capitalized in accordance with
applicable Statements of Financial Accounting Standards) is attached as Exhibit
3.05.

         3.06. FEDERAL RESERVE REGULATIONS. No Company or Affiliate is engaged
in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation G of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds of the Notes will be
used to purchase or carry any margin security or to extend credit to others for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security or in any other manner
which would involve a violation of any of the regulations of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

         3.07. TITLE TO ASSETS, PATENTS. Except as is set forth in Exhibit 3.07,
each Company and each Affiliate has good and clear record and marketable title
in fee to such of its fixed assets as are owned real property, and good and
merchantable title to all of its other assets, now carried on its books
including those reflected in the most recent combined/consolidated balance sheet
of each Company and its Affiliates delivered to the Purchaser pursuant to
Section 3.08 since the date of such balance sheet (except personal property
disposed of since said date in the ordinary course of business) free of any
mortgages, pledges, charges, liens, security interests or other encumbrances,
except as would not have a material adverse effect on the Companies and the
Affiliates as a whole. Except as set forth on Exhibit 3.07, each Company and
each Affiliate enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases under
which it is operating, and all said leases are valid and subsisting and in full
force and effect. Each Company and each Affiliate owns or has a valid right to
use the patents, patent rights, licenses, permits, trade secrets, trademarks,
trademark rights, trade names or trade name rights or franchises, copyrights,
inventions and intellectual property rights being used to conduct its business
as now operated and as now proposed to be operated; and the conduct of its
business as now operated and as now proposed to be operated does not and will
not conflict in any material way with valid patents, patent rights, licenses,
permits, trade secrets, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names or trade name
rights or franchises, copyrights, inventions and intellectual property rights of
others. No Company or Affiliate has any obligation to compensate any Person for
the use of any such patents or such rights nor has any Company or any Affiliate
granted to any Person any license or other rights to use in any manner any of
such patents or such rights of any Company or any Affiliate.



                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>   17
         3.08. FINANCIAL INFORMATION. The Companies have furnished to the
Purchaser Unicco's financial statements for the two years ended June 26, 1994
and June 25, 1995, certified by Arthur Andersen LLP and for the ten-month period
ended April 30, 1996, being unaudited and subject to year-end adjustments
consisting of normal recurring items which will not be material in the
aggregate. The financial statements of Unicco so delivered present fairly the
financial position of Unicco as at the dates thereof and its results of
operations for the periods covered thereby and have been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied Since the
date of said Unicco certified financial statements, (i) there has been no
material adverse change in the business, assets or condition, financial or
otherwise, operations or prospects, of Unicco; (ii) neither the business,
condition, operations or prospects of Unicco nor any of its properties or assets
has been materially adversely affected as a result of any legislative or
regulatory change, any revocation or change in any franchise, license or right
to do business, or any other event or occurrence, whether or not insured
against; and (iii) Unicco has not entered into any material transaction or made
any distribution on its capital stock. The Companies have also furnished to the
Purchaser the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Asset Sellers
as of December 31, 1995 and the consolidated and consolidating statements of
income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flow of such Asset Sellers for
the fiscal year then ended and related footnotes, reviewed by Arthur Andersen in
a separate due diligence report provided to the Purchaser. The Companies have
also furnished to the Purchaser the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet
of the Asset Sellers as of March 31, 1996 and the consolidated and consolidating
statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flow of such
Asset Sellers for the fiscal quarter then ended, certified by the principal
financial officer of such Asset Sellers, but subject, however, to normal,
recurring year-end adjustments that shall not in the aggregate be material in
amount. The Companies have also furnished to the Purchaser the unaudited pro
forma consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Companies as at the
date of the Closing and its related unaudited consolidated and consolidating
statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flow for the
period ending on the date of the Closing, prepared as if this Agreement and all
of the transactions set forth in Section 2.03 had occurred as of the date of the
Closing. All such financial statements were prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and present fairly
the financial position of each Company and the Asset Sellers as of such dates
and the results of the operations of each Company and the Asset Sellers for such
periods. There are no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, not disclosed in any
of the foregoing financial statements or in the notes thereto that could,
together with all such other liabilities, materially adversely effect the
financial condition of the Companies as a whole, nor do the Companies have any
reasonable grounds to know of any such liability.

         3.09. TAXES. Except as would not have a material adverse effect on the
Companies and the Affiliates as a whole, or as to taxes being contested in good
faith, each Company and each Affiliate has accurately prepared and timely filed
all federal, state and other tax returns required by law to be filed by it, and
all taxes shown to be due and all additional assessments have been paid or
provision made therefor. No Company knows of any additional assessments or
adjustments pending or threatened against any Company or any Affiliate for any
period, or of any basis for any such assessment or adjustment.


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>   18
         3.10. ERISA. No employee benefit plan established or maintained, or to
which contributions have been made, by any Company or any Affiliate, which is
subject to part 3 of Subtitle B of Title I of The Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") had an accumulated funding deficiency
(as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA) as of the last day of the most
recent fiscal year of such plan ended prior to the date hereof, and no material
liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation has been incurred with
respect to any such plan by any Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

         3.11. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Except as set forth in Exhibit
3.11, there are no loans, leases, royalty agreements or other continuing
transactions between any Company or any Affiliate and any Person owning five
percent (5%) or more of any class of capital stock of any Company or any
Affiliate or other entity controlled by such stockholder or a member of such
stockholder's family.

         3.12. ASSUMPTIONS OR GUARANTIES OF INDEBTEDNESS OF OTHER PERSONS.
Except as contemplated under the Senior Debt, this Agreement or the Junior
Subordinated Notes, no Company or Affiliate has assumed, guaranteed, endorsed or
otherwise become directly or contingently liable on (including, without
limitation, liability by way of agreement, contingent or otherwise, to purchase,
to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise invest in the
debtor or otherwise to assure the creditor against loss) any Indebtedness of any
other Person.

         3.13. INVESTMENTS IN OTHER PERSONS. No Company or Affiliate has made
any loan for money borrowed to any Person which is outstanding on the date of
this Agreement, nor is any Company or any Affiliate obligated or committed to
make any such loan, nor does any Company or any Affiliate own any capital stock
or assets comprising the business of, obligations of, or any interest in, any
Person, except as is described or referenced in this Agreement.

         3.14. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY. Each Company has reviewed its
employment practices and policies and those of each Affiliate and, to the best
of its knowledge, each Company and each Affiliate is in full compliance with (a)
all applicable laws of the United States, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
and of each other applicable jurisdiction, relating to equal employment
opportunity (including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of
1964, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 000e-17), the Age Discrimination in
Employment Act of 1967, as amended (29 U.S.C. Sections 621-634), the Equal Pay
Act of 1963 (29 U.S.C. Section 206(d)), and any rules, regulations and
administrative orders and Executive Orders relating thereto; Mass. Gen. Laws. c.
151B, Mass. Gen. Laws c. 149 Section 24A et seq. and Section 105A et seq., and
any rules or regulations relating thereto; and (b) the applicable terms,
relating to equal employment opportunity, of any contract, agreement or grant
any Company or any Affiliate has with, from, or relating (by way of subcontract
or otherwise) to any other contract, agreement or grant of, any federal or state
governmental unit ("Government Contract"), including, without limitation, any
terms required pursuant to Federal Executive Order No. 11246 and Massachusetts
Executive Order No. 74 (both as amended). To the best of each Company's
knowledge, it and each Affiliate has kept all records required to be kept, and
has filed all reports, affirmative action plans and forms (including, without
limitation and where applicable, Form EEO-1) required to be filed pursuant to
any such applicable law or the terms of any such Government Contract. No



                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>   19
Company or Affiliate has been subject to any adverse final determination or
order, with respect to any charge of employment discrimination made against it,
by the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Massachusetts
Commission Against Discrimination or any other governmental unit (including,
without limitation, any such governmental unit with which it has a Government
Contract), and no Company or Affiliate is presently, to the best of the
Companies' knowledge, subject to any formal proceedings before, or
investigations by, such commissions or governmental units, except as is set
forth in Exhibit 3.04 or as would not have a material adverse effect on the
Companies and the Affiliates as a whole.

         3.15. STATUS OF NOTES AS QUALIFIED INVESTMENTS. Each Company has duly
authorized the execution and delivery to the Purchaser, by Unicco, on its behalf
and on behalf of all of the other Companies, of the certificate attached as
Exhibit 3.15 hereto, setting forth such statements, information and related data
as are necessary to permit the Purchaser to determine and demonstrate that the
Notes issued pursuant to this Agreement will constitute "qualified investments"
within the meaning of that term as set forth in the Capital Resource Company Act
and that the full proceeds of the Notes will be used for purposes which will
materially increase or maintain equal opportunity employment in the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts. All such statements, information and related data presented in
such certificate as are not based on estimates and projections of future events
are true and correct as of the date of such certificate and all such statements,
information and related data based upon estimates or projections of future
events have been carefully considered and prepared on behalf of each Company.

         3.16. SECURITIES ACT. No Company nor anyone acting on their behalf has
offered any of the Notes or similar securities, or solicited any offers to
purchase or made any attempt by preliminary conversation or negotiations to
dispose of the Notes or similar securities, to any Person, other than the
Purchaser or the institutions described in Exhibit 3.15. No Company nor anyone
acting on their behalf has offered or will offer to sell the Notes or similar
securities to, or solicit offers with respect thereto from, or enter into any
preliminary conversations or negotiations relating thereto with, any Person, so
as to bring the issuance and sale of the Notes under the registration provisions
of the Securities Act.

         3.17. DISCLOSURE. Neither this Agreement, the financial statements
referred to in Section 3.08, the Certificate set forth as Exhibit 3.15 hereof,
nor any other agreement, document, certificate or written statement furnished to
the Purchaser or its counsel by or on behalf of any Company or any Affiliate in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue
statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There
is no fact within the knowledge of any Company or any of its executive officers
which has not been disclosed herein or in writing by them to the Purchaser and
which materially adversely affects, or in the future in their opinion may,
insofar as they can now foresee, materially adversely affect the business,
properties, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Companies and
the Affiliates as a whole, except for general economic or industry conditions
known to the public. Without limiting the foregoing, no Company has any
knowledge or belief that there exists, or there is pending or planned, any
patent, invention, device, application or principle or any statute, rule, law,
regulation, standard or



                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>   20
code which would materially adversely affect the condition, financial or
otherwise, or the operations of any Company or any Affiliate.

         3.18. NO BROKERS OR FINDERS. No Person has or will have, as a result of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any right, interest or valid
claim against or upon any Company or any Affiliate for any commission, fee or
other compensation as a finder or broker because of any act or omission by any
Company or any Affiliate or any agent of any Company or any Affiliate.

         3.19. OTHER AGREEMENTS OF OFFICERS. To the best of the knowledge of
each Company, no officer or key employee of any Company or any Affiliate is a
party to or bound by any agreement, contract or commitment, or subject to any
restrictions, particularly but without limitation in connection with any
previous employment of any such person, which materially and adversely affects,
or in the future may (so far as any Company can reasonably foresee) materially
and adversely affect, the business or operations of any Company or any Affiliate
or the right of any such person to participate in the affairs of any Company or
any Affiliate. To the best of the knowledge of any Company, no officer or key
employee has any present intention of terminating his employment with any
Company or any Affiliate and no Company or Affiliate has any present intention
of terminating any such agreement, except that officers and key employees of the
Asset Sellers are under no obligation to Unicco and Unicco makes no
representation herein as to their continued employment.

         3.20. CAPITALIZATION; STATUS OF CAPITAL STOCK. Unicco has a total
authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization consisting of 1,093 common
shares of beneficial interest, of which 1,054 are issued and outstanding and 39
are held as Treasury shares. A complete list of the outstanding common shares of
Unicco and the names in which such common shares are registered is set forth in
Exhibit 3.20 hereto. All the outstanding common shares of Unicco have been duly
authorized, are validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. The
ownership of the outstanding capital stock of the each Company, other than
Unicco, is set forth on Exhibit 3.01 hereto.

         3.21. LABOR RELATIONS. Except as is set forth on Exhibit 3.04, there
are no unfair labor practice charges, pending trials with respect to unfair
labor practice charges, pending material grievance proceedings or adverse
decisions of a Trial Examiner of the National Labor Relations Board against any
Company or any Affiliate which would have a material adverse effect on the
Companies and the Affiliates as whole. Furthermore, to the best of the knowledge
of each Company, relations with employees of each Company and each Affiliate are
good and there is no reason to believe that any labor difficulties will arise in
the foreseeable future.

         3.22. INSURANCE. Each Company and each Affiliate carries insurance
covering its properties and business adequate and customary for the type and
scope of the properties and business, but in any event in amounts sufficient to
prevent any Company or any Affiliate from becoming a co-insurer.

         3.23. BOOKS AND RECORDS. The books of account, ledgers, order books,
records and documents of each Company and each Affiliate accurately and
completely reflect all material


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>   21
information relating to the business of each Company and each Affiliate, the
nature, acquisition, maintenance, location and collection of the assets of each
Company and each Affiliate, and the nature of all transactions giving rise to
the obligations or accounts receivable of each Company and each Affiliate.

         3.24. FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT. The Companies have reviewed their
practices and policies and that of each Affiliate and to the best of their
knowledge and belief neither they nor any Affiliate is engaged, nor has any
officer, director, employee or agent of any Company or any Affiliate engaged, in
any act or practice which would constitute a violation of the Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act of 1977, or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

         3.25. ASSETS ACQUISITION. The Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 3,
1996, as amended, among Ogden Entertainment Services, Inc., Ogden Facility
Services, Inc. and the other related entities named therein (collectively, the
"Asset Sellers") and Unicco (the "Asset Purchase Agreement") has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by Unicco and the Asset Sellers and
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Unicco and the Asset
Sellers, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the closing pursuant to
the Asset Purchase Agreement has occurred or will occur concurrently with the
Closing, and the Companies have acquired all of the rights, title and interest
in and to all of the assets to be acquired by them in accordance with the Asset
Purchase Agreement. All of the conditions provided for in the Asset Purchase
Agreement to occur prior to or simultaneously with the closing thereunder have
occurred or been waived. All of the representations and warranties of Unicco
and, to the best of the knowledge of Unicco, of the Asset Sellers, contained in
the Asset Purchase Agreement, including the schedules and exhibits thereto,
were, at the time of the closing, true and correct in all material respects.
Unicco has delivered to the Purchaser a true, correct and complete copy of the
Asset Purchase Agreement and any and all amendments, exhibits and schedules
thereto.

         3.26. SOLVENCY, ETC. After giving effect to the consummation of all of
the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including, without limitation,
all of the transactions contemplated by Section 2.03, the Companies (a) will be
able to pay their debts as they become due and (b) will have funds and capital
sufficient to carry on their business and all businesses in which they are about
to engage; and (c) will have assets (both tangible and intangible) having a
present fair salable value in excess of the amount required to pay the probable
liability on their then existing debts (whether matured or unmatured, liquidated
or unliquidated, absolute fixed or contingent).The Companies will not be
rendered insolvent by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
borrowing hereunder and/or the consummation of any transactions contemplated
herein, including the consummation of each of the transactions contemplated by
Section 2.03.

         3.27. INTERDEPENDENCE OF THE COMPANIES. In order to induce the
Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and purchase the Notes, each Company
represents and warrants as follows:

               (a) the business of each Company shall benefit from the
successful performance of the business of each other Company and the Companies
as a whole;

               (b) each Company has cooperated to the extent necessary and shall
continue to cooperate with each other Company to the extent necessary in the
development and conduct of



                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>   22
each other Company's business and shall, to the extent necessary, share and
participate in the formulation of methods of operation, distribution, leasing,
inventory control and other similar business matters essential to each such
Company's business; and

               (c) the failure of any Company to cooperate with all other
Companies in the conduct of their respective businesses shall have an adverse
impact on the business of each other Company, and the failure of such Company to
associate or cooperate with all other Companies is reasonably likely to impair
the goodwill of such Company and all other Companies as a group.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                           COVENANTS OF THE COMPANIES

         4.01. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OTHER THAN REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. Without
limiting any other covenants and provisions hereof, the Companies, jointly and
severally, covenant and agree that, as long as any of the Notes are outstanding,
they will perform and observe the following covenants and provisions and will
cause each Affiliate to perform and observe such of the following covenants and
provisions as are applicable to such Affiliate:

               (a) PUNCTUAL PAYMENT. Pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on each of the Notes at the times and place and in the manner provided
in the Notes and herein.

               (b) PAYMENT OF TAXES AND TRADE DEBT. Pay and discharge, and cause
each Affiliate to pay and discharge, all taxes, assessments and governmental
charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or business, or
upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach
thereto which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any properties of
any Company or any Affiliate, provided that no Company or Affiliate shall be
required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if such Company or
Affiliate concerned shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with
respect thereto. Pay and cause each Affiliate to pay, when due, or in conformity
with customary trade terms, all lease obligations, all trade debt, and all other
Indebtedness incident to the operations of any Company or any Affiliates, in the
ordinary course, except such as are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings if such Company or Affiliate concerned shall have set
aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.

               (c) MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE. Maintain, and cause each Affiliate
to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or
associations in such amounts, with such deductibles and exclusions, and covering
such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and
owning similar properties in the same general areas in which such Company or
such Affiliate operates, but in any event in amounts sufficient to prevent such
Company or such Affiliate from becoming a co-insurer.

               (d) PRESERVATION OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE. Preserve and maintain,
and cause each Affiliate to preserve and maintain, its corporate existence,
rights, franchises and privileges



                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>   23
in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain qualified, and
cause each Affiliate to qualify and remain qualified, as a foreign corporation
in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary or desirable in
view of its business and operations or the ownership of its properties;
provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall prevent any merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets permitted by subsection 4.02(e). Preserve
and maintain, and cause each Affiliate to preserve and maintain, all licenses
and other rights to use patents, processes, licenses, trademarks, trade names,
inventions, intellectual property rights or copyrights owned or possessed by it
and necessary to the conduct of its business.

               (e) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Comply, and cause each Affiliate to
comply, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any
governmental authority, noncompliance with which could materially adversely
affect their business or condition, financial or other, taken as a whole.

               (f) VISITATION RIGHTS. At any reasonable time and from time to
time, and upon prior notice, permit the Purchaser or any agents or
representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and extracts from the
records and books of account of, and visit and inspect the properties of, any
Company and any Affiliate, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of
any Company and any Affiliate with any of their officers or directors and
independent accountants.

               (g) KEEPING OF RECORDS AND BOOKS OF ACCOUNT. Keep, and cause each
Affiliate to keep, adequate records and books of account, in which complete
entries will be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, reflecting all financial transactions of such Company and
such Affiliate, and in which, for each fiscal year, all proper reserves for
depreciation, depletion, obsolescence, amortization, taxes, bad debts and other
purposes in connection with its business shall be made.

               (h) MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES, ETC. Maintain and preserve, and
cause each Affiliate to maintain and preserve, all of its properties, necessary
or useful in the proper conduct of its business, in good repair, working order
and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except for insured casualty
losses beyond the Companies' control.

               (i) COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. Comply, and cause each Affiliate to
comply, with all minimum funding requirements applicable to any pension or other
employee benefit or employee contribution plans which are subject to ERISA or to
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and comply, and
cause each Affiliate to comply, in all other material respects with the
provisions of ERISA and the Code, and the rules and regulations thereunder,
which are applicable to any such plan. No Company or Affiliate will permit any
event or condition to exist which could permit any such plan to be terminated
under circumstances which would cause the lien provided for in Section 4068 of
ERISA to attach to the assets of any Company or any Affiliate.

               (j) MAINTENANCE OF FUNDED DEBT RATIO. Maintain a ratio of Funded
Debt to EBITDA of not more than the ratio set forth below for the period
indicated:



                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>   24
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PERIOD
                           ---------------------------------------------
          Ratio            Commencing On                  Through
          -----            -------------                  -------

<S>       <C>              <C>                        <C>
          5.0 to 1         July 1, 1996               September 30, 1996
          5.0 to 1         July 1, 1996               December 31, 1996
          4.75 to 1        July 1, 1996               March 31, 1997
          4.75 to 1        July 1, 1996               June 30, 1997
          4.5 to 1         July 1, 1997               September 30, 1997
          4.5 to 1         July 1, 1997               December 31, 1997
          4.25 to 1        January 1, 1998            March 31, 1998
          4.25 to 1        January 1, 1998            June 30, 1998;
</TABLE>

and not more that 4.0 to 1 for each period of one, two, three and four
consecutive fiscal quarters thereafter.

For the purposes of determining the Funded Debt ratio, EBITDA for any period
above through and including the period ending June 30, 1997 which consists of:
(i) one (1) fiscal quarter shall be determined by multiplying EBITDA for the
fiscal quarter then ended by four (4); (ii) two (2) fiscal quarters shall be
determined by multiplying EBITDA for the two fiscal quarters then ended by two
(2); (iii) three (3) fiscal quarters shall be determined by multiplying EBITDA
for the three fiscal quarters then ended by 1.33; and (iv) four (4) fiscal
quarters shall be determined by multiplying EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters
then ended by 1. For any period above ending on or after September 30, 1997, the
Funded Debt ratio shall be based upon the EBITDA for the four (4) consecutive
fiscal quarters then ended.

               (k) MAINTENANCE OF CASH FLOW RATIO. Maintain a Cash Flow Ratio of
not less than 1.0 to 1 for the period of July 1, 1996 through the fiscal quarter
ended September 30, 1996; for the period of July 1, 1996 through the fiscal
quarter ended December 31, 1996; for the period of July 1, 1996 through the
fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1997 and for the period of July 1, 1996 through
the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997; such ratio to be measured at the end of
each such fiscal quarter of the Companies, and thereafter to maintain a Cash
Flow Ratio of not less than 1.1 to 1, such ratio to be measured thereafter at
the end of each fiscal quarter of the Companies as an average of the four (4)
most recent fiscal quarters of the Companies.

               (l) FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT. Comply, and cause each
Affiliate to comply, and cause each officer, director, employee and agent of
each Company and each Affiliate to comply, at all times with the prohibitions on
certain acts and practices set forth in the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of
1977, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

               (m) EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY. Comply, and cause each
Affiliate to comply, with all applicable laws of the United States, the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of each other applicable jurisdiction
relating to equal employment opportunity, any rules, regulations, administrative
orders and Executive Orders relating thereto and the applicable terms, relating
to equal employment opportunity, of any Government Contract; and keep, and cause
each Affiliate to file, all reports, affirmative action plans and forms required
to be filed, pursuant to any such applicable law or the terms of any such
Government Contract; provided, however,


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>   25
any Company or any Affiliate shall not be considered to have failed to comply
with the foregoing during any period that any matter relating to such Company's
or such Affiliate's employment practices is being contested by such Company or
such Affiliate in appropriate proceedings, or thereafter, if such Company or
such Affiliate complies with any final determination issued in such proceedings.

               (n) STATUS OF NOTES AS QUALIFIED INVESTMENTS. In the event that
any of the statements, information and related data provided by or on behalf of
any Company or any Affiliate and relied upon by the Purchaser in determining
that the Notes constitute "qualified investments" within the meaning of that
term in the Capital Resource Company Act shall be put in issue in any formal or
informal proceedings initiated or conducted by or on behalf of the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts, each Company shall, upon reasonable notice and at its expense,
provide, and, cause each Affiliate to provide, such additional information,
witnesses and related data as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to
support the representations and warranties set forth in Article III.

               (o) COMPENSATION. Each Company shall pay to its management or
management of any Affiliate compensation at a rate of compensation which is not
in excess of that commonly paid to management in companies of similar size, of
similar maturity and in similar businesses.

         4.02. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Without limiting any other covenants and
provisions hereof, the Companies, jointly and severally, covenant and agree
that, as long as any of the Notes are outstanding, they will comply with and
observe the following covenants and provisions, and will cause each Affiliate to
comply with and observe such of the following covenants and provisions as are
applicable to such Affiliate, and will not:

               (a) LIENS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit
any Affiliate to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any mortgage, deed of
trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance (including
the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor) of any nature, upon
or with respect to any of its properties, now owned or hereinafter acquired, or
assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, except that the
foregoing restrictions shall not apply to mortgages, deeds of trust, pledges,
liens, security interests or other charges or encumbrances:

                   (i) for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies
         on property of any Company or any Affiliate if the same shall not at
         the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or
         are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

                  (ii) imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's and
         mechanics' liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course
         of business;

                 (iii) arising out of pledges or deposits under workmen's
         compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other
         social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation;


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>   26
                  (iv) securing the performance of bids, tenders, contracts
         (other than for the repayment of borrowed money), statutory obligations
         and surety bonds;

                   (v) in the nature of zoning restrictions, easements and
         rights or restrictions of record on the use of real property which do
         not materially detract from its value or impair its use;

                  (vi) arising by operation of law in favor of the owner or
         sublessor of leased premises and confined to the property rented;

                 (vii) arising from any litigation or proceeding which is
         being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided,
         however, that no execution or levy has been made;

                (viii) described in Exhibit 3.07 which secure the
         Indebtedness set forth in Exhibit 3.05 and any extensions, renewals or
         refinancings of such Indebtedness, provided that no such lien is
         extended to cover other or different property of any Company or any
         Affiliate;

                  (ix) securing Senior Debt; and

                   (x) arising out of a purchase money mortgage or security
         interest or capital lease on personal property to secure the purchase
         price of such property (or to secure Indebtedness incurred solely for
         the purpose of financing the acquisition of any such property),
         provided that such purchase money mortgage or security interest does
         not extend to any other or different property of any Company or any
         Affiliate.

               (b) INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or
permit any Affiliate to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any liability
with respect to Indebtedness except for:

                   (i) the Notes;

                  (ii) Indebtedness for money borrowed, provided that such
         Indebtedness for money borrowed does not result in the Companies'
         failure to comply with all of the provisions of Article IV hereof;

                 (iii) Current Liabilities, other than for borrowed money,
         which are incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

                  (iv) Indebtedness with respect to lease obligations, provided
         that such lease obligations do not violate subsection 4.02(c).

               (c) LEASE OBLIGATIONS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist,
or permit any Affiliate to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any
obligations as lessee for the rental or hire of real or personal property in
connection with any sale and leaseback transaction.


                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>   27
               (d) ASSUMPTIONS OR GUARANTIES OF INDEBTEDNESS OF OTHER PERSONS.
Except as contemplated under the Senior Debt, this Agreement or the Junior
Subordinated Notes, assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become directly or
contingently liable on, or permit any Affiliate to assume, guarantee, endorse or
otherwise become directly or contingently liable on (including, without
limitation, liability by way of agreement, contingent or otherwise, to purchase,
to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise invest in the
debtor or otherwise to assure the creditor against loss) any Indebtedness of any
other Person, except for guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

               (e) MERGERS, SALE OF ASSETS, ETC. Merge or consolidate with, or
sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of or voluntarily part with the control
of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) a material
portion of its assets (whether now owned or hereinafter acquired) or sell,
assign or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of
transactions) any of its accounts receivable (whether now in existence or
hereinafter created) at a discount or with recourse, to, any Person, or permit
any Affiliate to do any of the foregoing, except for sales or other dispositions
of assets in the ordinary course of business and except that (1) any Affiliate
may merge into or consolidate with or transfer assets to any other Affiliate,
(2) any Affiliate may merge into or transfer assets to any Company, (3) any
Company may merge any Person into it or otherwise acquire such Person as long as
such Company is the surviving entity, such merger or acquisition does not result
in the violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement and no such
violation exists at the time of such merger or acquisition, and, provided that
such merger or acquisition does not result in the issuance (in one or more
transactions) of common shares of in such Company representing, in the
aggregate, more than twenty percent (20%) of the total outstanding common shares
in such Company, on a fully diluted basis, immediately following the issuance
thereof, (4) the Companies may sell assets not in the ordinary course of
business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year; and
(5) to the extent that there is any outstanding Senior Debt (as that term is
defined in the Subordination Agreement referred to in subsection 1.09(i)), the
Companies may sell, in a bona fide sale to one or more unaffiliated third
parties, all of the capital stock or all or substantially all of the assets of
U-Canada, Unicco Government Services, Inc. and/or Unicco Securities Services,
Inc.; provided that the full net proceeds thereof are used solely to reduce the
outstanding Senior Debt.

               (f) INVESTMENTS IN OTHER PERSONS. Make or permit any Affiliate to
make, any loan or advance to any person (other than trade debt and advances to
employees in the ordinary course of business), or purchase, otherwise acquire,
or permit any Affiliate to purchase or otherwise acquire, the capital stock,
assets comprising the business of, obligations of, or any interest in, any
Person, except:

                   (i) investments by any Company or any Affiliate in evidences
         of indebtedness issued or fully guaranteed by the United States of
         America and having a maturity of not more than one year from the date
         of acquisition;


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>   28
                  (ii) investments by any Company or any Affiliate in
         certificates of deposit, notes, acceptances and repurchase agreements
         having a maturity of not more than one year from the date of
         acquisition issued by a bank organized in the United States having
         capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $100,000,000 and
         whose parent holding company has long-term debt rated Aa1 or higher,
         and whose commercial paper (if rated) is rated Prime 1, by Moody's
         Investors Service, Inc.;

                 (iii) investments by any Company or any Affiliate in the
         highest-rated commercial paper having a maturity of not more than one
         year from the date of acquisition; and

                  (iv) loans or advances from any Affiliate to any Company.

               (g) DISTRIBUTIONS. Declare or pay any dividends, purchase,
redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire for value any of its capital stock (or
rights, options or warrants to purchase such shares) now or hereafter
outstanding, return any capital to its stockholders as such, or make any
distribution of assets to its stockholders as such, or permit any Affiliate to
do any of the foregoing (such transactions being hereinafter referred to as
"Distributions"), except that the Affiliates may declare and make payment of
cash and stock dividends, return capital and make distributions of assets to any
Company; and, except that nothing herein contained shall prevent:

                   (i) any Company from redeeming any stock of a deceased
         stockholder out of insurance held by such Company on that stockholder's
         life, or

                  (ii) Unicco from distributing a Tax Distribution Amount to
         its stockholders to the extent and at the times necessary for them to
         pay their federal, state and local income taxes arising from their
         respective allocable shares of Unicco's income for periods when Unicco
         constitutes an "S corporation" for federal tax purposes, or

                 (iii) Unicco, USC, Inc. and Ashmont from making annual
         distributions to their shareholders in an amount not to exceed, in the
         aggregate for Unicco, USC, Inc. and Ashmont, the lesser of (x) $800,000
         for the fiscal year ending June 1997, $900,000 for the fiscal year
         ended June 1998 and $1,000,000 for each fiscal year thereafter or (y)
         twenty-five percent (25%) of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year
         (based upon the financial statements delivered to the Purchaser
         pursuant to Section 4.03), or

                  (iv) Unicco or USC, Inc. from repurchasing shares of its
         capital stock owned by John C. Feitor in accordance with Unicco's or
         USC, Inc.'s obligations to him to purchase such shares at a price not
         in excess of book value upon termination of his employment,

if in the case of any such transaction there does not exist at the time of such
Distribution an Event of Default or an event which, but for the requirement that
notice be given or time elapse or both, would constitute an Event of Default and
provided that such Distribution can be made in compliance with the other terms
of this Agreement.



                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>   29
               (h) DEALINGS WITH AFFILIATES. Except as set forth on Exhibit
3.11, enter or permit any Affiliate to enter into any transaction with any
holder of 5% or more of any class of capital stock of any Company, or any member
of their families or any corporation or other entity in which any one or more of
such stockholders or members of their immediate families directly or indirectly
holds five percent (5%) or more of any class of capital stock except in the
ordinary course of business and on terms not less favorable to such Company or
such Affiliate than it would obtain in a transaction between unrelated parties.

               (i) MAINTENANCE OF OWNERSHIP OF SUBSIDIARIES. Sell or otherwise
dispose of any shares of capital stock of any Affiliate, except to such Company
or another Affiliate, or permit any Affiliate to issue, sell or otherwise
dispose of any shares of its capital stock or the capital stock of any
Affiliate, except to such Company or another Affiliate, provided, however, that
nothing herein contained shall prevent any merger, consolidation or transfer of
assets permitted by subsection 4.02(e).

               (j) CHANGE IN NATURE OF BUSINESS. Make, or permit any Affiliate
to make, any material change in the nature of its business as carried on at the
date hereof.

               (k) JUNIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES. Consent to, allow or permit any
amendment, modification or waiver of any of the terms or conditions of the
Junior Subordinated Notes or the subordination agreement relating thereto, nor
make or permit to be made any payment of principal, interest or premium (if any)
on the Junior Subordinated Notes in violation of said subordination agreement.

         4.03. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. The Companies will furnish to each
registered holder of any Note.

               (a) as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) days
after the occurrence of each Event of Default or each event which, with the
giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default,
the statement of the chief financial officer of each Company setting forth
details of such Event of Default or event and the action which the Companies
propose to take with respect thereto;

               (b) as soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) days
after the end of each fiscal month of each fiscal year of each Company,
consolidated balance sheets of such Company and its Affiliates as of the end of
such fiscal month and consolidated statements of income and retained earnings
and of changes in financial position of such Company and its Affiliates for the
period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end
of such fiscal month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
corresponding figures for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year,
all in reasonable detail and duly certified (subject to year-end audit
adjustments) by the chief financial officer of such Company as having been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied (excluding footnotes);

               (c) as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45)
days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of
each Company, consolidated balance



                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>   30
sheets of such Company and its Affiliates as of the end of such quarter and
consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of changes in
financial position of such Company and its Affiliates for the period commencing
at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the
corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and
duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by the chief financial
officer of such Company as having been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied;

               (d) as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days
after the end of each fiscal year of each Company, a copy of the annual audit
report for such year for such Company and its Affiliates, including therein
consolidated balance sheets of such Company and its Affiliates as of the end of
such fiscal year and consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and
of changes in financial position of such Company and its Affiliates for such
fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding
figures for the preceding fiscal year, all duly certified by independent public
accountants of recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser;

               (e) at the time of delivery of each monthly, quarterly and annual
statement, a certificate, executed by the chief financial officer of each
Company in the case of monthly and quarterly statements and each Company's
independent public accountants in the case of annual statements, stating that
such officer or accountants, as the case may be, has caused this Agreement and
the Notes to be reviewed and has no knowledge of any default by any Company or
any Affiliate in the performance or observance of any of the provisions of this
Agreement or the Notes or, if such officer or accountant has such knowledge,
specifying such default and the nature thereof. Each such certificate shall set
forth computations in reasonable detail demonstrating compliance with the
provisions of subsections 4.01(j) and (k) and subsection 4.02(b), provided that
nothing in the paragraph shall be deemed to require any Companies' accountants
to perform any review beyond the normal scope of their audit;

               (f) promptly upon receipt thereof, any written report submitted
to any Company by independent public accountants in connection with an annual or
interim audit of the books of such Company and its Affiliates made by such
accountants;

               (g) prior to the start of each fiscal year, consolidated capital
and operating expense budgets, cash flow projections and income and loss
projections for each Company and its Affiliates in respect of such fiscal year,
all itemized in reasonable detail and prepared on a monthly basis, and, promptly
after preparation, any revisions to any of the foregoing;

               (h) promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all
material actions, suits and proceedings before any court or governmental
department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or
foreign, affecting any Company or any Affiliate of the type described in Section
3.04; and

               (i) promptly after sending, making available, or filing the same,
such reports and financial statements as any Company or any Affiliate shall send
or make available to the



                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>   31
stockholders of any Company or any Affiliate or the Securities and Exchange
Commission and such other information respecting the business, properties or the
condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of any Company or any of its
Affiliates as the Purchaser may from time to time reasonably request.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         5.01. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. If any of the following events ("Events of
Default") shall occur and be continuing:

               (a) The Companies shall fail to pay any installment of principal
of any of the Notes when due; or

               (b) The Companies shall fail to pay any interest or premium on
any of the Notes when due and such failure shall continue for five (5) business
days; or

               (c) The Companies shall default in the performance of any
covenant contained in subsections 4.01(j) or (k) or shall default for twenty
(20) days in the performance of any covenant contained in Section 4.02; or

               (d) Any representation or warranty made by any Company or any
Affiliate in this Agreement or by any Company or any Affiliate (or any officers
of any Company or any Affiliate) in any certificate, instrument or written
statement contemplated by or made or delivered pursuant to or in connection with
this Agreement, shall prove to have been incorrect when made in any material
respect; or

               (e) Any Company or any Affiliate shall fail to perform or observe
any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the Notes
on its part to be performed or observed and any such failure remains unremedied
for twenty (20) business days after written notice thereof shall have been given
to Unicco by any registered holder of the Notes; or

               (f) Any Company or any Affiliate shall fail to pay any
Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than as evidenced by the Notes) owing by
any Company or any Affiliate (as the case may be), or any interest or premium
thereon, in an amount exceeding $100,000, in the aggregate, when due (or, if
permitted by the terms of the relevant document, within any applicable grace
period), whether such Indebtedness shall become due by scheduled maturity, by
required prepayment, by acceleration, by demand or otherwise, or shall fail to
perform any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed under any
agreement or instrument (other than this Agreement or the Notes) evidencing or
securing or relating to any Indebtedness owing by any Company or any Affiliate,
as the case may be, when required to be performed (or, if permitted by the terms
of the relevant document, within any applicable grace period), if the effect of
such failure to pay or perform is to accelerate, or to permit the holder or
holders of such Indebtedness, or the trustee or trustees under any such
agreement or instrument to accelerate, the


                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>   32
maturity of such Indebtedness, unless such failure to pay or perform shall be
waived by the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or such trustee or
trustees; or

               (g) Any Company or any Affiliate shall be involved in financial
difficulties as evidenced (i) by its admitting in writing its inability to pay
its debts generally as they become due; (ii) by its commencement of a voluntary
case under Title 11 of the United States Code as from time to time in effect, or
by its authorizing, by appropriate proceedings of its Board of Directors or
other governing body, the commencement of such a voluntary case; (iii) by its
filing an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to deny the material
allegations of a petition filed against it commencing an involuntary case under
said Title 11, or seeking, consenting to or acquiescing in the relief therein
provided, or by its failing to controvert timely the material allegations of any
such petition; (iv) by the entry of an order for relief in any involuntary case
commenced under said Title 11; (v) by its seeking relief as a debtor under any
applicable law, other than said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relating to the
liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of
the rights of creditors, or by its consenting to or acquiescing in such relief;
(vi) by the entry of an order by a court of competent jurisdiction (a) finding
it to be bankrupt or insolvent, (b) ordering or approving its liquidation,
reorganization or any modification or alteration of the rights of its creditors,
or (c) assuming custody of, or appointing a receiver or other custodian for, all
or a substantial part of its property; or (vii) by its making an assignment for
the benefit of, or entering into a composition with, its creditors, or
appointing or consenting to the appointment of a receiver or other custodian for
all or a substantial part of its property; or

               (h) Any final, non-appealable judgment, writ, warrant of
attachment or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a
substantial part of the property of any Company or any Affiliate in excess of
$250,000, in the aggregate, and such judgment, writ, or similar process shall
not be released, vacated or fully bonded or satisfied within sixty (60) days
after its issue or levy;

then, and in any such event, the Purchaser or any other holder of the Notes may,
by notice to Unicco, declare the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes,
all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable under this
Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Notes, all such accrued
interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable
(unless there shall have occurred an Event of Default under subsection 5.01(g)
in which case all such amounts shall automatically become due and payable),
without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby expressly waived by each Company.

         5.02. ANNULMENT OF DEFAULTS. Section 5.01 is subject to the condition
that, if at any time after the principal of any of the Notes shall have become
due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys
so due, or any thereof, shall have been entered, all arrears of interest upon
all the Notes and all other sums payable under the Notes and under this
Agreement (except the principal of the Notes which by such declaration shall
have become payable) shall have been duly paid, and every other default and
Event of Default shall have been made good or cured, then and in every such case
the holders of seventy-five percent


                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>   33
(75%) or more in principal amount of all Notes then outstanding may, by written
instrument filed with Unicco, rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences; but no such rescission or annulment shall extend to or affect any
subsequent default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

         6.01. CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable
to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

         "Affiliate" means each of the Companies and "Affiliate" or "Subsidiary"
means any corporation, association, joint stock company, business trust or other
similar organization of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the ordinary voting
power for the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors or
other governing body of such entity is held or controlled by any Company or
Affiliate of such Company; or any other such organization the management of
which is directly or indirectly controlled by a Company or Affiliate of such
Company through the exercise of voting power or otherwise; or any joint venture,
whether incorporated or not, in which a person has a fifty percent (50%)
ownership interest.

         "Agreement" means this Note Purchase Agreement as from time to time
amended and in effect between the parties.

         "Asset Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to that term
in Section 3.26.

         "Asset Sellers" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section
3.26.

         "Capital Expenditures" means any expenditure for fixed assets,
including assets being constructed (whether or not completed), leasehold
improvements, capital leases under generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, installment purchases of machinery and equipment,
acquisitions of real estate and other similar expenditures, including (i) in the
case of a purchase, the entire purchase price, whether or not paid during the
fiscal period in question, (ii) in the case of a capital lease, the amount
required to be capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied for the fiscal period in question and (iii)
without duplication, expenditures in or from any construction-in-process account
of any Company for which such measurement is being made during the fiscal period
in question.

         "Capital Resource Company Act" shall have the meaning assigned to that
term in Section 1.11.

         "Cash Flow Ratio" means, for any period, Combined/Consolidated Net
Income for such period plus (a) interest paid by the Companies and their
Affiliates with respect to all


                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>   34
Indebtedness for such period, plus (b) all depreciation and amortization
properly charged in such period, less (c) all capital expenditures for such
period, divided by Fixed Costs for such period.

         "Code" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 4.01(i).

         "Combined," "Consolidated" and "consolidating" when used with reference
to any term defined herein mean that term as applied to the accounts of the
Companies and their Affiliates combined or consolidated in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.

         "Company" and "Companies" means and shall include Unicco Service
Company USC, Inc., Ogden Allied Security Services, Inc. (whose name will be
changed to Unicco Security Services, Inc.), Ogden Allied Eastern States
Maintenance Corporation (whose name will be changed to Unicco Government
Services, Inc.) and their successors and assigns.

         "Current Liabilities" means all liabilities of any corporation which
would, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied, be classified as current liabilities of a corporation conducting a
business the same as or similar to that of such corporation, including, without
limitation, all rental payments due under leases required to be capitalized in
accordance with applicable Statements of Financial Accounting Standards and
fixed prepayments of, and sinking fund payments with respect to, Indebtedness
(including Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes), which payments are required to
be made within one year from the date of determination.

         "Distribution" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section
4.02(g).

         "EBITDA" means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period
plus (a) interest paid or accrued by the Companies and their Affiliates with
respect to all Indebtedness for such period, (b) income and excess profit taxes
for such period and all other taxes for such period which are imposed on or
measured by income after deduction of interest charges and (c) all depreciation
and amortization properly charged in such period.

         "ERISA" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 3.10.

         "Events of Default" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 5.01.

         "Excess Cash Flow" means, in relation to any of the Companies for which
such amount is being determined, the amount of combined Operating Cash Flow for
such period (i) minus Interest Charges paid by such Companies in such period and
(ii) minus regularly scheduled principal payments made by such Companies in such
period on or in respect of any Indebtedness for borrowed money or capital lease
obligations.

         "Fixed Cost" means, for any period, the sum of all regularly scheduled
payments of principal and interest for such period for Indebtedness for money
borrowed by the Companies and their Affiliates.


                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>   35
         "Funded Debt" means, for any period, the sum of all outstanding
Indebtedness for money borrowed (including, without limitation, the Indebtedness
represented by the Notes) and capital lease obligations incurred by the
Companies and their Affiliates, less the Shareholder Subordinated Debt.

         "Government Contract" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 3.14.

         "Indebtedness" means all obligations, contingent and otherwise, which
should, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied, be classified upon the obligor's balance sheet as liabilities, but in
any event including, without limitation, liabilities secured by any mortgage on
property owned or acquired subject to such mortgage, whether or not the
liability secured thereby shall have been assumed, and also including, without
limitation, (i) all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations,
in respect of Indebtedness of others, whether or not the same are or should be
so reflected in said balance sheet, except guaranties by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the
ordinary course of business and (ii) the present value of any lease payments due
under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with applicable Statements
of Financial Accounting Standards, determined in accordance with applicable
Statements of Financial Accounting Standards.

         "Interest Charges" means, for any period, without duplication, all
interest and all amortization of debt discount and expense (including commitment
fees, balance deficiency fees and similar expenses) on any particular
Indebtedness for which such calculations are being made, all as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
Computations of Interest Charges on a pro forma basis for Indebtedness having a
variable interest rate shall be calculated at the rate in effect on the date of
any determination.

         "Junior Subordinated Notes" shall have the meaning assigned to that
term in Section 2.03(c).

         "Limited Recourse Guarantee" shall have the meaning assigned to that
term in Section 2.02(a).

         "Net Income" means, for any period, the net income (or net deficit) of
the Companies and their Affiliates for such period, after all expenses, taxes
and other proper charges, determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles eliminating (i) all intercompany items, (ii) all earnings
attributable to equity interests in Persons that are not Affiliates unless
actually received by the Companies or their Affiliates, (iii) all income arising
from the forgiveness, adjustment or negotiated settlement of any Indebtedness,
and (iv) any increase or decrease of income arising from any change in the
method of accounting for any item from that employed in the preparation of the
financial statements attached hereto as Exhibit 3.08.

         "Notes" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 1.01.

         "Operating Cash Flow" means, for any period, an amount equal to EBITDA
for such period (i) minus all Capital Expenditures made by the Companies for
which such measurement is


                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>   36
being made during such period and (ii) minus, without double counting, the sum
of (a) cash taxes on income paid by the Companies for which such measurement is
being made during such period and (b) the aggregate Tax Distribution Amounts
distributed by Unicco during such period.

         "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, or unincorporated organization, or a government or any agency or
political subdivision thereof.

         "Pledge Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 2.02(b).

         "Purchaser" means and shall include not only the Massachusetts Capital
Resource Company but also any other holder or holders of any of the Notes.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 or any similar
Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (or of any other Federal agency then administering the Securities
Act) thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

         "Senior Debt" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section
1.09(h).

         "Shareholder Subordinated Debt" means the separate Subordinated
Promissory Notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $3,000,000 and
bearing interest at fifteen percent (15%) per annum, with no scheduled cash
interest or principal payments due until October 1, 2001, issued by Unicco to
each of the shareholders pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(iii).

         "Tax Distribution Amount" means, for any period, an amount equal to the
minimum amount sufficient to cover payment of the expected federal, state and
local income taxes attributable to the ownership of Unicco's capital stock,
based on the highest federal, state and local income tax rates that could be
applicable to any holder of such capital stock for such period, and taking into
consideration the deduction of any income tax in computing another income tax
that could be applicable to any holder of such capital stock, as determined
through the end of the period in question.

         6.02. ACCOUNTING TERMS. All accounting terms not specifically defined
herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistent with those applied in preparation of the financial
statements delivered to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 3.08, and all
financial data submitted pursuant to this Agreement and all financial tests to
be calculated in accordance with this Agreement shall be prepared and calculated
in accordance with such principles.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         7.01. NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No failure or delay on the part
of the Purchaser, or any other holder of the Notes in exercising any right,
power or remedy hereunder


                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>   37
shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder. The remedies
herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by
law.

         7.02. AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS. Any provision in this Agreement
the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, changes in or additions to this
Agreement may be made, and compliance with any covenant or provision herein or
therein set forth may be omitted or waived, if the Companies shall obtain
consent thereto in writing from the holder or holders of at least seventy-five
percent (75%) in principal amount of all Notes then outstanding; provided that
no such consent shall be effective to reduce or to postpone the date fixed for
the payment of the principal (including any required redemption) or interest
payable on any Note, without the consent of the holder thereof, or to reduce the
percentage of the Notes the consent of the holders of which is required under
this Section. Any waiver or consent may be given subject to satisfaction of
conditions stated therein and any waiver or consent shall be effective only in
the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. Written
notice of any waiver or consent effected under this subsection shall promptly be
delivered by the Companies to any holders who did not execute the same.

         7.03. ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES, ETC. All notices, requests, demands and
other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including
telegraphic communication) and mailed or telegraphed or delivered to the
applicable party at the addresses indicated below:

         If to the Companies or any one of them:

                 c/o Unicco Service Company
                 4 Copley Place
                 Boston, Massachusetts 02116
                 Attention:  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

         With a copy to:

                 Posternak, Blankstein & Lund, L.L.P.
                 100 Charles River Plaza
                 Boston, Massachusetts 02114
                 Attention:  Noel G. Posternak, P.C.

         If to the Purchaser:

                 Payments should be mailed to:

                 Massachusetts Capital Resource Company
                 P. O. Box 3707
                 Boston, Massachusetts  02241


                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>   38
                 and all other deliveries and other communications made at or
                 sent to:

                 Massachusetts Capital Resource Company
                 420 Boylston Street
                 Boston, Massachusetts  02116
                 Attention:  President

         If to any other holder of the Notes: at such holder's address for
notice as set forth in the register maintained by Unicco, or, as to each of the
foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by such Person in a
written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of
this Section. All such notices, requests, demands and other communications
shall, when mailed or telegraphed, respectively, be effective (i) three (3) days
after mailing, (ii) one (1) day after delivery to Federal Express or other
recognized courier and (iii) on receipt after faxing, addressed as aforesaid.

         7.04. COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXES. The Companies agrees to pay on demand
all costs and expenses of the Purchaser in connection with the preparation,
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and other instruments and
documents to be delivered hereunder, including the reasonable fees and
out-of-pocket expenses of Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault, LLP, counsel for the
Purchaser, with respect thereto, as well as the reasonable fees and
out-of-pocket expenses of legal counsel, independent public accountants and
other outside experts reasonably retained by the Purchaser in connection with
the amendment or enforcement of this Agreement, the Notes and other instruments
and documents to be delivered hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the
Companies shall pay any and all stamp and other taxes payable or determined to
be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
Notes and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder or
thereunder and agrees to save the Purchaser harmless from and against any and
all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or
omission to pay such taxes and filing fees.

         7.05. BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the Companies and the Purchaser and their respective
successors and assigns, except that no Company shall have the right to assign
its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of
the Purchaser.

         7.06. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. All representations
and warranties made in this Agreement, the Notes, or any other instrument or
document delivered in connection herewith or therewith, shall survive the
execution and delivery hereof or thereof and the making of the loans.

         7.07. PRIOR AGREEMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties and supersedes any prior understandings or agreements
concerning the subject matter hereof.

         7.08. SEVERABILITY. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision
hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other
provision.


                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>   39
         7.09. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

         7.10. HEADINGS. Article, Section and subsection headings in this
Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

         7.11. SEALED INSTRUMENT. This Agreement is executed as an instrument
under seal.

         7.12. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument, and each of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing
any such counterpart.

         7.13. FURTHER ASSURANCES. From and after the date of this Agreement,
upon the request of the Purchaser, each Company and each Affiliate shall execute
and deliver such instruments, documents and other writings as may be reasonably
necessary or desirable to confirm and carry out and to effectuate fully the
intent and purposes of this Agreement and the Notes.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date
first above written.

                            UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY


                            By /s/ Steven C. Kletjian
                              --------------------------------------------------
                                Steven C. Kletjian, Chairman and Chief Executive
                                Officer


                            USC, INC.


                            By /s/ Steven C. Kletjian
                              --------------------------------------------------
                                Title: President


                            UNICCO SECURITY SERVICES, INC.


                            By /s/ Steven C. Kletjian
                              --------------------------------------------------
                                Title: authorized signatory


                            UNICCO GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC.


                            By /s/ Steven C. Kletjian
                              --------------------------------------------------
                                Title: President


                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>   40
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8


                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


      This Amendment (the "Amendment") is made on this 17th day of October,
1997, by and between UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY, a Massachusetts business trust
("UNICCO"), USC, INC., a Massachusetts corporation, UNICCO SECURITY SERVICES,
INC., a Delaware corporation, and UNICCO GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC., a Delaware
corporation, with their principal place of business at Four Copley Place,
Boston, Massachusetts 02116 (individually a "Company" and collectively the
"Companies") and MASSACHUSETTS CAPITAL RESOURCE COMPANY, a Massachusetts special
purpose limited partnership with a principal place of business at 420 Boylston
Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116 (the "Purchaser").

      WHEREAS, the Companies and the Purchaser are parties to a Note Purchase
Agreement dated as of June 28, 1996 (the "Agreement"), pursuant to which the
Companies issued to the Purchaser and the Purchaser acquired the Companies'
Promissory Note due September 30, 2001 in the original principal amount of
$5,000,000 (the "Note");

      WHEREAS, the Companies are in the process of refinancing their existing
senior indebtedness and desire to amend the Agreement to modify certain
covenants set forth in the Agreement and to make other changes required in
conjunction with such refinancing, all as more particularly hereinafter set
forth;

      WHEREAS, the Purchaser, which has been and continues to be the holder of
the Note, is agreeable to amending the Agreement on the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth;

      NOW, THEREFORE, the Companies, jointly and severally, and the Purchaser,
hereby agree as follows:

      A.  Amendments to the Agreement.  The Agreement is hereby amended
as follows:

      1.    Section 1.09. of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
            subsection (i) in its entirety and inserting the following in lieu
            thereof:

            "(i) SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT. Notwithstanding this Section 1.09, the
            terms and conditions of that certain Subordination Agreement dated
            as of June 28, 1996, as amended, by and among the Purchaser, the
            Companies and BankBoston, N.A., shall be deemed to supersede and
            replace all the provisions of this Section 1.09 for long as such
            Subordination Agreement shall be in full force and effect."
<PAGE>   41
      2.    Section 4.01. of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
            subsections (j) and (k) thereof in their entirety.

      3.    Section 4.02. of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
            subsection (b) thereof in its entirety and inserting the following
            in lieu thereof:

            "(b)  INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK.

            (i) Directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee
      or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or
      otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") or permit any Affiliate
      which is a Restricted Subsidiary to incur any Indebtedness (including
      Acquired Debt) and that UNICCO will not permit any of its Restricted
      Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock (other than to UNICCO
      or to another Restricted Subsidiary) provided, however, that the Companies
      and their Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including
      Acquired Debt) and the Companies and their Restricted Subsidiaries may
      issue preferred stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for UNICCO's most
      recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which such additional
      Indebtedness is incurred or such preferred stock is issued would have been
      at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro
      forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
      Indebtedness had been incurred or the preferred stock had been issued at
      the beginning of such four-quarter period.

            (ii) The provisions of Section 4.02.(b)(i) will not apply to the
      incurrence of any of the following (collectively, "Permitted Debt"):

                  (A) the incurrence by the Companies or their Restricted
      Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Credit Facility; in an aggregate
      amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (a) $45.0
      million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales
      applied to repay any such Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce
      commitments with respect thereto in the case of revolving borrowings), and
      (b) 60% of the Companies' and their Restricted Subsidiaries' accounts
      receivable (net of reserves), as shown on the Companies' most recent
      consolidated balance sheets;

                  (B) the incurrence by UNICCO of Indebtedness represented by
      the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture;

                  (C)   the incurrence by the Companies of the Existing
      Indebtedness;


                                       -2-
<PAGE>   42
                  (D) the incurrence by the Companies or any of their Restricted
      Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the
      proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness
      that was permitted to be incurred by Section 4.02.(b)(i), or by clauses
      (B) through (I) of this Section 4.02.(b)(ii).

                  (E) the incurrence of Indebtedness between or among the
      Companies and any of their Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
      however, that (a) if any of the Companies is the obligor on such
      Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior
      payment in full of all Obligations with respect to the Senior Subordinated
      Notes, and (b) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests
      that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than
      the Companies or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, and any sale or
      other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not a Company
      or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, shall be deemed, in each case, to
      constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by a Company or such
      Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

                  (F) the incurrence by the Companies or any of their Restricted
      Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of
      fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate
      Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Agreement, as amended,
      to be outstanding;

                  (G) the incurrence by the Companies or any of their Restricted
      Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceed
      $10 million at any time outstanding;

                  (H) the guarantee by the Companies or any of their Restricted
      Subsidiaries of Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred by another
      provision of this covenant; and

                  (I) Indebtedness of a Receivables Subsidiary that is not
      recourse to the Companies or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other
      than Standard Securitization Undertakings) incurred in connection with a
      Qualified Receivables Transaction.

            For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.02.(b),
      in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than
      one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in subsections (A)
      through (I) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section
      4.02.(b)(i), the Companies shall, in their sole discretion, classify such
      item of Indebtedness in any manner that


                                       -3-
<PAGE>   43
      complies with this Section 4.02.(b) and such item of Indebtedness will be
      treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such subsections.
      Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of
      interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be
      an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant."

      4.    Section 4.02.(g) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
            subclauses (iii) and (iv) thereof in their entirety, and inserting
            in lieu thereof the following:

            "(iii) making any other Restricted Payment as defined in and
            permitted pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Senior
            Subordinated Note Indenture as in effect on the date of the
            Amendment."

      5.    Section 4.02.(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding at the
            end thereof the following:

            "nor prevent or restrict UNICCO from selling or issuing Equity
            Interests in UNICCO."

      6.    Section 4.02. of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
            subsection (k) in its entirety.

      7.    Section 6.01. of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting in its
            entirety the following definitions therefrom: Cash Flow Ratio,
            Current Liabilities, EBITDA, Excess Cash Flow, Fixed Costs, Funded
            Debt, Indebtedness, Interest Charges, Junior Subordinated Notes, Net
            Income, Operating Cash Flow and Shareholder Subordinated Debt and by
            inserting the following definitions in the appropriate alphabetical
            order in such subsection:

            "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
            Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other
            Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such
            specified Person, including, without limitation, Indebtedness
            incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other
            Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such
            specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a lien
            encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

            "Asset Sale" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
            disposition of any assets or rights (including, without limitation,
            by way of a sale and leaseback), excluding sales of services and
            ancillary products in the ordinary course of business consistent
            with past practices, and (ii) the issue or sale by UNICCO or


                                       -4-
<PAGE>   44
            any of its Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of UNICCO's
            Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), whether in a
            single transaction or a series of related transactions (a) that have
            a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million or (b) for net
            proceeds in excess of $1.0 million. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
            (i) a transfer of assets by UNICCO to a Wholly Owned Restricted
            Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to UNICCO or
            to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) an issuance of
            Equity Interests by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to UNICCO
            or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) a Restricted
            Payment that is permitted by Section 4.02(g) hereof, and (iv) the
            sale of accounts receivable and related assets customarily
            transferred in an asset securitization transaction involving
            accounts receivable to a Receivables Subsidiary or by a Receivables
            Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction
            will not be deemed to be Asset Sales.

            "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination
            thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
            capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized
            on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

            "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate
            stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any
            and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
            equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the
            case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
            membership interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any other
            interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to
            receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of
            assets of, the issuing Person.

            "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any
            period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
            plus, to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
            Income, (i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net
            loss realized in connection with an Asset Sale, (ii) provision for
            taxes based on income or profits and, without duplication, the Tax
            Distribution Amount for such period, (iii) consolidated interest
            expense whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized
            (including, without limitation, original issue discount, non-cash
            interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment
            obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with
            Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and
            charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers'
            acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging
            Obligations), excluding, however, amortization or write-off of debt
            issuance costs, (iv) depreciation and amortization (including
            amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding
            amortization of prepaid cash expenses that


                                       -5-
<PAGE>   45
            were paid in a prior period), and (v) any non-cash compensation
            expense resulting from compensation paid in Equity Interests of the
            Companies, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in
            accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision
            for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation
            and amortization of, a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be
            added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow
            only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income
            of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the
            Consolidated Net Income of such Person and only if a corresponding
            amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be
            dividended by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval
            (that has not been obtained) pursuant to the terms of its charter
            and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders,
            statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such
            Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

            "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any
            period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its
            Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis,
            determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) the Net Income
            (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or
            that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be
            included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
            distributions paid in cash to the referent Person or a Wholly Owned
            Restricted Subsidiary thereof, (ii) the Net Income of any Restricted
            Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or
            payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted
            Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination
            permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been
            obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of
            its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
            statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that
            Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, (iii) the Net Income of
            any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any
            period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded, (iv)
            the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be
            excluded and (v) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted
            Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the
            Companies or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries.

            "Credit Facility" means the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit
            Agreement of UNICCO and certain of its subsidiaries dated the date
            hereof, including any guarantees and security therefor, as amended,
            restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, substituted,
            restructured or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time
            (including, without limitation, any successive amendments,
            restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, refundings,


                                       -6-
<PAGE>   46
            replacements, substitutions, restructurings or refinancings of the
            foregoing), whether with the Companies or with one or more of their
            Subsidiaries, and whether with the present lenders or any other
            lenders.

            "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
            other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt
            security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital
            Stock).

            "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness in existence on the date
            of the Amendment, until such Indebtedness is repaid.

            "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
            the sum, without duplication, of (i) the consolidated interest
            expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
            period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation,
            original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest
            component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest
            component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations,
            commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in
            respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings and
            net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), excluding,
            however, amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs, (ii) the
            consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
            Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, (iii) any
            interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is
            Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
            secured by a lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted
            Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or lien is called upon),
            and (iv) the product of (a) all dividend payments, whether or not in
            cash, on any series of preferred equity of such Person or any of its
            Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividend payments on Equity
            Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of UNICCO or to UNICCO
            or any Restricted Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of
            which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then
            current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such
            Person (or, in the case of UNICCO for so long as it is treated as an
            "S corporation" or a partnership for federal income tax purposes,
            the combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate used to
            calculate the Tax Distribution Amount), expressed as a decimal, in
            each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

            "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Person for
            any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person
            for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person and its
            Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. In the event that UNICCO or
            any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees,
            repays or redeems any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit
            borrowings) or issues or redeems preferred equity subsequent to the


                                       -7-
<PAGE>   47
            commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
            is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for
            which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made
            (the "Calculation Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall
            be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence,
            assumption, Guarantee, repayment or redemption of Indebtedness, or
            such issuance or redemption of preferred equity, as if the same had
            occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference
            period. In addition, for purposes of making the computation referred
            to above, (i) acquisitions that have been made by UNICCO or any of
            its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or
            consolidations and including any related financing transactions,
            during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
            reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be
            deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter
            reference period (giving effect to any pro forma expense and cost
            reductions) and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period
            shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (iii) of the
            proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income, (ii)
            the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations,
            as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses
            disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, and
            (iii) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as
            determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses
            disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but
            only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed
            Charges will not be obligations of the referenced Person or any of
            its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date.

            "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in
            the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board
            of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
            statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
            Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been
            approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession,
            which are in effect from time to time.

            "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of
            negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
            business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without
            limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in
            respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

            "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the
            obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements,
            interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements and
            (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such
            Person against fluctuations in interest rates.


                                       -8-
<PAGE>   48
            "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any
            indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect
            of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or
            similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement
            agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances or
            representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and
            unpaid of the purchase price of any property or representing any
            Hedging Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an
            accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the
            foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging
            Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of
            such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, (ii) all indebtedness
            of others secured by a lien on any asset of such Person (whether or
            not such indebtedness is assumed by such Person) up to the value of
            the collateral and (iii) to the extent not otherwise included, the
            Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person.
            Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include
            payment, performance or surety bonds or standby letters of credit
            issued in the ordinary course of business.

            "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, (i) the net income
            (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before
            any reduction in respect of dividends on preferred equity,
            excluding, however, (a) any gain (but not loss), together with any
            related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in
            connection with (1) any Asset Sale (including, without limitation,
            dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (2) the
            disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its
            Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of
            such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any
            extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss), together with any
            related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or nonrecurring
            gain (but not loss), minus (ii) in the case of UNICCO for so long as
            it is treated as an "S corporation" or a partnership for federal
            income tax purposes, the Tax Distribution Amount for such period,
            excluding, however, any Tax Distribution Amount attributable to any
            gain referred to in clause (i)(a) or (b) above.

            "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
            Companies or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any
            Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon
            the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received
            in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset
            Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and
            investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any severance,
            termination, closing or relocation or similar expenses incurred as a
            result thereof, taxes or Tax Distribution Amounts paid or payable as
            a result thereof


                                       -9-
<PAGE>   49
            (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions
            and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to
            the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a lien on the asset or
            assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for
            adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets
            established in accordance with GAAP.

            "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness: (i) as to which neither the
            Companies nor any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides
            credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or
            instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or
            indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise) or (c) constitutes
            the lender; (ii) no default with respect to which (including any
            rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action
            against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse
            of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than
            the Senior Subordinated Notes) of the Companies or any of their
            Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
            Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or
            payable prior to its stated maturity; and (iii) as to which the
            lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any
            recourse to the stock or assets of the Companies or any of their
            Restricted Subsidiaries.

            "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
            indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities
            payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

            "Purchase Money Note" means a promissory note evidencing a line of
            credit, which may be irrevocable, from, or evidencing other
            Indebtedness owed to, the Companies or any Subsidiary of the
            Companies in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

            "Qualified Receivables Transaction" means any transaction or series
            of transactions that may be entered into by the Companies or any
            Subsidiary of the Companies pursuant to which the Companies or any
            Subsidiary of the Companies may sell, convey or otherwise transfer
            to (i) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the
            Companies or any Subsidiary of the Companies) and (ii) any other
            person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or
            may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether
            now existing or arising in the future) of the Companies or any
            Subsidiary of the Companies, and any assets related thereto
            including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts
            receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in
            respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts
            receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in
            respect of which security interests are customarily granted in
            connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts
            receivable.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>   50
            "Receivables Subsidiary" means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
            of the Companies, which engages in no activities other than in
            connection with the financing of accounts receivable and which is
            designated by the Board of Directors of UNICCO as a Receivables
            Subsidiary (i) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other
            Obligations of which (a) is guaranteed by the Companies or any other
            Restricted Subsidiary of the Companies (excluding guarantees of
            Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on,
            Indebtedness)) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b)
            is recourse to or obligates the Companies or any other Restricted
            Subsidiary of the Companies in any way other than pursuant to
            Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c) subjects any property or
            asset of the Companies or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the
            Companies, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the
            satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization
            Undertakings, (ii) with which neither the Companies nor any other
            Restricted Subsidiary of the Companies has any material contract,
            agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a
            Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than
            on terms no less favorable to the Companies or such other Restricted
            Subsidiary of the Companies than those that might be obtained at the
            time from persons that are not Affiliates of the Companies, other
            than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection
            with servicing accounts receivable, and (iii) to which neither the
            Companies nor any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Companies has
            any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity's financial
            condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of
            operating results.

            "Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the
            referenced Person, other than UNICCO Finance Corp., that is not an
            Unrestricted Subsidiary.

            "Senior Subordinated Notes" means notes in the aggregate principal
            amount of $105 million, maturing on October 15, 2007 and issued on
            the date hereof pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

            "Senior Subordinated Note Indenture" means the Senior Subordinated
            Note Indenture dated as of the date hereof by and between UNICCO,
            UNICCO Finance Corp., the guarantors party thereto and State Street
            Bank and Trust Company as Trustee, providing for the issuance of the
            Senior Subordinated Notes.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>   51
            "Standard Securitization Undertakings" means representations,
            warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Companies
            or any Subsidiary of the Companies which are reasonably customary in
            an accounts receivable transaction.

            "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation,
            association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
            total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without
            regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election
            of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or
            controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of
            the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof) and
            (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
            general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such
            Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or
            of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination
            thereof).

            "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary that is
            designated by the Board of Directors or Board of Trustees as an
            Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution, but only to
            the extent that such Subsidiary: (a) has no Indebtedness other than
            Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is not party to any agreement, contract,
            arrangement or understanding with the Companies or any Restricted
            Subsidiary of the Companies unless the terms of any such agreement,
            contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the
            Companies or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
            obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the
            Companies; (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the
            Companies nor any of their Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or
            indirect obligation (1) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests
            or (2) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or
            to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating
            results; (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly
            provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Companies or any
            of their Restricted Subsidiaries; and (e) has at least one director
            on its board of directors that is not a director or executive
            officer of the Companies or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries.

            "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a
            Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital
            Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors'
            qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by
            one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person and
            one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>   52
      B.    Representations and Warranties.  Each of the Companies jointly and 
severally represent and warrant to the Purchaser as follows:

            1. Representations and Warranties. The representations and
      warranties of the Companies contained in Article III of the Agreement were
      true and correct in all material respects when made. Except (i) to the
      extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to a
      specific date or were based on facts which have changed in the ordinary
      course of business, which changes either singly or in the aggregate, have
      not been materially adverse, and (ii) as set forth in Exhibit I hereto,
      the representations and warranties contained in Article III of the
      Agreement, after giving effect to the Amendment, are true and correct on
      the date hereof.

            2. Enforceability. The execution and delivery by each of the
      Companies of the Amendment, and the performance by each of the Companies
      of the Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are within the
      authority of such Person and have been duly authorized by all necessary
      proceedings. The Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are valid
      and legally binding obligations of each of the Companies, enforceable in
      accordance with their terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to the enforcement of
      creditors' rights in general.

            3. No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
      continuing, and no Default or Event of Default will exist after the
      execution and delivery of the Amendment.

            4. Other Agreements. The execution and delivery by each of the
      Companies of the Amendment, and the performance by each of the Companies
      of the Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, will not conflict
      with, or result in a breach of any term, condition or provision of, or
      constitute a default under, such Company's trust agreement, charter or
      by-laws as presently in effect or any other agreement, trust, deed,
      indenture, mortgage or other instrument to which such Person is a party or
      by which such Person or any of the property of such Person is bound or
      affected.

      C.    Ancillary Matters.

            1. Notwithstanding anything to contrary set forth in the Agreement,
      or in any Subordination Agreement to which the Companies and the Purchaser
      are parties, the Purchaser hereby consents and agrees to, and hereby
      authorizes the Companies to, pay or redeem in full the Junior Subordinated
      Notes and the Shareholder Subordinated Debt out of the proceeds of the
      Credit Facility, as amended this date, and the Senior Subordinated Notes.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>   53
            2. The Purchaser hereby consents and agrees to the issuance and
      guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes, the reorganization of the
      Companies pursuant to which the shareholders of USC, Inc. will contribute
      their shares of capital stock of USC, Inc. to UNICCO, and the amendment of
      the Credit Facility, all on the terms proposed to the Purchaser on or
      prior to the date hereof.

            3. The Purchaser hereby agrees to terminate (i) the Limited Recourse
      Guaranty by Steven C. Kletjian dated as of June 28, 1996 (the "Kletjian
      Guaranty"), and (ii) the Pledge Agreement with Steven C. Kletjian dated as
      of June 28, 1996, relating to a second priority pledge and recourse in
      certain stock of Ashmont Insurance Company, Limited (the "Ashmont
      Shares"), and the Purchaser consents to the return of the original
      Kletjian Guaranty and the release of any pledge of the Ashmont Shares.

            4. The Companies hereby agree to pay, or reimburse the Purchaser
      for, the Purchaser's reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in
      connection with the drafting and negotiation of the Amendment.

      D.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

            1. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Amendment, all of
      the terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement shall remain the
      same. It is declared and agreed by each of the parties hereto that the
      Agreement, as amended hereby, is and shall continue in full force and
      effect, and that the Amendment and Agreement shall be read and construed
      as one instrument.

            2. The Amendment is intended to take effect as an agreement under
      seal and shall be construed according to and governed by the laws of the
      Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

            3. The Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, but
      all such counterparts shall together constitute but one instrument. In
      making proof of the Amendment it shall not be necessary to produce or
      account for more than one counterpart singed by each party hereto by and
      against which enforcement hereof is sought.

            4. BankBoston, N.A. in its capacity as Agent and lender under the
      Credit Facility, shall be entitled to rely on the Amendment as a third
      party beneficiary hereof.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>   54
            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed the Amendment as of
      the date first above written.

                                    UNICCO SERVICE COMPANY


                                    BY /S/ GEORGE A. KECHES
                                      ----------------------------
                                    TITLE CFO and Treasurer


                                    USC, INC.


                                    BY /s/ George A. Keches
                                      ----------------------------
                                    TITLE Treasurer


                                    UNICCO SECURITY SERVICES, INC.


                                    BY /s/ George A. Keches
                                      ----------------------------
                                    TITLE Authorized Signatory


                                    UNICCO GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC.


                                    BY /s/ George A. Keches  
                                      ----------------------------
                                    TITLE Treasurer


                                    MASSACHUSETTS CAPITAL RESOURCE COMPANY

                                    BY /s/ Richard Anderson
                                      ----------------------------
                                    TITLE Senior Vice President


                                      -15-

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

   
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this Amended
Registration Statement on Form S-4 of UNICCO Service Company and UNICCO Finance
Corp. of our reports dated September 25, 1997, except as to Note 6, which is as
of February 2, 1998 relating to the combined consolidated financial statements
of UNICCO Service Company and September 23, 1997 relating to the combined
statements of income and of cash flows of the Allied Facility Services Business,
respectively, which appear in such Prospectus. We also consent to the reference
to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
    


Price Waterhouse L.L.P.

   
Boston, MA
February 2, 1998
    

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 23.2


                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

   
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report
(and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
Registration Statement.
    




                                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP




   
Boston, Massachusetts
February 2, 1998
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission